2027 Small Group Journeys - UK

Small Group Journeys ADVENTURE AWAITS BEYOND EVERY HORIZON 2027

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

WELCOME

Letter from Our Chairmen Whether your travel tastes run to the iconic or far off the beaten path — from teeming wildlife havens to colorful neighborhoods with ornate architecture to secluded villages graced by timeless temples — you will find the spectacular adventure of your dreams here, in this portfolio of A&K’s Small Group Journeys for 2027.

Nine new journeys — packed with the kind of moments you remember all your life — lead the way. Join naturalists for an interactive rhino experience on Family Adventure in Southern Africa; recapture the Golden Age of travel by five-star train on Singapore to Bali: Malaysia by Luxury Rail; or let The Alps to the Adriatic carry you into the soaring, snow-capped Dolomites.

Dozens of returning favorites are here as well, each led by a Resident Tour Director® and local guides who excel at revealing your destination’s hidden wonders. Never resting on our laurels, we are always innovating across all of our itineraries to offer you that next incomparable travel encounter.

CONTENTS OUR STORY ALL TOGETHER NOW WHY JOIN A SMALL GROUP JOURNEY? ELEVATE YOUR ADVENTURE A&K SANCTUARY WITH US, ANYTHING IS POSSIBLE THE A&K DIFFERENCE A&K PHILANTHROPY

3 4 6 8 10 12 13 14

SMALL GROUP JOURNEYS AFRICA MIDDLE EAST AND NORTH AFRICA ASIA AND AUSTRALASIA EUROPE THE AMERICAS

16 64 88 146 230

Thanks to an average group size of 14 like-minded travellers, these adventures take you where larger groups often cannot follow, experiencing the best in exclusive access, authentic expertise and unbeatable service and support.

As the pioneering world leaders in luxury travel for more than 60 years, we look forward to making your 2027 simply unforgettable with the perfect journey for you.

GEOFFREY KENT Founder and Chairman Emeritus, Abercrombie & Kent MANFREDI LEFEBVRE D’OVIDIO Executive Chairman, AKTG

PREPAY AND SAVE Save 5% when you book and pay in full on journeys departing in nine months or more.

2

1

ABERCROMBIE & KENT

Our Story Abercrombie & Kent’s founder Geoffrey Kent was born on safari and grew up barefoot in the bush of Kenya, his beloved homeland. In the 1960s, he and his parents launched our company and pioneered the first modern luxury safari, a bespoke mobile camp unprecedented in its sophistication. This inimitable combination of adventure and extravagance became the blueprint not just for Abercrombie & Kent, but for the entire concept of experiential travel.

Six decades on, now under the ownership of Geoffrey Kent’s longtime friend and travel partner Manfredi Lefebvre d’Ovidio, A&K is a global company, renowned for creating thrilling, innovative and ultra-luxurious travel experiences all over the world. From unique Tailormade Journeys created for individual guests to all-inclusive A&K x Crystal Cruises and continent-hopping Private Jet Journeys aboard our luxurious, customized Boeing 757, everything we do exudes a spirit of adventure. That includes the A&K Small Group Journeys in this brochure, which open the door for you to share experiences with other curious, like-minded people in ways you will never forget.

On the cover: Explore the Uros Islands of Lake Titicaca by traditional boat in Peru.

Left: View iconic wildlife up close in the Serengeti. Right: Discover Rome as only a top local guide and your Resident Tour Director can reveal it.

2

3

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

A

L

THE SHARED EXPERIENCE

L

TOGETHER N

O 4

W

There are group journeys, and then there are Small Group Journeys with A&K. With us, travelling in the company of others who share your curiosity and love of discovery is a switched-on, sociable and rewarding way to explore a destination. As well as being convivial, our Small Group Journeys are convenient, sidestepping the time-consuming hassle of working out logistics and dealing with language barriers — freeing you up to enjoy an adventure you will remember for the rest of your life.

With A&K, travelling in a group — of no more than 18 people in most cases, and often fewer — opens doors to extraordinary places that might otherwise be off-limits. Stay in a glass-domed cabin at Northern Lights Village Levi in Finland for the chance to view the aurora borealis from your pillow. Cruise through Egypt in elevated comfort aboard our chic new riverboat Nile Seray.

A private art gallery can be revealed; a hidden chapel, unlocked.

On so many journeys, a small group size makes more possible.

Trek the mist-covered hillsides of Uganda to encounter mountain gorillas in their natural surroundings, join the owner of Palazzo Francavilla for an A&K-exclusive guided tour of the historic Palermo estate, or gain insider access to a restricted area at the massive paws of the Sphinx. Amazing moments like these, woven into every Small Group Journey, are even better when experienced with fellow adventurers. And on many journeys, free time is arranged around group activities, so you can head out on your own for some personal exploration as well.

Whatever your shared interest — hiking, wine, wildlife, ancient civilizations — the guides who accompany you every step of the way illuminate the subject with their expertise. Our Small Group Journeys bring together people from different backgrounds — communities of travellers, if you like — which can give you the confidence to try new experiences, to reinvent yourself a little.

Quite simply, an A&K Small Group Journey is one of the most rewarding ways to travel — and wherever you go, there will always be someone to take your photograph.

Left: A walking safari in the African bush with an expert tracker. Right: Listening to an enchanting traditional gnaoua performance beside a crackling fire at the A&K Private Desert camp in Morocco.

5

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

THE A&K EXPERIENCE

WHY JOIN A SMALL GROUP JOURNEY WITH A&K?

For more than 60 years, Abercrombie & Kent has led the way in crafting luxury journeys for discerning travellers. Our founding principles — that travel should be awe-inspiring, exciting and memorable — remain our motivation today.

We are tireless in seeking out authentic experiences, always taking those routes less travelled and heading away from the crowds to find the wonder around every unexpected corner.

Holidays are precious, and we understand how important it is to make every trip extraordinary, which is why our guests book with us time and time again. Here are five reasons to follow them.

you to monuments when not another soul is there. A&K sets the gold standard for luxury group travel.

We’ve set an unbeatable standard in luxury travel since 1962 — and once you’ve experienced one of our Small Group Journeys, you’ll agree that we go the extra mile

While our itineraries are as varied as they are superlative, we can always promise the following:

UNBEATABLE LOCAL INSIGHT We have forged lasting relationships in local communities, drawing insights from the likes of artisans, elders and conservationists, to ensure that your itinerary goes far beyond any guidebook.

To be an A&K guest is to experience each place from a local perspective, pairing authentic adventure by day with awe-inspiring luxury by night.

Stays in the finest accommodations, from A&K Sanctuary properties and riverboats throughout Africa, Egypt and Peru to the magical A&K Private Desert Camp in Morocco English-speaking Resident Tour Directors and local guides Airport meet and greet with private transfers

EXTRAORDINARY STAYS We choose the best hotels in the most thrilling locations. They might include a city grande-dame, famed for its history as well as its hospitality, or an exquisite royal residence unlocked just for A&K guests. So special are they, many have been recognized in the Condé Nast Traveler Gold List and Travel + Leisure World’s Best Awards. Raising the bar for exceptional stays are the safari lodges, camps and riverboats in our A&K Sanctuary portfolio, featured in 13 of the Small Group Journeys here. The strikingly contemporary Olonana Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary, makes the perfect base for witnessing the Great Migration in Kenya’s Maasai Mara, while our new Nile Seray, an A&K Sanctuary, conveys you down the Nile in vintage style.

GO TOGETHER, EXPERIENCE MORE In the hands of A&K’s expert journey planners, travelling in a small group unlocks the doors to exclusive cultural experiences and private properties that large groups or individuals might struggle to access. Our itineraries keep things intimate — most groups average 14 guests — so you benefit from the individual attention of guides and a strong relationship with your Resident Tour Director. Free time is included in itineraries so you can relax or explore on your own. Book with confidence, knowing that our journeys are guaranteed to depart with a minimum of two guests.

WHAT’S INCLUDED ON AN A&K SMALL GROUP JOURNEY?

A Travelling Bell Boy® service to transfer your bags between hotels when you move on A mid-journey Traveller’s Valet® Laundry Service, so you can pack lighter but always look your best Daily breakfast, along with many meals Round-the-clock, on-call support from A&K’s experts Guaranteed departures with a minimum of two guests, meaning you can book your dates with confidence Entrance fees, taxes and all gratuities (except Resident Tour Director)

TRAVEL WITH CONFIDENCE However you travel with A&K, you are in the best possible hands. Behind every journey is an international network of more than 3,000 staff, in over 70 offices and 83 countries. Our family of experts, from historians, naturalists, archaeologists and geologists to well-connected local guides, brings together their spark, knowledge and care to make every A&K journey remarkable. The safety and security of our guests is at the heart of what we do, meaning you can step outside your comfort zone knowing that we are never out of ours.

UNRIVALED CONNECTIONS Our network of contacts is unparalleled. We have built up a family of destination specialists, local guides, cultural trailblazers and super-fixers who can arrange exclusive experiences beyond the reach of most travellers. We can open doors to private palaces, arrange authentic cooking experiences in regional cuisines led by local chefs, and take

Far left: On a guided excursion in Peru’s Sacred Valley. Left: Savoring local specialties in India.

6

7

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

THE A&K EXPERIENCE

ELEVATE YOUR ADVENTURE

A fleet of luxury boats, the finest gastronomy, familyfriendly features… we’ve arranged to take your travel experience to a whole new level

From sailing majestic Argentino Lake and exploring Perito Moreno Glacier in Patagonia to touring Australia’s iconic Sydney Opera House with a private guide, the experiences we organize make our Small Group Journeys unique. Just as important are the modes of travel we offer, the exceptional food and drink along the way, and accommodations specially chosen to match your tastes and family.

CRUISE IN STYLE Whether you are sailing aboard one of our sleek, stylish A&K boats or a first-class vessel chartered by us, your voyage will always offer the same exceptional service and style as on land. Boats range from timeless classics to state-of-the-art beauties, with features such as plunge pools, gyms and deckside cocktail bars, while onboard gastronomy speaks to the fresh produce and culinary heritage of the landscape. Discover the beauty of life on the world’s most iconic waterways, from the Danube and the Mekong to the Yangtze and the Nile, aboard a vessel set apart from others by its comfort and craftsmanship.

TASTE THE WORLD Our itineraries are interwoven with memorable culinary occasions — from celebratory welcome and farewell dinners to haute-cuisine experiences — that will linger in the mind long after the last bite. Expect a well-balanced menu of planned group meals and time set aside for independent dining, as well as chef-led culinary demonstrations and refreshing drinks in breathtaking settings.

FAMILY FEATURES On journeys geared toward family travel, such as our new Family Adventure in Southern Africa, A&K experts can often select hotels that pair five-star style with family-friendly amenities — balancing the intimacy of a family holiday with the cultural and social rewards of our Small Group Journeys.

Left: Exploring Peru’s Amazon Basin in style from aboard Pure Amazon.

Right: Discovering the refined hospitality of a geiko (geisha) in Kyoto, Japan.

8

9

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

THE A&K EXPERIENCE

A&K SANCTUARY

Our unbeatable collection of chic retreats

The A&K Sanctuary safari lodges and luxury camps scattered across Africa are as diverse as the continent itself. On the acaciastudded plains of Kenya, in the shadow of Mount Kilimanjaro, Kitirua Plains Lodge is our stylish new addition to Amboseli National Park. In the emerald-green mountains of Uganda, Gorilla Forest Lodge has 10 stunningly reimagined suites and is the most luxurious place to stay within the gorilla-trekking haven of Bwindi Impenetrable National Park itself. While A&K Sanctuary retreats feature individual designs, they share a single aim: to give guests an authentic experience that is luxurious and reflects our commitment to conservation and communities.

Our five A&K Sanctuary riverboats on the Nile, including sleek new Nile Seray with its 32 spacious suites, are worthy successors to the elegant vessels of another century. Days on board are spent exploring Egypt’s extraordinary open-air museum on the banks of the Nile, led by our brilliant guides and eminent Egyptologists. If Agatha Christie were to take a Nile voyage today, she would do it on one of these boats. From boutique cruisers to a handsome six-suite dahabeah, they are consistently voted the best on the river. In Peru, meanwhile, A&K’s state-of-the-art riverboat Pure Amazon cruises the glassy tributaries of that great river as our experts shed light on the region’s diverse wildlife.

When you book one of our Small Group Journeys featuring an A&K Sanctuary property or vessel — such as Olonana Lodge on Ultimate Great Migration Safari, Nile Seray on Egypt and the Nile or Chief’s Camp on Southern Africa Safari and Rail Adventure — you can look forward to a peerless balance of personal comfort and authentic immersion in your chosen destination.

A&K SANCTUARY AT A GLANCE A&K Sanctuary is our collection of safari lodges, luxury camps and stylish riverboats Together with our nonprofit network A&K Philanthropy, A&K Sanctuary properties support local communities to improve lives and protect the environment A&K Sanctuary safari camps and lodges are responsible, authentic and deeply experiential, inspired by our founder’s ethos of “adventure by day, luxury by night” Left: Disembark from Zein Nile Chateau, an A&K Sanctuary, to discover Egypt’s history and culture in style. Above: The outdoor fire pit — ideal for a night under the stars — at Gorilla Forest Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary, in Uganda.

10

11

Kichakani Camp in Tanzania places you in the heart of Great Migration country, while Gorilla Forest Lodge is the most luxurious in Bwindi Impenetrable National Park, with unrivaled access to its mountain gorilla population A&K Sanctuary camps and lodges are located in Africa’s most iconic wildlife habitats, setting the stage for unforgettable encounters All A&K Sanctuary riverboats — including new Nile Seray, with its 32 suites featuring Juliet or walk-out balconies — can be chartered privately, with bespoke itineraries that give you the freedom to go where the mood takes you

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

T E L L U S YO U R D R E A M S

GO FURTHER Whether you want to fly to fabled Kathmandu after experiencing Taj Mahal and the Treasures of India, discover Hiroshima following your Classic Japan adventure or explore Troy and Gallipoli before beginning Turkey: A Journey Through History, extending your adventure is always an option. Wherever you want to go, A&K’s knowledgeable team can recommend a seamless addition to complement your main itinerary. Elevate your extension further with stays in exclusive hotels and chic villas, private air travel or journeys on skippered sailing boats.

WITH US, ANYTHING IS POSSIBLE

GO PRIVATELY Whether you are flying solo or with your whole extended family group, A&K understands that some guests may prefer to travel privately. Look for itineraries marked “Private Travel” to book the same incredible journey, hotels and expert guides as a private experience ­— or let us create a completely customized Tailormade itinerary designed just for you.

Our guided Small Group Journeys are just the beginning. Customize your adventure by topping or tailing it with one of our extensions or by travelling with just your family or friends — or on your own

THE A&K DIFFERENCE Our Small Group Journeys go the extra mile and set the gold standard.

Here, at a glance, are some of the advantages of travelling the A&K way.

A&K’s unrivaled network of contacts worldwide can arrange anything, from visits to private palaces to access to iconic sites when few others are present With more than 3,000 staff, in over 70 offices and 83 countries, A&K provides an unrivaled level of support and security that means you travel with utmost confidence A&K’s links with local communities and resident experts, from elders and artisans to conservationists, mean your experience goes far beyond any guidebook Travelling in a small group unlocks the doors to exclusive cultural experiences that large groups cannot access

Left: A mokoro ride through tranquil waters in Botswana’s Okavango Delta.

Above: Outdoor gourmet dining in elegant style on a journey through Portugal.

12

We choose only the best hotels in the most thrilling locations, many of them recognized with prestigious awards from top magazines

13

We use a fleet of sleek, stylish ships and boats, so your A&K cruise will be just as exceptional as your experience on land Wherever you travel, your journey will be enhanced by exquisite food and drink, haute-cuisine experiences and memorable group meals In many locations, you get the chance to visit A&K Philanthropy projects that support local communities We offer a chance to extend your Small Group Journey with a city break, cruise or sightseeing experience to make your adventure go further Many of our Small Group Journeys can be adapted for those who wish to travel privately

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

GIVE SOMETHING BACK

OUR GLOBAL IMPACT IN NUMBERS

A&K PHILANTHROPY

7,288 Students provided with a meal every day

by AKP’s School Lunch Program

“ We are all the guardians of our amazing planet, and we believe travel should be considered and responsible — a force for good.”

Our founder Geoffrey Kent pioneered community-first conservation initiatives in Africa in the 1980s. His ethos: that the best way to protect our planet’s remaining wilderness is to invest in the communities who live there.

Since then, A&K Philanthropy has grown into a global non-profit organization spanning all seven continents, positively impacting hundreds of thousands of lives and helping preserve some of the world’s most precious ecosystems. Our projects aim to support, empower and educate local communities in protecting their surroundings, and to ensure that the people in the places where we travel also benefit directly from tourism.

34,000 Total number of students fed since the program began in 2013

£3M Value of medical equipment we have supplied to hospitals and clinics

132,686 Children with access to clean water as a result of AKP’s Safe Water for Schools program

Every trip you book with us supports the initiatives of A&K Philanthropy, positively impacting communities and conservation efforts. Thanks to amazing guests like you, in 2025 we raised £3.4 million to support initiatives that range from training women as bicycle mechanics and nurses in Uganda, and providing schoolchildren with books, food and clean water in Zambia, to funding climate-change studies that help preserve wildlife in Antarctica.

557 while also preserving the forest. Other projects include a new collaboration with VeryNile to uplift Egyptian communities on the Nile River by recycling plastic and renovations in various schools around Tarangire National Park in Tanzania, to improve learning environments for local children.

OUR LATEST PROJECTS The A&K Philanthropy nonprofit network spans 28 countries on all seven continents and, in 2025, spent over £2.4 million on programs. We opened a second bead enterprise shop in Uganda (adding to other AKP-supported enterprises in Brazil, India, Jordan, Peru, Sri Lanka and Zambia), providing 12 women with training and the support to start their own business. In Cambodia, over the past decade, AKP has supported the installation of water wells with bio-sand filters across Siem Reap. With the help of our guests, we reached a milestone of providing approximately 16,500 people with clean water since the program began.

Mothers provided with a safe place to give birth at our maternity ward in Zambia

23,007 Bikes shipped to Eastern Africa, Egypt and Jordan as part of our Bike Enterprise project

GET INVOLVED On A&K Small Group Journeys, every one of our guests takes away meaningful memories, life-changing perspectives, new friends and a deeper connection to their destination. On select itineraries, they have the opportunity to give something back, too, particularly to the communities that welcome them, lifting the lid on local life and making these trips extra special. Speak to our team to find out how you can make the biggest impact when you travel: we make sure every dollar you put toward AKP projects goes directly to the projects we support. To find out more, or to donate, visit akphilanthropy.org.

£2.5M Raised in 2025 through donations from guests and Abercrombie & Kent

We expanded our impact in Peru’s Amazonian region, working in close collaboration with a local community to build a sustainable bio-business that will provide income-generating opportunities

Above: Students of Nakatindi School in Zambia between classes. Right: The women who own the Chipego Bike Shop, a successful venture that continues to support the entire local community near Livingstone, Zambia.

14

15

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

Okavango Delta

Mara River

AFRICA

16

This continent is the cradle of humanity, culture and wildlife.

It has spawned millions of species, from thumb-sized frogs to elephants. Africa is also the birthplace of Abercrombie & Kent, which began in 1962 as a pioneering luxury safari company.

Beyond its thrilling wildlife encounters, Africa has fascinating cultures, cuisines and histories, both ancient and modern. East Africa’s wilderness of grasslands is buffered only by sky, plains of rust-red earth and vast deserts. Cape Town’s wine and fine dining scenes are legendary, the neon-spangled streets of Nairobi and Johannesburg point to a bright future, while Victoria Falls and Botswana’s lush Okavango Delta speak to nature’s raw majesty.

17

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

ULTIMATE GREAT MIGRATION SAFARI

[R E G I O N N A M E]

14 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £14,995 per person £4,995 single supplement

DAY 3

ARRIVE NAIROBI, KENYA

AMBOSELI NATIONAL PARK A FULL DAY IN THE BUSH

Your adventure begins in Nairobi, the capital of Kenya and your gateway to a dramatic procession of natural spectacles here and in Tanzania, two thrilling safari destinations.

Hemingways Nairobi (1 night)

HIGHLIGHTS

One of the great wildlife spectacles of the world, from migrating zebras and wildebeest to the predators that shadow them, is on magnificent display in Kenya and Tanzania, and there’s no better way to experience it than on A&K’s flagship safari. Fly or drive between the region’s most abundant parks for unrivaled animal sightings with expert tracker-guides, ending each day in our best camps and lodges.

DAY 1

Experience six nights in the heart of Great Migration country, three each in the Serengeti and the Maasai Mara

DAY 2

Our custom-made vehicles offer an unobstructed view from every seat, ensuring memorable views of the Big Five and other species

Drive to Amboseli National Park, home to prolific herds of elephants. Spanning 150 square miles of Kenyan savanna, woodlands, wetlands and ephemeral lakebed — with Mount Kilimanjaro’s distinctive profile as its centerpiece — this iconic park also harbors giraffes, zebras, cheetahs, lions and hundreds of bird species. After viewing game roam the dusty plains by day, join fellow guests for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

Handpicked safari guides lead you on every game drive, their in-depth tracking expertise setting the stage for unforgettable wildlife encounters Immerse yourself in both the modern and traditional aspects of daily local life, with visits to a Maasai village as well as a typical town, for a unique, culturally immersive experience

AMBOSELI NATIONAL PARK AT THE FOOT OF KILIMANJARO

Watch elephants up close from a safari vehicle that seats just six (giving every guest a window seat), and view other game such as Cape buffalo, wildebeest, hippos and hyenas. After lunch back in camp, head out again to seek more of East Africa’s natural wonders and toast your safari day with a refreshing cocktail at sunset. Meals: B L D

Kitirua Plains Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary (2 nights)

After crossing into Tanzania and eating lunch in Arusha, fly to Tarangire National Park, where you settle into your luxurious camp.

Set among vast, baobab-lined savannas, the park boasts a large population of elephants.

Life here revolves around the Tarangire River, which draws large concentrations of wildlife — a cornucopia for safari enthusiasts and birdwatchers alike. Meals: B L D Swala Camp, an A&K Sanctuary (2 nights)

GIBB’S FARM Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel located on the outer slopes of the Ngorongoro Crater.

Finish with a three-night stay on the Mara River at enchanting Olonana Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary, the ultimate safari lodge

KITIRUA PLAINS LODGE, AN A&K SANCTUARY Luxurious new lodge on a private concession adjoining Amboseli National Park.

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy Clockwise from far left: Giraffes browse for food in the Tanzanian savanna; view impalas grazing in the sun; venture out at ground level on a guided game walk.

KENYA Maasai Mara Game Reserve Migori

Nairobi

Tarime

Amboseli National Park

Serengeti National Park Ngorongoro Crater Manyara

Arusha

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND EXTENSION

18

TANZANIA

READY TO BOOK? Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

Tarangire National Park

OLONANA LODGE, AN A&K SANCTUARY Superb luxury safari lodge with 15 spacious suites with king-size beds. ▼

TARANGIRE NATIONAL PARK, TANZANIA ELEPHANT HAVEN

Stay at Kitirua Plains Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary, a brand-new property carefully constructed in a 128-acre private concession adjoining Amboseli National Park

UGANDA

FOUR SEASONS SAFARI LODGE SERENGETI Travel + Leisure World’s Best lodge in Serengeti National Park.

DAY 4

Spend more time spotting game thanks to convenient, time-saving flights between game regions

Entebbe

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including:

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

From Victoria Falls

19

HEMINGWAYS NAIROBI Exclusive boutique, all-suite hotel looking out over the rolling landscape and Ngong Hills.

SWALA CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY Twelve elegant tented suites near a waterhole. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

DAY 5

DAY 7

TARANGIRE NATIONAL PARK GAME VIEWING AND CULINARY DISCOVERY

NGORONGORO CRATER A LOST WORLD OF WILDLIFE

Embark on morning and afternoon game drives to explore Tarangire National Park and its stunning concentration of animals — herds of elephants, impala and zebra. Look, too, for pythons and the twitching tail of a leopard hiding in high branches. Partake in a chef-led cooking demonstration of local dishes such as ugali, makande and kachumbari. Meals: B L D DAY 6

NGORONGORO CRATER LOCAL VILLAGE AND MARKET VISIT Learn how Tanzanians live today, exploring a local village and strolling a thriving market to see the colorful produce on display. Head to your lodge, set near the Ngorongoro Conservation Area, for lunch. During some free time on your own, you may opt for a walk with a Maasai healer or simply rest up for tomorrow’s exploration of Ngorongoro Crater — the largest unbroken ancient caldera in the world and an ideal place to seek out lions, elephants, hyenas and gazelles. Meals: B L D Gibb’s Farm (2 nights)

Descend into Ngorongoro Crater to explore the panoramic, game-rich prairies of this ancient volcanic caldera. With its crater walls nearly 2,000 feet high, Ngorongoro offers the safari experience of a lifetime. Observe profuse and diverse wildlife roaming freely in an authentic “Lost World,” where it’s possible to encounter every member of the Big Five in a single day.

Pause for a picnic lunch in this UNESCO World Heritage Site before continuing your game drive en route back to the lodge. Meals: B L D DAYS 8-10

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK EVER-CHANGING SPECTACLE OF UNTAMED AFRICA Fly to Serengeti National Park, a vast Tanzanian landscape that during part of the year hosts one of earth’s greatest wildlife spectacles: the annual Great Migration.

Spanning some 5,700 square miles of rolling, golden grassland, the park supports one of the largest concentrations of wildlife in the world, including antelopes, hyenas, leopards, giraffes, lions and buffalo. Over the next three days, immerse yourself in this incredible setting, with camera at the ready for flash

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

encounters with the circle of life, such as a cheetah bolting after its agile prey. One morning, you may opt to view game from the serene aerial perspective of a hot air balloon (for an additional cost). Meals: B L D

Jan 5-18 Jan 13-26 Jan 27-Feb 9 Feb 10-23 Feb 17-Mar 2 Feb 24-Mar 9 Mar 3-16 Mar 10-23 May 26-Jun 8 Jun 2-15 Jun 9-22 Jun 16-29 Jun 19-Jul 2

Four Seasons Safari Lodge Serengeti (3 nights) DAY 11

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE, KENYA CROWN JEWEL OF AFRICAN CONSERVATION Fly to the Maasai Mara, Kenya’s finest wildlife experience, offering excellent game viewing year-round. The unending landscape hosts some 450 bird species, 95 animal species and many of the great predators, including the country’s largest lion population. Part of the Great Migration transpires here as well. At your safari lodge, set on a private stretch of the Mara River, head out on an afternoon game drive, watching for crocodiles basking in the sun, hippos as they wallow in muddy water and monkeys sparking mischief overhead.

Toast day’s end with a refreshing cocktail as the sun sets, followed by dinner. Meals: B L D

Sep 8-21 Sep 15-28 Sep 18-Oct 1 Sep 22-Oct 5 Sep 25-Oct 8 Sep 29-Oct 12 Oct 6-19 Oct 13-26 Oct 16-29 Oct 20-Nov 2 Dec 13-26 Dec 20-Jan 2, ‘28

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel.

Olonana Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary (3 nights) DAYS 12-13

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE TWO MORE DAYS OF PURE ADVENTURE

GO FURTHER

Rise early if you wish for an optional hot air balloon ride (at an additional cost), floating peacefully above the game-dotted plains of the Mara. Today and tomorrow, explore the open savanna, woodlands and tree-fringed rivers of the Maasai Mara on morning and afternoon game drives. Amid the stunning scenery, you may view Maasai tribesmen traversing the plains or herding goats and cattle. During a game drive on your second day here, visit the rhino sanctuary to learn about its vital conservation work. Connect with local residents on a village visit and stop by a primary school (when in session) supported by A&K Philanthropy to learn how our partnership with LifeStraw is changing lives by providing locals access to safe, clean drinking water.

On your final night of safari, gather for a sumptuous farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

VICTORIA FALLS PRE-TOUR EXTENSION Experience epic Victoria Falls from both sides, and stay in a luxurious suite beside the Zambezi River in Zambia.

4 days from £4,995 per person UGANDA POST-TOUR EXTENSION Encounter endangered mountain gorillas up close during your trek into lush Bwindi Impenetrable Forest.

4 days from £7,295 per person ADD A NIGHT IN NAIROBI Arrive a day early and explore the city.

From £1,495 per person PRIVATE TRAVEL Prefer to travel privately? This itinerary is available as ready-to-book Ultimate Great Migration Safari: A Private Journey.

DAY 14

DEPART NAIROBI Fly back to Nairobi with a comfortable dayroom at your disposal before being privately transferred to the airport for your departing flight or starting your Post-Tour Extension to Uganda. Meals: B Hemingways Nairobi (dayroom)

20

Jun 23-Jul 6 Jun 26-Jul 9 Jun 30-Jul 13 Jul 6-19 Jul 14-27 Jul 21-Aug 3 Jul 28-Aug 10 Jul 31-Aug 13 Aug 4-17 Aug 11-24 Aug 18-31 Aug 27-Sep 9 Sep 1-14

Clockwise from far left: The lions in the Serengeti sometimes climb trees; watch wildebeest herds cross land and water; meet members of the Maasai people on a visit to their village.

21

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

KENYA AND TANZANIA SAFARI ADVENTURE

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £10,765 per person £1,995 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

For a classic East African safari experience offering up-close encounters with wild game roaming vast, sun-drenched panoramas, as well as restful stays in spacious lodges with ideal locations in the region’s greatest parks and reserves, this journey checks all the boxes.

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE NAIROBI, KENYA

AMBOSELI NATIONAL PARK CYCLES OF PREDATOR AND PREY

Arrive in Nairobi, a microcosm of the African continent and the capital of Kenya. It serves as your gateway to a dramatic procession of natural spectacles here and in Tanzania — two of the most thrilling destinations in the world.

Nairobi Serena Hotel (1 night)

Observe Africa’s astoundingly diverse wildlife up close, including the iconic Big Five, from custom-made vehicles with an unobstructed view from every seat Handpicked safari guides lead you on every game drive, their in-depth tracking expertise setting the stage for unforgettable wildlife encounters When you’re exploring wildlife-rich Ngorongoro Crater in the morning hours, ahead of the crowds and while the animals are most active, you’ll be glad for the privileged location of your lodge on the nearby crater rim Depending on your departure date, you may witness the awe-inspiring spectacle of the Great Migration in Serengeti National Park or Maasai Mara Game Reserve The customs and traditions of the nomadic Maasai come to vivid life as you visit their village

DAY 2

Set out on early morning and afternoon game drives, crisscrossing the landscape in search of the park’s large herds of elephants, as well as zebras and wildebeest, along the salt pan trails. Prepare for predator sightings as opportunistic animals begin roaming the plains in search of prey. Meals: B L D

AMBOSELI NATIONAL PARK GAME AND MOUNTAIN VISTAS

DAY 4

Iconic safari country where impressive herds of elephants roam freely in the shadow of snowcrested Mount Kilimanjaro, Amboseli National Park is a world-renowned wildlife conservation area. Its stunningly rich biodiversity means anything from lions to zebras to leopards might cross your path on an expert-led game drive.

Countless bird species call its swamps and wetlands home and up-close game viewing makes it a prime destination for safari-goers.

Arrive at your lodge on a drive from Nairobi that showcases East Africa’s soaring natural beauty, then head out on a game drive through woodland, swamps and scrub brush. A special welcome dinner with your fellow guests marks the start of an amazing adventure. Meals: B L D

Drive into Tanzania, where vast buffalo herds, elephants, giraffes, leopards, impala and eastern black rhinos can be found. Visit Kafika House in Arusha, which provides transformative healthcare to local children living with a disability, a project supported

by A&K Philanthropy. Fly to Manyara and continue to your exceptional lodge on the rim of Ngorongoro Crater. The largest unbroken ancient caldera in the world, the crater is home to diverse wildlife species, including lions, elephants, hyenas and gazelles. Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: NGORONGORO LODGE MELIA COLLECTION Luxury lodge set on the crater’s rim for superb views and easy access.

MARA INTREPIDS Classic safari tents in the heart of fine yearround game viewing. ▼

NGORONGORO CRATER, TANZANIA VISIT AN AKP-SUPPORTED PROJECT

Ngorongoro Lodge Meliá Collection (2 nights)

Ol Tukai Lodge (2 nights)

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

OL TUKAI LODGE Classic safari lodge framed by the rugged beauty of Amboseli National Park and Mount Kilimanjaro.

NAIROBI SERENA HOTEL An oasis of serenity amid the hustle and bustle of Nairobi.

Clockwise from far left: Watch for cheetah in the Serengeti; visit a Maasai village for insights into daily life in their community; view the incredible birdlife, such as these crowned cranes.

Migori Nairobi Tarime

KENYA Maasai Mara Game Reserve

TANZANIA Serengeti National Park Amboseli National Park

READY TO BOOK? Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

Ngorongoro Crater Arusha Manyara

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

22

23

MELIA SERENGETI LODGE Boutique safari lodge set amid the wilds of Serengeti National Park. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

DAY 5

DAY 7

DAY 9

NGORONGORO CRATER NATURAL WILDLIFE HAVEN

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK ICONIC SAFARI COUNTRY

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE ENDLESS DISCOVERY

This morning, descend into the crater ahead of most visitors — thanks to your lodge’s ideal location on the crater’s rim — to view the resident wildlife at its most active time of day. Watch for buffalo and elephants as well as the countless other species that roam this 100-square-mile “Lost World.” You may even sight flamingos (when in season) or rare black rhinos. After lunch, visit a Maasai village to gain a better understanding of the nomadic cattle herders’ daily lives and culture. Meals: B L D

Roam through true safari country, searching for iconic species such as lions, leopards, Cape buffalo and elephants, as well as giraffes, gazelles and zebras. Along the rivers and rocky outcrops, you may also spot some of the Serengeti’s more diminutive denizens, such as leopard tortoises and rhinoceros beetles.

Meals: B L D

Explore a region bestowed with over 500 square miles of savannas, woodlands and treefringed rivers on morning and afternoon game drives. You may observe crocodiles basking in the sun, see ever-alert hippos wallowing in muddy water or catch the antics of mischievous monkeys overhead. Watch, too, as African elephants rumble along the forest edge and giraffes snatch leaves from branches high above. Toast your rousing day in the bush near sunset with a refreshing drink, renewing a classic safari tradition. Meals: B L D

DAY 6

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK EYEWITNESS TO THE CIRCLE OF LIFE From Manyara, fly to vast Serengeti National Park. On an afternoon game drive at Meliá, observe the park’s incredible wildlife up close.

Depending on your departure, you may witness the annual Great Migration in full swing — more than 2.5 million wildebeests, zebras and Thompson’s gazelles crossing the Serengeti en masse in search of water and fresh grazing, while predators, from cheetahs to crocodiles, stalk them at every turn. Meals: B L D Meliá Serengeti Lodge (2 nights)

DAY 8

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE, KENYA KENYA’S CROWN JEWEL Fly to the vast Maasai Mara Game Reserve, Kenya’s finest wildlife spectacle, offering excellent game viewing year-round. The unending landscape hosts some 450 bird species, 95 animal species and many of the great predators, including the country’s largest lion population. After familiarizing yourself with your classic tented accommodations, ideally situated at the confluence of the Mara’s four game-viewing regions, drive through the famed reserve. Meals: B L D Mara Intrepids (3 nights)

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES Jan 12-22* Jan 26-Feb 5 Feb 9-19* Feb 23-Mar 5 Mar 2-12 May 11-21 Jun 8-18* Jun 15-25* Jun 22-Jul 2 Jun 29-Jul 9* Jul 6-16 Jul 9-19*

Jul 13-23 Jul 16-26* Jul 20-30* Jul 23-Aug 2* Jul 27-Aug 6* Jul 30-Aug 9 Aug 3-13* Aug 6-16 Aug 10-20* Aug 17-27 Aug 24-Sep 3* Aug 31-Sep 10

Sep 7-17* Sep 14-24 Sep 21-Oct 1* Sep 28-Oct 8 Oct 5-15* Oct 12-22* Oct 19-29 Nov 2-12* Nov 9-19 Dec 7-17 Dec 22Jan 1, ‘28*

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. *Days 8-10 at Little Zebra River Camp.

DAY 10

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE A FINAL DAY IN THE MARA Venture forth on a morning game drive or enjoy an optional hot air balloon ride (at an additional cost), viewing the Maasai Mara and its wild inhabitants from a new perspective. After lunch back at camp and time to relax, head out on a late afternoon game drive for a final look at the Mara’s treasures. Tonight, gather with your fellow guests for a farewell dinner.

Meals: B L D DAY 11

DEPART NAIROBI GO FURTHER

Return to Nairobi and relax in a reserved dayroom before being privately transferred to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

ADD A NIGHT IN NAIROBI Arrive a day early and explore the city.

From £1,050 per person

Nairobi Serena Hotel (dayroom)

Clockwise from far left: Take in the spectacular array of species, like these flamingos that dwell in Ngorongoro; observe up close how elephants rule Amboseli; seek out the sinewy leopard in Kenya; watch wildebeest rumble across the Maasai Mara.

24

25

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

KENYA AND TANZANIA: EPIC GREAT MIGRATION SAFARI Every year, East Africa’s sun-soaked plains bear witness to the Great Migration, one of the world’s greatest natural spectacles. Encounter its majesty firsthand on this extraordinary journey, setting out on thrilling game drives among the legendary Big Five and herds of other fascinating animals by day and camping in refined comfort each night beneath sparkling African skies.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £13,690 per person £3,460 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Jan 11-20* Feb 1-10* Mar 1-10* Jun 21-30 Jul 5-14

ARRIVE NAIROBI, KENYA DAYS 2-3

OL PEJETA CONSERVANCY MEET RARE CHIMPS AND RHINOS

HIGHLIGHTS Experience Hemingway-style adventure with a modern flair, including stays in luxurious, updated camps that boldly reimagine the classic tented safari

DAYS 4-5

Venture into the heart of Great Migration country, spending three nights each in the Serengeti and the Maasai Mara

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE UNMATCHED WILDLIFE ACTION

Jul 19-28 Jul 26-Aug 4 Aug 2-11 Aug 9-18 Aug 23-Sep 1

Sep 6-15 Oct 4-13 Dec 19-28*

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. *Days 7-9 at Nimali Serengeti.

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE INTO THE BUSH WHERE LIONS ROAM DAY 6

DAY 7 Stay on a private conservancy on the Laikipia Plateau amid wildlife that includes the Big Five as well as cheetahs, jackals, hippos and hyenas Watch iconic species roaming free from custom-made vehicles with an unobstructed view from every seat The in-depth tracking expertise of your superb A&K safari guides sets the stage for unforgettable wildlife encounters on every game drive On an engaging visit to a Maasai village, discover how traditional and modern influences shape the daily life of locals

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK, TANZANIA SPECTACULAR GAME VIEWING

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAYS 8-9

OLARE MARA KEMPINSKI MASAI MARA Permanent tented safari camp with 12 tents and suites.

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK SEEKING THE BIG FIVE DAY 1O

DEPART ARUSHA

Clockwise from far left: See wildebeest roaming the Serengeti’s grasslands; view crocodiles living in the Mara River; and watch for the lithe cheetah in the Maasai Mara.

NIMALI MARA Ten tented suites set in a remote part of Serengeti National Park. ▼

Visit a project supported by A&K Philanthropy

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

LAKE DULUTI LODGE Boutique lodge offering 19 luxury chalets in the shadow of Mount Meru.

Ol Pejeta Conservancy

Tarime

HEMINGWAYS NAIROBI Luxurious hotel set between Nairobi National Park and the Ngong Hills.

KENYA

Migori

Maasai Mara Game Reserve

Nairobi

TAMBARARE CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY Boutique safari camp with 10 tented suites and one private villa.

Serengeti National Park

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

26

TANZANIA Arusha

27

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

FAMILY SAFARI IN KENYA AND TANZANIA

[R E G I O N N A M E]

12 DAYS | LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS From £12,305 per person £2,765 single supplement Children 17 and under from £11,920

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Jun 18-29 Jun 25-Jul 6 Jul 2-13

ARRIVE NAIROBI, KENYA DAY 2

HIGHLIGHTS

East Africa’s Kenya and Tanzania are the definition of classic safari country, home to the vast Maasai Mara and Serengeti. Experience them both at their most inspiring on this family-friendly adventure, witnessing abundant wildlife — from baby elephants to the big cats — roaming vast, sun-drenched panoramas. By night, share the thrill of discovery and relax during stays at spacious, comfortable lodges in the region’s greatest parks and reserves.

WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAYS 3-4

The in-depth tracking expertise of your superb safari guides sets the stage for unforgettable wildlife encounters on every game drive

DAYS 5-6

Feed giraffes by hand and watch elephants at play on visits to the Giraffe Center and the Sheldrick Wildlife Trust in Nairobi Younger guests will engage with the A&K Child Activity Coordinator, who joins you from start to finish to arrange fun activities Be there as the legendary wildlife of Ngorongoro Crater springs into action on an early morning visit ahead of the crowds, made possible by the privileged location of your lodge on the crater rim Privately visit Olduvai Gorge, where the Leakey family discovered fossils linking mankind to its distant ancestors

Dec 22-Jan 2, ‘28

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 5 years. Suggested age is 8+. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel.

NAIROBI MAGICAL MEETINGS WITH GIRAFFES AND ELEPHANTS

Discover Africa’s astounding animal life from custom-made vehicles with an unobstructed view from every seat

Jul 18-29 Aug 28-Sep 8 Dec 17-28

AMBOSELI NATIONAL PARK IN THE MIDST OF WILDLIFE NGORONGORO CRATER, TANZANIA THE LOST WORLD

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including:

DAYS 7-8

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK FAR MORE THAN THE BIG FIVE

NGORONGORO SERENA SAFARI LODGE Luxury lodge set on the crater’s rim for superb views and easy access.

DAYS 9-11

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE, KENYA FAMILY FUN ON SAFARI DAY 12

DEPART NAIROBI

Clockwise from far left: Great viewing on a game drive in Kenya; witness how young members of a lion pride get along in the Serengeti; zebra in the Ngorongoro Crater.

MARA INTREPIDS Award-winning camp ideal for families, featuring modern tents in the Maasai Mara Game Reserve and at the confluence of four game-viewing regions. ▼

Meeting with an elder of a Maasai village and listening to Nairobi folk tales are two special cultural experiences that round out your immersive experience in East Africa Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

OL TUKAI LODGE Stylish and comfortable guest rooms with wetland or Kilimanjaro views.

Migori Nairobi

Tarime

NAIROBI SERENA HOTEL An oasis of serenity amid the hustle and bustle of Nairobi.

Maasai Mara Game Reserve KENYA

SERENGETI SERENA SAFARI LODGE Stylish, world-class lodge offering commanding Serengeti views.

Serengeti National Park Amboseli National Park TANZANIA Ngorongoro Crater ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

28

Manyara

Arusha

29

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

CLASSIC KENYA SAFARI

[R E G I O N N A M E]

8 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £8,460 per person £1,920 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Jan 5-12 Jan 31-Feb 7 Feb 14-21 Mar 3-10 Jun 15-22

ARRIVE NAIROBI, KENYA DAY 2

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE WILDLIFE ABOUNDING

HIGHLIGHTS

From the wide grasslands of the Maasai Mara to the iconic wildlife that roams within it, there is no place like Kenya, where A&K began, for an unforgettable safari. Set out on a weeklong adventure on this, our flagship Kenya safari, viewing spectacularly diverse species — including the fabled Big Five — roving through a premier private concession on the Laikipia Plateau and in the Maasai Mara Game Reserve.

Capture the essence of a Hemingway-style adventure that boldly reimagines the classic safari by enhancing it with modern amenities

DAY 3

At the A&K Exclusive Tented Camp in the Maasai Mara Game Reserve — pitched in a prime location just for your group — arrive ahead of the crowds and remain after they’ve gone, for all-day game viewing excitement

DAY 4

Experience incredible animals firsthand with a stop at a chimpanzee sanctuary, a visit with the dogs of an anti-poaching unit and an up-close encounter with the last two northern white rhinos on earth Expert safari guides lead you on every game drive, their in-depth tracking expertise setting the stage for unforgettable wildlife moments Custom-made vehicles with an unobstructed view from every seat offer the perfect vantage point for observing Kenya’s untamed wonders

Jul 4-11 Jul 25-Aug 1 Aug 3-10 Aug 11-18 Sep 5-12

Sep 15-22 Oct 13-20 Dec 21-28

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel.

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE ENDLESS DISCOVERY MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE VISIT A MAASAI VILLAGE DAY 5

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

OL PEJETA CONSERVANCY INTIMATE WILDLIFE CAMP

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAY 6

JW MARRIOTT HOTEL NAIROBI Contemporary luxury hotel offering an urban haven, overlooking the Kenyan capital.

OL PEJETA CONSERVANCY LAST NORTHERN WHITE RHINOS DAY 7

OL PEJETA CONSERVANCY BIODIVERSE WILDLIFE HAVEN DAY 8

DEPART NAIROBI

Clockwise from far left: Venture near rare black rhinos in Ol Pejeta Conservancy; observe chimpanzees at a sanctuary; and view hippos in their favorite element.

A&K EXCLUSIVE TENTED CAMP, MAASAI MARA Classic movable safari tented camp — set and taken down just for your group, and featuring modern touches that make your stay both authentic and comfortable — for the private use of your A&K group. ▼

Explore and stay on a private conservancy on the Laikipia Plateau that abounds with wildlife: the Big Five (including over 130 black rhinos), cheetahs, jackals, hippos, hyenas and more Visit a project supported by A&K Philanthropy

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR

TAMBARARE CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY Boutique safari camp with 10 tented suites and one private villa on the Laikipia Plateau, overlooking the wildlife-rich Ol Pejeta Conservancy.

Ol Pejeta Conservancy

KENYA

Nairobi Maasai Mara Game Reserve

30

31

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

CLASSIC TANZANIA SAFARI

[R E G I O N N A M E]

8 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £8,690 per person £1,765 single supplement

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Jan 26-Feb 2* Feb 9-16* Feb 23-Mar 2* Mar 9-16* Mar 16-23* Jun 1-8 Jun 15-22

ARRIVE ARUSHA, TANZANIA DAY 2

TARANGIRE NATIONAL PARK INTO THE WILD GRASSLANDS

HIGHLIGHTS

The timeless sights and sounds of the Serengeti, incredible wildlife roaming Ngorongoro Crater and the enduring culture of the Maasai people are all part of what makes Tanzania one of the greatest East African safari destinations. Experience it in classic tented comfort on this spectacular adventure, exploring the country’s most game-rich parks on an itinerary designed for phenomenal wildlife viewing.

WHERE YOU’LL GO

Experience the wonders of Tarangire National Park, Ngorongoro Crater and Serengeti National Park, savoring unforgettable game sightings across Tanzania’s northern circuit

DAY 3

Watch iconic species roaming free, including prides of lions and herds of elephants, giraffes and gazelle, from custom-made vehicles with an unobstructed view from every seat

NGORONGORO CRATER AMPHITHEATER OF ANIMALS

The in-depth tracking expertise of your superb A&K safari guides sets the stage for unforgettable wildlife encounters on every game drive Be there as the legendary wildlife of Ngorongoro Crater springs into action — zebras, lions, rhinos, cheetahs, elephants, hippos, warthogs and even the elusive leopard ­— on an early morning visit ahead of the crowds, made possible by the privileged location of your camp Discover daily life on the sprawling plains, visiting a Maasai village to learn about the tribe’s long-cherished customs and riding by tuk-tuk to a local market

Jun 30-Jul 7 Jul 6-13 Jul 13-20 Jul 20-27 Jul 27-Aug 3 Aug 10-17 Aug 17-24

Aug 24-31 Aug 31-Sep 7 Sep 14-21 Oct 5-12 Oct 12-19 Dec 20-27*

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. *Day 6 transfer to the Serengeti will be via land instead of air.

TARANGIRE NATIONAL PARK A LESSON IN LOCAL CUISINE DAY 4

DAY 5

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

NGORONGORO CRATER NATURAL WILDLIFE HAVEN

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAY 6

ELEWANA ARUSHA COFFEE LODGE Set on a coffee plantation, featuring quiet cabins with private verandas.

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK SEARCHING THE VAST PLAINS DAY 7

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK INTIMATE BUSH LUNCH DAY 8

DEPART ARUSHA

Clockwise from far left: Watch for giraffes gracefully foraging in the sun; members of the nomadic Maasai people; relax at Swala Camp.

SWALA CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY Twelve exquisitely furnished, luxurious tented suites, complete with a tent attendant, for an elegant safari experience. ▼

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

NGORONGORO CRATER CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY Ten tented suites with personal tent attendant for the crater’s ultimate safari experience.

Serengeti National Park

Ndutu

KICHAKANI CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY Intimate all under-canvas mobile camp following the Great Migration in two locations in the Serengeti throughout the year.

Ngorongoro Crater Arusha

TANZANIA

Tarangire National Park

32

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

33

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

CLIMB KILIMANJARO: THE MACHAME ROUTE

[R E G I O N N A M E]

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 12 GUESTS From £7,305 per person £1,920 single supplement

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAYS 1-2

Jan 19-28 Feb 2-11 Mar 2-11 May 11-20 May 28-Jun 6

ARRIVE ARUSHA, TANZANIA DAY 3

MOUNT KILIMANJARO: 10,000 FEET GIANT-FIG FORESTS

HIGHLIGHTS

Mount Kilimanjaro rewards those who summit it with a sense of accomplishment that lasts a lifetime.

Here, on the slopes of the world’s tallest freestanding mountain, the difference between success and failure lies in ironclad preparation and expertise. Climb in confidence with top guides and porters as you set out to summit Kilimanjaro. The Machame Route affords you more time to acclimatize, rest and take in the sprawling lava-forged landscapes en route to achieving this bucket-list feat.

WHERE YOU’LL GO

Sleep in spacious and comfortable tents with cots on the mountain, with access to toilet and shower facilities for your group

DAY 4

Premium camping gear and safety equipment are provided

DAY 5

Chefs prepare healthy, satisfying meals to fuel your ascent Our over 30 years of experience as an operator on Mount Kilimanjaro back every step of your climb Three extra days afford more time to acclimatize, a key component to a successful summit Porters transport your luggage and equipment throughout the climb and descent, leaving you with only a daypack of essentials to carry Your expedition leaders all have up-to-date Wilderness First Responder Certificates, undergo annual training and have no fewer than 100 summits each

MOUNT KILIMANJARO: 12,500 FEET VOLCANIC LANDSCAPES MOUNT KILIMANJARO: 13,000 FEET GRAND BARRANCO CANYON DAY 6

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

MOUNT KILIMANJARO: 13,000 FEET ACCLIMATIZATION DAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAY 7

LAKE DULUTI LODGE Boutique lodge set on a working coffee farm in the shadow of Mount Meru.

MOUNT KILIMANJARO: 15,980 FEET PREPARING FOR THE SUMMIT DAY 8

MOUNT KILIMANJARO: 19,341 FEET SUMMIT DAY DAYS 9-10

DEPART ARUSHA

Clockwise from far left: Meet the challenge of summiting Mount Kilimanjaro; camp under the African stars; climbers trekking Kili.

Mt. Kilimanjaro

TANZANIA Arusha ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

MOUNT KILIMANJARO

Uhuru Peak 19,341 ft.

Kosovo Camp 15,980 ft.

Karanga Camp 13,100 ft.

Barranco Camp 13,000 ft.

Shira Camp 12,500 ft.

34

Sep 7-16 Sep 21-30 Oct 6-15 Nov 2-11

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 16 years. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. This journey is physically demanding, with steep ascents and high altitudes and contains long treks and walking over uneven terrain. Maximum elevation is 19,341 feet.

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

Machame Camp 10,000 ft.

Jun 8-17 Jul 13-22 Aug 3-12 Aug 10-19 Aug 24-Sep 2

Mweka Camp 10,200 ft.

35

CAMPS Tenting sites include Machame, Shira, Barranco, Karanga, Kosovo and Mweka Camps. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

UGANDA: GORILLA TREKKING AND SAFARI ADVENTURE Few things rival the thrill of encountering a gorilla in the wild. On this incredible Ugandan journey, our expert guides lead the way with the know-how, experience and ecological responsibility it takes to make this dream a reality. Along the way, they also reveal the Nile’s secrets, mist-shrouded Murchison Falls, evergreen rainforests, beguiling chimpanzees and rare tree-climbing lions.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 16 GUESTS From £15,380 per person £4,610 single supplement

DAY 1

ARRIVE ENTEBBE, UGANDA Uganda is a nation of stunning greenery, deep lakes, soaring mountains and rich biodiversity.

Settle into your hotel in Entebbe with your evening free to relax.

Protea Hotel Entebbe (1 night)

HIGHLIGHTS Under the canopy of Bwindi Impenetrable National Park, trek through mist-covered hillsides to encounter mountain gorillas in their natural surroundings Cruise up the Nile River to the misty base of Murchison Falls, spotting wallowing hippos, wading elephants and fearsome Nile crocodiles Trek the lush, tropical trails of Kibale National Park in search of chimpanzees In Queen Elizabeth National Park, set out on game drives in search of tree-climbing lions, elephants, Cape buffalo and Ugandan kob Experience rich cultural immersion on a Bigodi Community Walk that reveals the tapestry of local life, from the foods and crafts they grow and make to their lively traditional dances Visit a project supported by A&K Philanthropy

DAY 2

MURCHISON FALLS NATIONAL PARK THE NILE’S JEWEL Depart Entebbe and fly to Murchison Falls National Park, one of the most scenic spots along the Nile and the location of the classic Humphrey Bogart film, The African Queen. After settling into your lodge on the banks of the Victoria Nile, set out on a fascinating evening game drive before returning to your lodge for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D Nile Safari Lodge (2 nights) DAY 3

MURCHISON FALLS NATIONAL PARK NILE SAFARI Set out on a game drive along the northern bank of the Nile, in Murchison Falls National Park. You may see giraffes, buffalo, elephants,

warthogs, leopards, lions and antelope. Later, embark by boat to the base of the falls, where invigorating spray showers the narrow ravine, with camera at the ready for hippos, crocodiles and other species. Meals: B L D DAY 4

KIBALE NATIONAL PARK MISTS OF MURCHISON FALLS Ascend to the top of Murchison Falls with your guide to take in the lush panoramas. This afternoon, fly to Kibale National Park and settle into your lodge. Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: PROTEA HOTEL ENTEBBE Contemporary resort gracing the glistening shores of Lake Victoria.

GORILLA FOREST LODGE, AN A&K SANCTUARY Remote, atmospheric lodge featuring 10 luxury suites, tucked amid jungle-like vegetation in Bwindi Impenetrable National Park. ▼

Kyaninga Lodge (2 nights) DAY 5

KIBALE NATIONAL PARK FOREST OF CHIMPANZEES Kibale Forest is home to 11 species of primates, including chimpanzees and mangabeys, and 300 types of birds. Rise early for the start of your chimpanzee trek, listening to the forest’s silence as you go. After the trek, stop for a picnic lunch and then head out on a walk through the Bigodi wetlands, where you visit members of the local community and explore the rich tapestry of the local way of life. Learn the intricate art of banana gin making and taste banana wine. Then receive a lesson KYANINGA LODGE Nine cottages set amid Lake Kyaninga and the Mountains of the Moon, on the Lake Kyaninga crater rim.

ISHASHA WILDERNESS CAMP Exclusive, idyllic camp with 10 permanent tents on the Ntugwe River.

Clockwise from far left: Come face to face with mountain gorillas in Bwindi; view the rolling hills of Uganda near Gorilla Forest Lodge; watch for hippos in Queen Elizabeth National Park.

Murchison Falls National Park

READY TO BOOK? Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

UGANDA Kibale National Park Queen Elizabeth National Park

Entebbe

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Bwindi Impenetrable National Park

36

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

37

NILE SAFARI LODGE Luxury eco-friendly lodge on the Nile River with eight secluded bandas. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

in coffee roasting and grinding, indulging in the the delightful aroma and taste of freshly roasted coffee grown on local farms. Engage with skilled artisans to discover the ancient craft of traditional basket weaving and round out this amazing experience as you witness the lively rhythms and vibrant dances of the community’s traditional performers, for an unforgettable glimpse into the heart and soul of Ugandan culture. Return to your lodge with the rest of the afternoon free. You may opt to go canoeing before dinner. Meals: B L D DAY 6

QUEEN ELIZABETH NATIONAL PARK NATURE ANEW Drive to Queen Elizabeth National Park, home to elephants, lions, hippos and baboons, any of which you may see on an afternoon game drive. Featuring diverse habitats, including lakes, savanna grasslands, forests and wetlands, the park supports the biggest variety of large mammals in the country. Meals: B L D Ishasha Wilderness Camp (2 nights) DAY 7

QUEEN ELIZABETH NATIONAL PARK WILDLIFE SIGHTINGS Keep exploring on morning and afternoon

game drives, watching for tree-climbing lions, and then pause to toast your day in the bush with a refreshing cocktail. Meals: B L D DAY 8

BWINDI IMPENETRABLE NATIONAL PARK AKP-SUPPORTED NURSING SCHOOL Set out on a morning game drive, making your way through Queen Elizabeth National Park, out of the Rift Valley and on to the mountains of Bwindi Impenetrable National Park, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. After lunch, visit Uganda Nursing School Bwindi and the nearby hospital, both supported by A&K Philanthropy. Learn how the school invests in promising local students who will become the region’s future healthcare workers. Meals: B L D Gorilla Forest Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary (3 nights) DAY 9

BWINDI IMPENETRABLE NATIONAL PARK GORILLA ENCOUNTERS IN THE WILD Dreamily misty and lushly foliated with some 200 species of trees, the high-altitude mountain terrain of Bwindi Impenetrable National Park provides ideal cover for one

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

of the rarest animals on earth. Devote your day to trekking to see endangered mountain gorillas, only about a thousand of which still exist in the wild, with more than half of them living here. Spend up to an hour among them, watching mothers keep infants close as they knucklewalk on three limbs. See scampering toddlers reined in by an attentive father. Come eye to eye with a fellow soul. Each visit with these extraordinary primates is different, and you’re sure to come away with meaningful tales to tell of your encounter. Return to your lodge, where you partake in a chef-led culinary experience, savoring the results. Meals: B L D

Jul 10-20 Aug 3-13

Oct 11-21

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 15 years. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. Primate permits (valued at £1,900 per person) are included in the journey price, paid at time of deposit and non-refundable.

This journey is physically demanding, with steep ascents, high altitudes and hiking through isolated jungle regions. Maximum elevation is 8,500 ft.

DAY 10

BWINDI IMPENETRABLE NATIONAL PARK A LAST VISIT IN THE FOREST Bask once again in the bond that exists between primate and man as you set out on your final gorilla trek. Return to your lodge for a farewell dinner with fellow guests. Meals: B L D DAY 11

DEPART ENTEBBE Fly to Entebbe, where a dayroom awaits until you privately transfer to the airport. Meals: B Protea Hotel Entebbe (dayroom)

Clockwise from far left: Stay in style at Gorilla Forest Lodge; behold Murchison Falls; spot a bronze sunbird in Bwindi; seek out chimpanzees in Kibale National Park.

38

Aug 17-27 Sep 8-18

39

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

ULTIMATE BOTSWANA SAFARI

[R E G I O N N A M E]

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 16 GUESTS From £11,920 per person £1,920 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

This is our flagship Southern African adventure, the evolution of the safaris that put us on the map.

It’s all here: Victoria Falls, the Big Five, the mighty Zambezi, classic safari tents, premier lodges, helicopter flightseeing, gin & tonics at sunset, and game drives on land and by river. Come experience what we do best.

Track iconic wildlife on game drives, guided bushwalks and scenic river safaris Botswana’s finest handpicked safari guides lead the way to exceptional wildlife encounters A professional photographer shows you how to capture it all Experience the power of Victoria Falls and float along the Zambezi River on a sunset cruise Take off on a flightseeing adventure by helicopter over the Okavango Delta Stay two nights at the Okavango Delta’s premier property, Chief’s Camp, an A&K Sanctuary Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

DAY 1

ARRIVE JOHANNESBURG, SOUTH AFRICA An energetic urban hub for finance with a dynamic arts scene and on-trend café culture, Johannesburg is your journey’s jumping-off point. Start with a gourmet welcome dinner and enjoy tips from a pro photographer on nailing great game shots. Meals: D Saxon Hotel, Villas and Spa (1 night) DAY 2

LIVINGSTONE, ZAMBIA SUNSET RIVER CRUISE Fly to Livingstone in Zambia, where elephants, hippos and other iconic African species roam.

Journey overland to settle into your luxurious tree house lodge. As the sky dims, cruise the Zambezi River, sipping cocktails and taking in the wild night. Meals: B L D Sussi & Chuma Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary (2 nights) DAY 3

LIVINGSTONE VIEW RHINOS AND AKP PROJECTS Venture up close to rhinos during a game drive in Mosi-oa-Tunya National Park, visiting the

giants on foot. After lunch and some free time, tour Nakatindi Village with a local village guide and visit community projects supported by A&K Philanthropy, including a women-owned bike shop, locally owned glass bead-making operation, school and medical clinic. Tonight promises a chef’s demonstration of traditional Zambian fare, followed by dinner. Meals: B L D DAY 4

VICTORIA FALLS, ZIMBABWE THE SMOKE THAT THUNDERS Drive to Zimbabwe, with its rolling highveld landscapes, to join your private guide on an awe-inspiring exploration of Victoria Falls. Its cascades plummet over 350 feet to cast up the mist that inspired their original name, Mosi-oaTunya (The Smoke That Thunders). After lunch at a local restaurant, continue to your lodge just outside Botswana’s Chobe National Park, taking in panoramic views across the islands and floodplains of the Chobe River. Later, set out on a river cruise or game drive that includes the opportunity to see elephants — some 120,000 live in the park — along with impala, buffalo and possibly lions. Gather for an A&K-exclusive cultural experience with a local dance group.

Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: CHOBE CHILWERO LODGE, AN A&K SANCTUARY Fifteen incredibly luxurious guest suites and a full-service spa.

CHIEF’S CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY Award-winning camp with 10 Bush Pavilions and the Geoffrey Kent Suite, each with a private dining area and plunge pool. ▼

Chobe Chilwero Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary (2 nights)

STANLEY’S CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY An intimate, classic camp with 10 tented suites on a large private concession.

SAXON HOTEL, VILLAS AND SPA Travel + Leisure World’s Best all-suite hotel with six pools, set on 10 acres.

Clockwise from far left: Lions play a vital role in the Okavango Delta; stay at incomparable Chief’s Camp, an A&K Sanctuary; cruise the Chobe River, watching for hippos, elephants and other wild residents.

ZAMBIA Livingstone

Victoria Falls

Chobe National Park

ZIMBABWE

Okavango Delta Maun

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

BOTSWANA

Johannesburg SOUTH AFRICA To Cape Town

40

READY TO BOOK?

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND EXTENSION

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

41

SUSSI & CHUMA LODGE, AN A&K SANCTUARY Twelve romantic, air-conditioned suites set in a riverine forest. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

DAY 5

CHOBE NATIONAL PARK, BOTSWANA SERENE RIVER SAFARI From the floodplains of the Okavango Delta to the woodlands of Chobe National Park, Botswana’s diverse habitats provide the perfect settings for extraordinary safari excursions. A sunrise game drive catches the animals at their most-active time of day while a Chobe River safari cruise ushers you into the realm of crocodiles, hippos and the elephants that come down to drink and play in the water.

The park’s beautiful wetlands also lure a wealth of birdlife to the region, and you may glimpse many of the 460 species. Meals: B L D DAY 6

OKAVANGO DELTA WONDERS OF A PRIVATE CONCESSION Fly to a vast private concession in the Okavango Delta, the largest inland delta in the world. A watery haven spread across more than a million acres of permanent swamp and seasonally flooded plains, the Okavango Delta is a UNESCO World Heritage Site that attracts countless animals from throughout Southern Africa to its thriving ecosystem. The afternoon is yours to enjoy at leisure with a choice of activities, such as a seasonal ride by mokoro

(dugout canoe) or a nighttime game-viewing drive. Meals: B L D Stanley’s Camp, an A&K Sanctuary (2 nights) DAY 7

OKAVANGO DELTA SAFARI BY 4X4 OR ON FOOT Continue exploring the teeming delta on guided morning and afternoon game drives in a customized 4x4 vehicle. In between drives, you may opt to safari on foot, taking a bush walk with an armed, expert guide. Meals: B L D

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 9

OKAVANGO DELTA WILDLIFE EVERYWHERE YOU LOOK

Jan 7-16 Feb 7-16 Feb 21-Mar 2 Feb 28-Mar 9 Mar 13-22* Mar 19-28 Apr 9-18 Apr 12-21* Apr 17-26 May 1-10 May 5-14* May 13-22 May 17-26*

Great predators, including rare wild dogs, as well as elephants, buffalo, red lechwe, giraffes and impala roam the Okavango Delta, as you discover on an early morning game drive.

Listen for roaring lions on the hunt or spy awakening nocturnal animals as day draws to a close, on your choice of game drives. Back in camp, gather for a farewell dinner beneath African skies. Meals: B L D DAY 10

DAY 8

OKAVANGO DELTA AFRICA’S PREDATOR CAPITAL BY AIR Fly over the Okavango Delta by helicopter to your next amazing safari camp, the panorama of the delta spread out before you. Widely acknowledged as the “Predator Capital of Africa,” this is one of the best places in Botswana to see big game — lions, leopards, elephants and Cape buffalo — drawn here by the lush delta. Wild dogs and spotted hyenas also make the scene. View game with your experienced guides or watch life unfold from your private viewing deck. Meals: B L D

DEPART JOHANNESBURG, SOUTH AFRICA

May 22-31 May 28-Jun 6 Jun 3-12 Jun 6-15 Jun 9-18 Jun 19-28* Jun 24-Jul 3 Jul 3-12* Jul 8-17 Jul 16-25 Jul 23-Aug 1 Jul 26-Aug 4* Jul 31-Aug 9

Aug 12-21 Aug 15-24 Aug 21-30 Aug 24-Sep 2* Aug 31-Sep 9 Sep 5-14* Sep 14-23 Sep 23-Oct 2 Sep 26-Oct 5* Oct 10-19 Oct 15-24 Oct 31-Nov 9 Dec 3-Dec 12

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. *Days 8-9 at Eagle Island Lodge, A Belmond Safari, Botswana.

Fly to Johannesburg via Maun for your flight home. Relax in the Premier Lounge, compliments of A&K, before your departure flight or starting your Post-Tour Extension to Cape Town. Meals: B

Chief’s Camp, an A&K Sanctuary (2 nights)

GO FURTHER CAPE TOWN POST-TOUR EXTENSION Discover the best the Cape Town area has to offer, from Table Mountain to the Cape of Good Hope.

4 days from £4,795 ADD A NIGHT IN JOHANNESBURG Arrive a day early and explore the city.

From £1,595 per person

Clockwise from far left: The Okavango Delta sustains elephants and countless other species; feel the power of mighty Victoria Falls; red lechwes splashing across the Okavango Delta; savor dinner in the African bush at Chobe Chilwero.

42

43

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

SOUTH AFRICA AND VICTORIA FALLS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £10,765 per person £4,150 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

South Africa is a nation of diverse appeal, from the rich culinary and cultural treasures of cosmopolitan Cape Town to the wildlife-rich expanse of the Greater Kruger National Park. Add an up-close, guided visit to thunderous Victoria Falls in Zimbabwe and you have an unforgettable adventure encompassing the region’s amazing variety.

South Africa’s vibrant “Mother City,” Cape Town invites you to experience it in depth. Ascend Table Mountain, explore the historic Bo-Kaap District, traverse scenic Cape Point and mingle with penguins at Boulders Beach Stay for three nights on a premier private concession in Greater Kruger, which, together with neighboring Kruger National Park, forms one of the best game-viewing regions in South Africa, where the Big Five as well as cheetahs roam Sharp-eyed safari guides and trackers lead you on every game drive, their in-depth tracking expertise setting the stage for unforgettable wildlife encounters Explore magnificent Victoria Falls on a privately guided walking tour and cruise the Zambezi River, savoring great photo opportunities and a tranquil sunset dinner

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE CAPE TOWN, SOUTH AFRICA

CAPE TOWN SPECTACULAR VIEWS FROM CAPE POINT

Arrive in Cape Town, a breathtaking harbor city perched on the southwestern tip of the African continent, where old and new converge in history, architecture and cultural pursuits.

Afro-chic decor graces the city’s trendy restaurants and bars, while art and design studios imbue the atmosphere with a hip, creative vibe, all overlooked by towering, flattopped Table Mountain.

One&Only Cape Town (3 nights) DAY 2

CAPE TOWN TABLE MOUNTAIN AND HISTORIC CITY SITES Ascend to the top of Table Mountain via cable car and walk the summit, taking in an inspiring, 360-degree panorama of the city and bay. In the Bo-Kaap neighborhood, formerly known as the Malay Quarter, stroll cobblestone streets amid charming multi-colored buildings and spice shops. Listen as your expert guide explains the rich local history and sample some Cape Malay food as you go. The afternoon is yours for exploring on your own, gathering tonight for a welcome dinner. Meals: B D

Explorer and missionary David Livingstone was the first westerner to reach Victoria Falls, as you learn from an exclusive talk with a local historian

Discover scenic Cape Point, journeying past Camps Bay at the base of the towering Twelve Apostles Mountain Range, along bucolic Hout Bay and over the famous Chapman’s Peak Drive.

Explore the stunning Cape Peninsula and Cape of Good Hope Nature Reserve, home to rare bonteboks and chacma baboons. The “Flying Dutchman” funicular takes you to the great pinnacle at blustery Cape Point. At Boulders Beach, visit its colony of endangered African penguins. The rest of the day is yours. Meals: B L

Fly to a privately owned, wildlife-rich game reserve that shares an open boundary with Kruger National Park, an area renowned for game viewing. The Greater Kruger area sprawls across an unfathomably vast expanse of bushveld, granite hills, mountains, savanna and tropical forests comprising an extraordinarily biodiverse habitat for elephants, lions, leopards, cheetahs, rhinos, buffalo, giraffes, hippos and zebras. After settling into your elegant accommodations, set off in search ONE&ONLY CAPE TOWN Contemporary luxury hotel with Table Mountain views. ▼

Clockwise from far left: View zebras and other wild residents of Greater Kruger National Park; take in the scenic coast of Cape Town; walk into the midst of an African penguin colony at Boulders Beach.

ZAMBIA

READY TO BOOK? Greater Kruger National Park

Johannesburg

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

SOUTH AFRICA

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Cape Town

44

THORNYBUSH GAME LODGE Travel + Leisure World’s Best luxury lodge with 20 elegant suites, located in the teeming Thornybush Game Reserve in the Greater Kruger National Park. ▼

GREATER KRUGER NATIONAL PARK PRIVATE GAME RESERVE

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

ZIMBABWE

THE PALM RIVER HOTEL Luxury hotel set beside the Zambezi River near Victoria Falls.

DAY 4

Observe gentle elephants up close during a visit to a sanctuary near Victoria Falls

Victoria Falls

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including:

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR

45

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

of the Big Five, accompanied by two safari professionals: a driver guide, trained to safely maneuver you up close to big game, and a tracker who follows their signs and predicts where they’re likely to be found. Meals: B L D Thornybush Game Lodge (3 nights) DAY 5

GREATER KRUGER NATIONAL PARK GAME DRIVES AND BUSH WALKS Begin two days of immersion in your private game reserve, embarking on game drives in open safari vehicles for optimal viewing and exploring on early morning game walks with your ranger. During your afternoon game drive, take a break from the action for an interactive gin tasting in the bush, a refreshing nod to a grand safari tradition. Meals: B L D DAY 6

GREATER KRUGER NATIONAL PARK DIVERSE FLORA AND FAUNA Head out for another full day of exploration that includes morning and afternoon game drives, learning fascinating details about the flora and fauna as well as basic tracking skills. At dusk, toast your adventure with a refreshing cocktail, and then search for nocturnal animals.

Meals: B L D

DAY 7

VICTORIA FALLS, ZIMBABWE THUNDERING CASCADES Fly to Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe, settle in to your hotel and enjoy some free time. This evening, cruise on the Zambezi River, taking in life unfolding along the riverbanks. After an unforgettable African sunset, as a magical charm settles over the river and lanterns are lit, a delicious dinner is served on board to the sounds of the African night. Meals: B D The Palm River Hotel (2 nights) DAY 8

VICTORIA FALLS GUIDED FALLS WALK AND THE LEGACY OF LIVINGSTONE

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

giants living there. Watch them up close as they eat and socialize during a hands-on encounter led by a naturalist. After lunch, meet with a member of the Monde Community for a tour of a local homestead and visit their community school, supported by A&K Philanthropy. Listen as a special guest speaker shares tales of celebrated explorer David Livingstone — an A&K-exclusive experience at your hotel — before your farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

Jan 10-18 Feb 12-20 Mar 3-11* Mar 19-27 Apr 7-15 Apr 21-29* May 5-13 May 12-20* May 19-27 May 28-Jun 5*

DAY 9

DEPART JOHANNESBURG, SOUTH AFRICA

Sep 1-9* Sep 8-16 Sep 23-Oct 1 Sep 29-Oct 7 Oct 6-14* Oct 13-21 Oct 20-28* Nov 10-18 Dec 3-11

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. Alternate sightseeing may be required at Table Mountain due to weather or maintenance. *Days 4-6 at Kapama Southern Camp.

Fly to Johannesburg, where you enjoy access to the Premier Lounge, compliments of A&K, before boarding your flight home. Meals: B

Begin with a guided morning walk of breathtaking Victoria Falls, one of the world’s greatest natural wonders. See rainbows and clouds of spray as the mile-wide Upper Zambezi plummets into the Lower Zambezi.

In 1855, famed Scottish explorer David Livingstone named the falls in honor of his queen, but its unrestrained mist gave rise to the much older Kololo name of Mosi-oa-Tunya (The Smoke that Thunders). Experience an interactive animal adventure as you privately visit an elephant sanctuary to meet the gentle

Clockwise from far left: The incredible spectacle of Victoria Falls; absorb the beauty of Cape Town’s rugged coast; view rhinos in Greater Kruger National Park; seek out the park’s thriving lion population as well.

46

Jun 9-17 Jun 16-24 Jun 23-Jul 1* Jul 2-10 Jul 16-24 Jul 21-29* Aug 4-12 Aug 11-19* Aug 18-26 Aug 25-Sep 2

47

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

SOUTHERN AFRICA SAFARI AND RAIL ADVENTURE Experience timeless elegance on a spectacular luxury adventure, travelling by glamorous Rovos Rail and safari-going in Chobe National Park and the lush Okavango Delta, following a wide-ranging itinerary that also features cosmopolitan Cape Town and magnificent Victoria Falls.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

13 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £17,305 per person £6,535 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Discover Cape Town, taking in stunning views from Table Mountain, walking the colorful Bo-Kaap neighborhood, visiting the Constantia Winelands and exploring rugged Cape Point Traverse majestic mountain ranges and grassy savannas on a three-day train journey by elegant Rovos Rail Stay at the only safari lodge inside Chobe National Park, a privileged location that affords you the opportunity to start game watching ahead of other visitors Observe Botswana’s amazing animals up close, as handpicked safari guides use their in-depth tracking skills to lead you to exceptional wildlife encounters Set out on a privately guided tour of Victoria Falls, one of the Seven Natural Wonders of the World

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE CAPE TOWN, SOUTH AFRICA

CAPE TOWN CAPE POINT AND BOULDERS BEACH

Touch down in Cape Town, a cosmopolitan city perched at the southwestern tip of Africa that is a vibrant tapestry of life, culture and diversity. Trendy restaurants, bars and design studios imbue the atmosphere with a hip, creative vibe, all overlooked by Table Mountain.

Mount Nelson, A Belmond Hotel, Cape Town (3 nights) DAY 2

CAPE TOWN INTO THE CONSTANTIA WINELANDS Make your way to the top of Table Mountain via cable car to take in an inspiring panorama of the city. Proceed to the colorful and distinctive Bo-Kaap neighborhood for a walking tour. After lunch, view other historical landmarks such as the Castle of Good Hope, Cape Town City Hall, and St. George’s Cathedral. Take in the richness of the Constantia Winelands, nestled below Table Mountain, with a visit to one of South Africa’s most celebrated wine estates. Join a sommelier for a guided tasting of their awardwinning wines while a captivating storyteller shares inspiring stories of the region. Return to your hotel for your welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

Journey across Cape Point past Camps Bay at the base of the Twelve Apostles Mountain Range, along Hout Bay with its bustling fishing harbor and over Chapman’s Peak Drive.

Explore the stunning Cape Peninsula and Cape of Good Hope Nature Reserve, home to bonteboks and chacma baboons. Ride a funicular to the great pinnacle at blustery Cape Point. At Boulders Beach, visit its wild colony of endangered African penguins. Meals: B L

ROVOS RAIL Beautifully restored train that takes you back to a bygone era of travel.

CHIEF’S CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY Award-winning camp with 10 Bush Pavilions and the Geoffrey Kent Suite, each with a private dining area and plunge pool. ▼

DAY 4

RIDING THE ROVOS RAIL THE ROMANCE OF AFRICA BY RAIL You are joined for breakfast by a special guest speaker — the photographer who captured the iconic image of Nelson Mandela’s release from prison — on an A&K-exclusive experience.

Then recapture the romance of a bygone era as you board the wood-paneled coaches of the luxurious Rovos Rail. Settle into your suite and eat lunch. Wind through the mountains and rolling green hills of the Cape Winelands, sipping South African vintages as the sun sets.

Meals: B L D Rovos Rail (3 nights)

Finish your journey at Chief’s Camp, an A&K Sanctuary — one of Africa’s finest — located in the Okavango Delta’s premier Moremi Game Reserve

FAIRLAWNS BOUTIQUE HOTEL & SPA Chic Johannesburg hotel with 40 suites.

Listen to a captivating talk on South Africa’s long journey to democracy by a special guest with a historic connection to Nelson Mandela

CHOBE GAME LODGE The only luxury lodge located inside wildliferich Chobe National Park.

Clockwise from far left: Elephants like to wade in the Okavango Delta; ride in luxury by Rovos Rail through the South African wilderness; explore ruggedly beautiful Cape Point.

Chobe National Park Okavango Delta

Victoria Falls ZIMBABWE

Maun BOTSWANA

Johannesburg

READY TO BOOK? Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

SOUTH AFRICA

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Cape Town

48

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including:

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

49

MOUNT NELSON, A BELMOND HOTEL, CAPE TOWN Luxury resort set in lush gardens in the heart of the city. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

DAY 5

DAY 8

RIDING THE ROVOS RAIL VINTAGE VICTORIAN CHARM

VICTORIA FALLS, ZIMBABWE AND CHOBE NATIONAL PARK, BOTSWANA UP CLOSE TO THE MARVELOUS FALLS

In Matjiesfontein, stop to visit its charming Victorian village, museum and vintage rail cars.

Roll on into the Great Karoo, an arid expanse that was once an inland sea. Meals: B L D DAY 6

RIDING THE ROVOS RAIL DIAMOND MINE MUSEUM In Kimberley, where diamonds were found in 1871, tour the Diamond Mine Museum and view the Big Hole. Proceed toward the broad grassland plains of the Highveld. Meals: B L D DAY 7

JOHANNESBURG HEART OF SOUTH AFRICA Savor your last day onboard Rovos Rail as your train rolls northeast through the goldfields of the Witwatersrand, perhaps reading or playing games in the lounge and observation cars.

Have lunch onboard before disembarking to settle into your hotel in the suburbs of Johannesburg. Meals: B L Fairlawns Boutique Hotel & Spa (1 night)

Fly to the town of Victoria Falls in Zimbabwe for a guided walking tour of breathtaking Victoria Falls, close enough to feel the power of its plunging cataracts and their mist upon your face. Eat lunch at a local restaurant before driving to your safari lodge, the only one located inside Botswana’s world-renowned Chobe National Park, and settle into your spacious accommodations. Set out on a Chobe River safari, watching as elephants line the water’s edge, hippos congregate in lagoons and predators come down to quench their thirst. Meals: B L D Chobe Game Lodge (3 nights) DAY 9

CHOBE NATIONAL PARK SAFARI-GOING BY LAND OR WATER Venture forth on morning and afternoon safaris, either overland or by boat along the Chobe River. Learn how your lodge pioneered the use of electric boats when they launched their first electric powered boat (and game vehicle) in 2014. Today, three of their four

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

electric boats are fully solar powered, while their silent electric land vehicles are ideal for travelling quietly on game drives. Take in the park’s many natural wonders, led by a member of the lodge’s all-female guiding team.

Meals: B L D

Mar 6-18 Mar 13-25 Apr 16-28 May 29-Jun 10

DAY 10

Once again savor morning and afternoon game viewing, starting with an early morning safari in Chobe National Park to see diverse species — perhaps even wild dogs and leopards — at their most active, arriving ahead of most visitors thanks to your lodge’s ideal location.

Explore along the Chobe River as your guide interprets the bush signs and tracks resident wildlife such as elephants and hippos.

Meals: B L D

GO FURTHER ADD A NIGHT IN JOHANNESBURG Remain an extra day and explore the city.

From £1,595 per person

DAY 11

OKAVANGO DELTA AFRICA’S PREDATOR HUB Fly to the Okavango Delta via Kasane Airport and arrive at amazing Chief’s Camp in the vast Moremi Game Reserve. Often called the “Predator Capital of Africa,” this reserve is home to only a handful of camps, which makes for a unique and highly prized gameviewing experience, free of crowds. Observe how the lush delta draws remarkable birds and wildlife on a late-afternoon game drive capped by a refreshing cocktail. Meals: B L D Chief’s Camp, an A&K Sanctuary (2 nights) DAY 12

OKAVANGO DELTA GAME DRIVES IN THE LUSH DELTA Clockwise from far left: Absorb the rich flavors of wine country near Cape Town; watch for wild dogs in Chobe National Park; zebras roam the Okavango Delta; absorb the evening’s tranquil yet lifefilled ambience at Chief’s Camp.

DAY 13

DEPART JOHANNESBURG, SOUTH AFRICA Fly to Johannesburg via Maun, where you enjoy access to the Premier Lounge, compliments of A&K, before your departing flight. Meals: B

50

Sep 24-Oct 6 Oct 2-14 Oct 30-Nov 11 Dec 9-21

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. Alternate sightseeing may be required at Table Mountain due to weather or maintenance.

CHOBE NATIONAL PARK PLENTIFUL WILDLIFE VIEWING

Rise early for a game drive on the reserve, where the game viewing is magnificent.

Afternoon activities include a chef-led experience offering you a taste of traditional local cuisine. Set out on another safari with your expert guide, whose well-honed tracking skills may lead you off the beaten trail for an up-close look at a lion with a fresh kill or a glimpse of a leopard emerging from the dense foliage. Gather for a special farewell dinner.

Meals: B L D

Jun 12-24 Jul 10-22 Aug 6-18 Sep 4-16

51

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

NEW

ULTIMATE SOUTH AFRICA ADVENTURE

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 16 GUESTS From £12,300 per person £4,995 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Ascend Table Mountain for panoramic views and savor a culinary tour in Cape Town

If “something more” is what you want from South Africa, this journey is perfect for you. Combining explorations in the city, along the coast and across the winelands, it also features a stay in the sustainable five-star luxury of Grootbos Private Nature Reserve.

Venture off the beaten path for curated experiences focused on food and wine, flora and fauna, and marine life. Add a strong helping of traditional safari action and the result is an adventure through South Africa like no other.

Explore the scenic coast from Chapman’s Peak to the Stony Point Penguin Colony in Betty’s Bay

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE CAPE TOWN, SOUTH AFRICA

GROOTBOS PRIVATE NATURE RESERVE MEET THE PENGUINS OF STONY POINT

Cape Town is a breathtaking harbor city on the southwestern tip of the African continent, where old and new converge in history, architecture and cultural pursuits. Afro-chic decor graces the city’s trendy restaurants and bars, while art and design studios imbue the atmosphere with a hip, creative vibe, all overlooked by towering, flat-topped Table Mountain. Settle into your hotel and relax.

The Claremont (2 nights) DAY 2

Indulge in a three-night stay at fabulous Grootbos Forest Lodge, one of the most soughtafter lodges in the region

CAPE TOWN SAVOR A CULINARY EXPEDITION

Head out on botanical safaris in Grootbos, identifying the unique and colorful flora, and embark on a tranquil cruise on the Klein River

Embark on a vibrant culinary tour of Cape Town, starting with coffee at a local coffee shop. Work up an appetite as you ascend Table Mountain via cable car and walk the summit, taking in the surrounding vistas. Then try the “Cape Gatsby,” a submarine sandwich with a Cape Town twist. Next, pair African dishes with favorite local drinks on a delightful tasting experience at a local restaurant. Finish by learning how to fold samoosa — a savory fried pastry — at a family home in the Bo-Kaap, before your welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

Search for the Marine Big Five — whales, sharks, dolphins, seals and penguins — on a boating adventure Discover the historic Stellenbosch on foot with a specialized guide and embark on several wine tastings at estates in the famed Cape Winelands

Discover the scenic coast of the Western Cape. Venture past the Twelve Apostles Mountain Range, along Hout Bay with its bustling fishing harbor, and over Chapman’s Peak Drive. At Stony Point Nature Reserve in Betty’s Bay, visit its thriving colony of endangered African penguins via a boardwalk through their colony, observing the action up close without disturbing them. Continue overland to Grootbos Private Nature Reserve.

This amazing reserve covers more than 8,500 acres of pristine coastal land where a wealth of wildlife and botanical treasures — including more than 1,000 varieties of plants, some only recently identified — live in the fynbos (densely biodiverse shrubland endemic to South Africa). A world leader in progressive luxury tourism, Grootbos attracts visitors from across the globe, and your amazing suite puts you in the very heart of the experience. Settle into your lodge on site and visit the Hannarie Wenhold Botanical Art Gallery before dinner.

Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: THE CLAREMONT Boutique hotel in a leafy suburb of Cape Town situated a short drive from Table Mountain.

GROOTBOS FOREST LODGE Lavish lodge with 16 secluded suites set amid the ancient Milkwood forest. ▼

Grootbos Forest Lodge (3 nights)

Set out on two full days of game drives in MalaMala Game Reserve, one of the largest private Big Five game reserves in South Africa, which shares an unfenced boundary with world-renowned Kruger National Park

GRANDE ROCHE HOTEL Historic luxury hotel surrounded by gardens and set at the foot of the magnificent Paarl Rock in the celebrated Cape Winelands.

MALAMALA CAMP Safari lodge offering a haven of understated luxury and views of the Sand River and surrounding bushveld. ▼ Clockwise from far left: Explore the botanical diversity of Grootbos Private Nature Reserve; Table Mountain stands sentinel over Cape Town; search for sea life such as humpback whales off the Cape of South Africa.

MalaMala Game Reserve Johannesburg

Skukuza

SOUTH AFRICA

READY TO BOOK? Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

Cape Town

52

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Cape Winelands Grootbos Private Nature Reserve

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

53

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

DAY 4

GROOTBOS PRIVATE NATURE RESERVE PRIVATE 4X4 BOTANICAL SAFARI Explore Grootbos by 4x4 on a private botanical safari, viewing the incredible plants that inhabit this impressive corner of the Cape Floral Kingdom and learning about the seven species discovered in the reserve. After lunch, enjoy some free time, perhaps sampling Grootbos’s other offerings. Later, board riverboat Lady Stanford for a cruise of the picturesque Klein River, watching nature’s kaleidoscope unfold along its banks. Meals: B L D DAY 5

GROOTBOS PRIVATE NATURE RESERVE SIGHTING THE MARINE BIG FIVE

provides an inspiring backdrop for a horseback ride or a coastal safari as well. Meals: B L D DAY 6

CAPE WINELANDS THE STARS OF STELLENBOSCH Head out into the Cape’s beloved winelands and start your explorations with a historical walking tour of Stellenbosch, accompanied by a specialized guide. Discover the “Village of the Oaks” with its shady oak avenues, admire the charm and harmony of the Cape Dutch Architecture and listen to tales about the colorful inhabitants. Stop at a historic wine estate in Stellenbosch, where you eat lunch served with estate wines, before proceeding to your hotel in Paarl. Meals: B L Grande Roche Hotel (2 nights) DAY 7

Step aboard a boat to seek out the Marine Big Five — whales, sharks, dolphins, seals and penguins — as they feed, frolic and play. Later, you may opt for an entrancing stroll through the Milkwood forest, a revitalizing hike up a fynbosclad mountain or go birding, with the chance to spy any of the 118 different bird species that call Grootbos home, from the vivid orange sunbird to the rare Black Harrier. Grootbos’s blend of forests, rocky coastline and serene estuaries

CAPE WINELANDS SOUTH AFRICA’S FOODS AND WINES Begin a full day of wine tastings at a renowned wine estate in Franschhoek that encapsulates six distinctive South African wine brands. Visit a local restaurant and vineyard for a chefled experience for lunch. The chef prepares the dishes, explains their history and shares the tales behind the three-course meal that

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

follows — a true celebration of South Africa’s rich culinary tradition. Join in some elements of the preparation and cooking for a rewarding interactive experience. Stop at one more wine estate to sample wines paired with locally produced meat and cheese. Meals: B L

Feb 5-15 Apr 16-26

MALAMALA GAME RESERVE AMID THE SPECTACULAR WILDLIFE Fly to Skukuza, and then journey overland to MalaMala Game Reserve, where you settle into your camp and head out for an afternoon game drive that’s capped off with a traditional cocktail in the bush. Seek out the Big Five, including white and black rhinos, which roam the reserve’s 33,000 acres, freely crossing the unfenced boundary with the world-famous Kruger National Park. Sabi Sand Reserve is also nearby, only adding to the diversity of wildlife on display here. Meals: B L D

GO FURTHER ADD A NIGHT IN JOHANNESBURG Remain an extra day and explore the city.

From £1,595 per person

MalaMala Camp (3 nights) DAY 9

MALAMALA GAME RESERVE BEHIND-THE-SCENES GUIDE VISIT Watch for lions, elephants and leopards during a thrilling morning game drive. Gain a behind-the-scenes look at the conservation and guiding work that shapes the life of the reserve, spending time with a senior guide or conservation team member. Then head out for an afternoon game drive and, later, as darkness approaches, watch for elusive nocturnal wildlife by spotlight — an exciting close to your day on safari. Tonight, look to the African skies above to view the Milky Way and try to find the Southern Cross. Meals: B L D DAY 10

Rise early for a sunrise viewing experience from the top of S’twise, part of an early morning game drive. Return to the lodge for brunch, followed by free time to do as you wish. You may opt to join a seasonal guided bush walk, relax around the pool or take advantage of the on-site amenities. Head out for a late afternoon game drive before your farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

Clockwise from far left: Visit an estate in the Stellenbosch wine region for a tasting; watch for Cape buffalo in MalaMala Game Reserve; lions also roam the vast reserve; appreciate the diverse flora on a botanical nature walk at Grootbos.

DAY 11

DEPART JOHANNESBURG Venture out on one last morning game drive (optional) before flying to Johannesburg, where you enjoy access to the Premier Lounge, compliments of A&K, before boarding your departing flight. Meals: B

54

Aug 13-23 Oct 16-26

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 13 years. Suggested age is 18+. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. Alternate sightseeing may be required at Table Mountain due to weather or maintenance.

DAY 8

MALAMALA GAME RESERVE WATCH SUNRISE PAINT THE BUSHVELD

Jun 4-14 Jul 16-26

55

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

NEW

FAMILY ADVENTURE IN SOUTHERN AFRICA Discover the diverse treasures of Southern Africa on a journey designed specifically for families, from hotels chosen with kids in mind to family-friendly activities and guides who keep young explorers happily engaged.

Visit Cape Town’s Two Oceans Aquarium, bask in the misty majesty of Victoria Falls, venture among breeding pairs of penguins on the Cape Peninsula, and embark on safaris by land and water in wildlife-rich Marakele National Park.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS From £15,385 per person £4,995 single supplement Children 17 and under from £15,000

HIGHLIGHTS Tour Cape Town, Table Mountain and Cape Peninsula, experiencing them all through a family lens Over dinner, view the exciting denizens of the Shark Exhibit at Two Oceans Aquarium, an A&K experience unique to this journey Relax in style on a sunset cruise along the Zambezi River Get up close to gentle giants on a once-in-alifetime elephant encounter near Victoria Falls Privately tour mighty Victoria Falls from the Zimbabwe side with an expert local guide Take part in an authentic, veterinarian-led rhino conservation experience in Marakele National Park — an activity not found on any other A&K group journey Head out on twice-daily game drives during three full days on safari in the park, sighting species as diverse as giraffes, leopards and aardvarks

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE CAPE TOWN, SOUTH AFRICA

CAPE TOWN LIFE AMONG THE PENGUINS

Marvelous Cape Town is a breathtaking harbor city perched on Africa’s southwestern tip, where old and new converge in history, architecture and cultural pursuits. Afro-chic decor graces the city’s trendy restaurants and bars, while art and design studios imbue the atmosphere with a hip, creative vibe, all overlooked by towering, flat-topped Table Mountain.

Cape Grace, A Fairmont Managed Hotel (3 nights) DAY 2

CAPE TOWN DINING WITH THE SHARKS Ascend Table Mountain by cable car this morning — ahead of the crowds — for a treasure hunt along paths frequented by mountain wildlife. Back at sea level, glide along the Atlantic Seaboard by scooter or bike to the Victoria & Albert Waterfront. This afternoon, enjoy a private educational center experience at the Two Oceans Aquarium, where marine specimens and conservation insights come into focus. During tonight’s welcome dinner, observe remarkable marine life on display at the spectacular Shark Exhibit. Meals: B L D

Explore the Cape Peninsula, beginning with a stop in Kalk Bay Harbour, where colorful buildings cluster around a working waterfront as fishermen unload the day’s catch, seals play nearby and dolphins or whales occasionally pass offshore. Continue to the famed penguin colony before choosing between a guided conservation walk or stable sea kayaking.

Both experiences lead to A&K’s Pop-Up Beach Club for lunch, beach games and optional snorkeling in the kelp forest alongside a youth development guide who was trained through a marine-science and conservation program supported by A&K Philanthropy. Continue to Cape Point for a short hike, where you may encounter ostriches, baboons and even the rare Cape mountain zebra. Finish the day with a stop at Noordhoek Farm Village en route back to Cape Town to rest and refuel. Meals: B L

Fly to Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe, and settle into your lodge in time for lunch. This evening, set sail on a magical sunset cruise, nibbling freshly

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL THE WESTCLIFF Contemporary luxury hotel located in a hillside offering panoramic views of Johannesburg.

MARATABA SAFARI LODGE Tranquil luxury safari lodge with 15 tented pavilions resting on 68,000 acres of majestic mountains, vast plains and winding rivers. ▼

Clockwise from far left: Opt for a hike in Cape Point Nature Reserve; view rhinos in Marakele National Park; take in the sunset on a cruise along the Zambezi River.

READY TO BOOK?

Marakele National Park Johannesburg

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

SOUTH AFRICA

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Cape Town ARRIVE/DEPART AIR

56

CAPE GRACE, A FAIRMONT MANAGED HOTEL Contemporary luxury hotel set on its own private quay on Cape Town’s vibrant Victoria and Alfred Waterfront. ▼

VICTORIA FALLS, ZIMBABWE SUNSET RIVER CRUISE

Visit projects supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

ZIMBABWE

VICTORIA FALLS SAFARI LODGE Luxury safari lodge in Zimbabwe overlooking a watering hole frequented by elephants, buffalo and kudu.

DAY 4

Younger guests engage with guides who arrange fun, enriching activities designed to spark curiosity and discovery throughout the journey

Victoria Falls

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including:

57

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

prepared canapés while soaking in views of the Zambezi River. On shore, a delicious threecourse dinner at the Waterfront awaits you and your loved ones. Meals: B L D

engaged while adults take advantage of the property’s amenities. Meals: B Four Seasons Hotel The Westcliff, Johannesburg (1 night)

Victoria Falls Safari Lodge (2 nights) DAY 7 DAY 5

VICTORIA FALLS ENCOUNTER ELEPHANTS UP CLOSE Set out early this morning for a private walking tour of Victoria Falls. After lunch at a local restaurant with a sweeping view of the falls, meet a member of the Monde Community, visiting a local homestead and their school supported by A&K Philanthropy. Follow up with an elephant encounter that’s a once-ina-lifetime opportunity to connect with these magnificent creatures in a natural and intimate setting. Meals: B L

MARAKELE NATIONAL PARK WATCH FOR GIRAFFES AND MORE Fly by chartered air to Marakele National Park, where you settle into your lodge for lunch and afternoon tea before departing on your first game drive. You may sight giraffes, antelope, an aardvark or even a white rhino wandering the grassy plain. Meals: B L D Marataba Safari Lodge (4 nights) DAY 8

MARAKELE NATIONAL PARK EXCLUSIVE ACCESS TO WILDLIFE

DAY 6

JOHANNESBURG, SOUTH AFRICA REST AND RECREATION Your morning is free to relax or join activities such as bush walks, bird watching or visiting a game viewing hide. Then fly to Johannesburg and settle into your hotel, with the evening at leisure. Younger guests enjoy thoughtfully arranged activities designed to keep them

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 9

MARAKELE NATIONAL PARK RHINO CONSERVATION EXPERIENCE

Jun 7-17 Jun 25-Jul 5

Head out on morning and afternoon game drives, searching for the park’s diverse wildlife, including leopards that hunt in rocky outcrops and endangered rhinos that graze the grasslands. In between, take part in a rhino conservation experience, accompanying the park’s veterinary crew as they dart a wild rhino and, once it is safely sleeping, fit it with a tracking collar, notch its ear, collect samples or microchip its horn. Don’t miss this extraordinary opportunity to witness a vital rhino conservation procedure firsthand, as few visitors ever do. Later, join a local guide for a bush walk that helps you identify animal tracks and scents. For a different perspective, opt for a water safari, floating quietly past hippos and water birds. Meals: B L D

MARAKELE NATIONAL PARK YOUTH SAFARI ACTIVITIES AND STARGAZING Savor a final day of game drives, seeking out elephants, cheetahs, honey badgers and zebras, while younger explorers take part in engaging activities at the lodge’s Safari Club Eco-Garden, including scavenger hunts and baking with the chef. Come nightfall, join a field guide for stargazing under sparkling African skies. Share the most memorable moments of your bush adventure over tonight’s farewell dinner. Meals: B L D DAY 11

DEPART JOHANNESBURG After one last morning game drive, fly to Johannesburg, where you enjoy access to the Premier Lounge, compliments of A&K, before boarding your flight home. Meals: B

58

Aug 30-Sep 9

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 6 years. Suggested age is 8+. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. Alternate sightseeing may be required at Table Mountain due to weather or maintenance.

DAY 10 Surrounded by pristine mountains, plains and rivers, your tranquil lodge offers opportunities to safari in a deeper, more richly rewarding way, inside Marakele National Park. Revel in exclusive access unavailable to day visitors, pausing longer for sightings, encountering fewer vehicles and basking in the freedom to follow animal movements across varied terrain and ecosystems. Meals: B L D

Jul 7-17 Jul 17-27

Clockwise from far left: Walk among penguins at Boulders Beach; feel the immense power of Victoria Falls up close; glimpse elephant family life in Zimbabwe; take in the many aquatic wonders at the aquarium in Cape Town.

59

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

A DESERT SAFARI IN NAMIBIA

[R E G I O N N A M E]

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 14 GUESTS From £13,840 per person £4,610 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

May 8-17 Jun 5-14

ARRIVE WINDHOEK, NAMIBIA

In a landscape of otherworldly beauty, Namibia’s towering sand dunes stretch toward the horizon, while elephants, cheetahs and other hardy wildlife roam the arid plains. On this immersive journey with chartered flights and stays in the remote African desert, track species in premier game-viewing and marine habitats and go off the beaten path to meet the Himba, the last nomadic people in Namibia.

SOSSUSVLEI UNDER THE DESERT SKY

Experience the ultimate in comfort and adventure with stays at desert camps and lodges in four remote locations, flying from one to the next by chartered air

DAY 4

Walk among the spectacular dunes of Sossusvlei, a salt-and-clay pan surrounded by the ever-shifting sands

WALVIS BAY WHERE DUNES AND OCEAN MEET

Aug 8-17

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 12 years. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. Walking over uneven terrain is required when visiting some sites.

DAYS 2-3

HIGHLIGHTS

Jul 4-13 Jul 24-Aug 2

SWAKOPMUND GERMAN COLONIAL LEGACY DAY 5

DAYS 6-7 Desert dunes meet ocean waves in stark Walvis Bay, where you embark on a marine safari and explore Sandwich Harbour by 4x4 vehicle Explore a rare wilderness in the Purros Conservancy, home to desert-adapted elephants, giraffes and springbok Connect with the vibrant traditions of Namibia’s last nomadic tribe through authentic interactions with members of a Himba village Track diverse, desert-adapted wildlife in the Onguma Private Game Reserve and Etosha National Park, Namibia’s renowned gameviewing destination

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

PURROS CONSERVANCY DESERT-DWELLING ELEPHANTS

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAYS 8-9

KWESSI DUNES Safari camp secluded deep within NamibRand Nature Reserve.

ONGUMA PRIVATE GAME RESERVE REALM OF THE LION AND CHEETAH DAY 10

DEPART WINDHOEK

Clockwise from far left: Sossusvlei’s soaring dunes frame your amazing adventure; meet members of the nomadic Himba people; stay in style at Okahirongo Elephant Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary.

ONGUMA TENTED CAMP Luxury tented camp set in a private reserve of Etosha National Park. ▼

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

Purros Conservancy

GMUNDNER LODGE Luxury lodge with 12 elegant suites nestled between the Kalahari Desert and the Khomas Plateau, just outside the capital.

Onguma (Etosha National Park)

STRAND HOTEL SWAKOPMUND Unique beachfront hotel flanked by the ocean.

NAMIBIA

Windhoek

Swakopmund

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR

60

OKAHIRONGO ELEPHANT LODGE, AN A&K SANCTUARY Wilderness lodge with seven spacious suites and a two-bedroom suite, set on the banks of a riverbed in the Purros Conservancy. ◀

Sossusvlei

61

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

NATURAL WONDERS OF MADAGASCAR

[R E G I O N N A M E]

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 14 GUESTS From £11,535 per person £1,690 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Jun 9-18 Jul 14-23 Aug 11-20

ARRIVE ANTANANARIVO, MADAGASCAR

Enchanting Madagascar is home to a wide variety of animals found nowhere else on earth. Explore the national parks of this biodiversity hot spot for firsthand encounters with playful lemurs, colorful chameleons and countless species of birdlife. Immerse yourself in panoramic landscapes, from lush rainforests to arid spiny forests, and meet with locals on this welcoming island off Africa’s southeast coast.

Fly point to point by time-saving private charter air between most destinations on this wide-ranging itinerary Endemic lemurs, chameleons, rare birds and many other species are on display as you explore some of the island’s most renowned national parks and reserves Experience highland rainforests, sandstone canyonlands and arid spiny forests firsthand, discovering the island’s varied topography Visit local communities, interact with indigenous tribes, and learn about traditional customs and lifestyles Watch the sunset as it casts its entrancing glow over a vast number of towering baobabs in the southeastern region of Madagascar

Nov 3-12

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain. Some sites are only accessible through extended drives.

DAYS 2-3

HIGHLIGHTS

Sep 8-17 Oct 6-15 Oct 20-29

ANDASIBE-MANTADIA NATIONAL PARK RAINFOREST REALM OF THE LEMUR DAY 4

ANTANANARIVO LUSH CANOPIES AND LOCAL FLAVORS DAYS 5-6

ISALO NATIONAL PARK INTO THE CANYONLANDS

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including:

DAYS 7-9 MANTADIA LODGE Boutique wilderness lodge in the hills of Andasibe-Mantadia National Park.

IFOTAKA SUNSET OVER THE BAOBABS DAY 10

DEPART ANTANANARIVO

Clockwise from far left: Take in the stunning views of Isalo National Park; observe colorful birdlife, like this Malagasy kingfisher; watch the lively antics of the many species of lemur that populate Andasibe-Mantadia National Park.

LE JARDIN DU ROY MADAGASCAR Boutique lodge set amid sandstone cliffs near Isalo National Park. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

MANDRARE RIVER CAMP Luxury tented camp with nine tents offering views of the Mandare River.

RADISSON BLU HOTEL, ANTANANARIVO WATERFRONT Contemporary luxury hotel located in the heart of Madagascar’s capital.

MADAGASCAR

Antananarivo

Andasibe-Mantadia National Park

Isalo National Park

Ifotaka

62

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

63

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

Egypt

Sahara Desert in Morocco

MIDDLE EAST AND NORTH AFRICA

64

This sun-drenched swath of the planet enchants at first sight.

Glorious ancient monuments carved from rock and stone are oases of wonder in deserts crossed by nomadic tribes, their ways of life unchanged for centuries. Hospitality is both an art and a disposition here, whether by the flicker of a campfire or served with grace in hotels fit for royalty. Swing between the quiet sanctuary of a mosque or a richly ornamented palace and the thrill of desert adventures or cruising past temples and pyramids on the River Nile, between cities as old as time or visions for the future, growing skyward as if in a race to reach heaven itself.

65

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

EGYPT AND THE NILE The mysteries of Egypt have captivated travellers for centuries. Now it’s your turn to explore the Land of the Pharaohs with an expert A&K Egyptologist at your side as you discover its quintessential archaeological treasures and cruise for four nights along the Nile aboard chic new Nile Seray, an A&K Sanctuary.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £9,610 per person £4,075 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Embark on a four-night Nile river cruise aboard new Nile Seray, the River’s most luxurious ship, gliding in comfort through stirring desert landscapes and going ashore to discover ancient Egypt’s most awe-inspiring sites Enter royal tombs in the Valley of the Kings, including those of Seti I and Ramses VI, and attend an after-hours private opening of the tombs of Tutankhamun and Amenhotep III The enigmatic Great Sphinx awaits you on the Giza Plateau, where you step from the light of day into the shadowy confines of a pyramid for an unforgettable visit Wander through the Grand Egyptian Museum in Giza, viewing its spectacular galleries and the treasures from King Tut’s tomb The imposing twin temples of Ramses II and Queen Nefertari in Abu Simbel are wonders to behold, especially when your group’s Egyptologist explains their history to you firsthand

DAY 1

ARRIVE CAIRO, EGYPT Cairo conjures images of monuments that truly stand outside of time: the Pyramids of Giza, the Great Sphinx, the treasures of Tut’s tomb.

Beyond the remnants of ancient glories lies a bustling, bursting metropolis, with spacious tree-lined boulevards and souks fragrant with cinnamon and sumac.

Marriott Mena House Hotel (3 nights) DAY 2

CAIRO THE TREASURES OF THE PHARAOHS Your expert A&K Egyptologist guides you through the Grand Egyptian Museum, a showcase of over 100,000 artifacts dating back millennia, including the treasures from Tutankhamun’s tomb. Tonight, gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D DAY 3

GIZA THE PYRAMIDS AND SPHINX The Giza Plateau is Egypt at its most iconic, with the pyramids of Mycerinus and Chephren, the Great Pyramid and the inscrutable Great Sphinx presiding eternally over the desert

sands. Step inside one of these ancient tombs and explore the chambers of the pharaohs.

Meals: B L D DAY 4

LUXOR VALLEY OF THE KINGS, AFTER HOURS Fly to Luxor, site of the ancient city of Thebes, and board your five-star riverboat, Nile Seray, to the sound of a Zaffa musical procession.

After lunch onboard, explore the West Bank of the Nile with your Egyptologist guide, taking advantage of rare, behind-the-velvet-rope access to hidden treasures of the Valley of the Kings, including the burial sites of Seti I and Ramses VI. In the early evening, after the West Bank closes, discover the tombs of Tutankhamun and Amenhotep III during a private opening. Pass the imposing Colossi of Memnon en route back to your riverboat. Meals: B L D

JORDAN

CRUISING THE NILE TEMPLES OF LUXOR AND KARNAK Your archaeological odyssey continues with a visit to the Temple of Luxor to learn about the god Amun, to whom it is dedicated. Discover FOUR SEASONS HOTEL CAIRO AT NILE PLAZA Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel located on Cairo’s famed Corniche, boasting chic decor and offering spectacular views of the Nile River. ▼

READY TO BOOK? Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

EGYPT

Valley of the Kings Luxor Kom Ombo Aswan

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Abu Simbel

66

NILE SERAY, AN A&K SANCTUARY Chic new luxury riverboat with 32 spacious suites, each with a private balcony, and featuring two chef-led restaurants and a spa pool. ▼

DAY 5

Amman

Cairo

MARRIOTT MENA HOUSE HOTEL Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel conveniently set near the pyramids of Giza, featuring unparalleled views of its epic surroundings.

Nile Seray, an A&K Sanctuary (4 nights)

Clockwise from far left: The columns in the Temple of Luxor have a commanding presence; make a private after-hours visit to the Tomb of Tutankhamun; marvel at the well-preserved imagery and carvings at Abu Simbel.

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR CRUISE EXTENSION

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including:

67

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

the Temple of Karnak, a complex of temples, pylons and chapels which you explore with your Egyptologist guide. Back on board, sip a cocktail as you cruise to Esna. Afternoon tea in the lounge beckons, and the day ends with a delicious dinner followed by a movie night — setting you up for the drama of exploring the Temples of Edfu and Kom Ombo. Meals: B L D DAY 6

CRUISING THE NILE TEMPLES IN EDFU AND KOM OMBO Disembark in Edfu for a visit to the Temple of Horus. Inscriptions on its walls reveal much about language, myth and religion during the Hellenistic period in Egypt. Return to the boat to sail to Kom Ombo. An optional cookery class introduces you to typical Egyptian dishes. Visit the magnificent Temple of Kom Ombo, dedicated to the crocodile god Sobek.

Back on board, don a traditional galabeyya robe for an Egyptian Night featuring a lavish buffet dinner followed by music and dancing.

Meals: B L D

DAY 7

ASWAN SAILING AROUND THE ASWAN ISLANDS In Aswan, a short trip by motorboat takes you to Agilika Island, set in the reservoir created by the Old Aswan Dam. Its construction in 1902 led to the partial flooding of the Philae temple complex, which was relocated to Agilika and painstakingly reassembled. Explore the island’s monumental structures, known for their striking hieroglyphic reliefs, before visiting the Granite Quarries that supplied most of the hard stone used by the ancient Egyptians to build pyramids, temples and obelisks. After lunch on your riverboat, board a traditional felucca for a sail around Elephantine Island, declared a World Heritage Site on account of its many archaeological digs, continuing to Lord Kitchener’s Botanical Gardens and the hilltop Aga Khan Mausoleum. Your river cruise concludes with a gala dinner complete with white-gloved waiters serving gourmet cuisine, along with a whirling dervish show. Meals: B L D

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

and his wife, Queen Nefertari. The former’s façade is dominated by four 70-foot-tall statues of the pharaoh. The entire site was disassembled and moved here to save it from the floodwaters caused by the construction of the Aswan High Dam. Fly back to Cairo via Aswan this evening. Meals: B

Jan 1-10 Jan 9-18 Jan 13-22 Jan 21-30 Jan 25-Feb 3 Jan 29-Feb 7 Feb 2-11 Feb 6-15 Feb 10-19 Feb 14-23 Feb 22-Mar 3 Feb 26-Mar 7 Mar 2-11 Mar 6-15 Mar 10-19 Mar 14-23 Mar 18-27 Mar 22-31 Mar 26-Apr 4 Apr 3-12

Four Seasons Hotel Cairo at Nile Plaza (2 nights) DAY 9

CAIRO SAKKARA AND ROYAL MUMMIES Explore Sakkara, site of hundreds of tombs and 14 pyramids, including the famous Step Pyramid of Djoser. After lunch, view the Royal Mummies as you tour the National Museum of Egyptian Civilization. This evening, gather with your fellow guests to toast the conclusion of your journey at a farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

ABU SIMBEL THE TWIN TEMPLES OF RAMSES II AND NEFERTARI

Oct 9-18 Oct 13-22 Oct 17-26 Oct 25-Nov 3 Oct 29-Nov 7 Nov 2-11 Nov 6-15 Nov 10-19 Nov 14-23 Nov 18-27 Nov 22-Dec 1 Nov 30-Dec 9 Dec 4-13 Dec 12-21 Dec 16-25 Dec 20-29 Dec 24-Jan 2, ‘28 Dec 28-Jan 6, ‘28

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain. Please note that multiple groups of 18 A&K guests and other passengers may be travelling onboard ship simultaneously. Routes may run in reverse on select departures (Aswan/Luxor instead of Luxor/Aswan).

DAY 10

DEPART CAIRO

DAY 8

Apr 7-16 Apr 11-20 Apr 15-24 Apr 19-28 Apr 23-May 2 May 1-10 May 5-14 May 13-22 May 21-30 May 29-Jun 7 Jun 6-15 Aug 30-Sep 8 Sep 3-12 Sep 7-16 Sep 11-20 Sep 19-28 Sep 23-Oct 2 Sep 27-Oct 6 Oct 1-10 Oct 5-14

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport to board your departing flight. Meals: B

Abu Simbel finds you face to face with the commanding twin temples of Ramses II

GO FURTHER JORDAN PRE-TOUR EXTENSION Discover Jordan’s historical and architectural marvels, from Amman to Jerash and Mount Nebo to Petra.

5 days from £4,995 per person PRIVATE TRAVEL Prefer to travel privately? This itinerary is available as ready-to-book Egypt and the Nile: A Private Journey.

Clockwise from far left: The pyramids of Giza, which have endured for millennia, await your visit; glide along the Nile by felucca; take in the vibe of timeless Cairo; feel the long sweep of history when you visit the Grand Egyptian Museum.

68

69

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

EGYPT IN A WEEK

[R E G I O N N A M E]

8 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £4,610 per person £1,075 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Jan 6-13 Jan 22-29 Feb 7-14 Feb 15-22

ARRIVE CAIRO, EGYPT

No destination on earth offers a more epic glimpse into antiquity than Egypt. Experience its magic and mystery in succinct yet immersive fashion, cruising for four nights along the Nile River aboard Sun Boat IV, an A&K Sanctuary, and exploring architectural treasures such as Tutankhamun’s tomb with an expert A&K Egyptologist — all in just over a week.

DAY 2

CAIRO THE GREAT PYRAMIDS AND SPHINX

HIGHLIGHTS Experience can’t-miss highlights of Egypt on a brief itinerary Wander through the Grand Egyptian Museum in Giza, viewing its spectacular galleries and the treasures from King Tut’s tomb Uncovered over 100 years ago, the tomb of Tutankhamun (King Tut) still astounds, as you discover on a guided exploration of the famous site Embark on a four-night Nile River cruise, gliding in comfort through desert landscapes and going ashore to discover some of ancient Egypt’s most awe-inspiring sites Step from sun-drenched day into the dark confines of a pyramid and view the enigmatic Great Sphinx on the Giza Plateau Make a day-long exploration of Luxor, including the temples of Hatshepsut and Karnak

Feb 23-Mar 2 Mar 3-10 Mar 11-18 Apr 12-19

May 6-13 May 30-Jun 6

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Routes may run in reverse on select departures. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain. Traveller’s Valet is not included. Alcoholic drinks are not included on the cruise portion of the journey.

DAY 3

ASWAN SAIL ON A FELUCCA DAY 4

CRUISING THE NILE MAJESTIC PHILAE & KOM OMBO DAY 5

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

CRUISING THE NILE TEMPLES OF HORUS & LUXOR

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAY 6

FAIRMONT NILE CITY Contemporary luxury hotel set on the banks of the Nile River in Cairo.

LUXOR VALLEY OF THE KINGS & QUEENS DAY 7

CAIRO ANCIENT TREASURES DAY 8

DEPART CAIRO

Clockwise from far left: Peruse the treasures in the Grand Egyptian Museum; sail the Nile on a felucca; visit Aswan.

SUN BOAT IV, AN A&K SANCTUARY Award-winning luxury Nile cruiser, offering an Art Deco-inspired interior, 38 air-conditioned cabins, fine dining and impeccable service. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

HILTON CAIRO HELIOPOLIS Deluxe hotel located in a quiet, leafy suburb of Cairo, just a short drive from the airport.

Cairo

EGYPT Valley of the Kings Luxor Kom Ombo Aswan ARRIVE/DEPART AIR CRUISE

70

71

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

ULTIMATE EGYPT: PHARAOHS, PYRAMIDS AND A NILE CRUISE Recognized as the region’s finest journeys year after year, A&K’s Egypt adventures take you places others cannot in a seamlessly elevated style you won’t find anywhere else. Experience this difference firsthand as you cruise the Nile on an A&K-exclusive charter of Sun Boat III, an A&K Sanctuary, delving deeply into Egypt’s ancient wonders. Between destinations, fly aboard aircraft chartered exclusively for A&K guests.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

13 DAYS | LIMITED TO 34 GUESTS From £13,460 per person £1,995 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE CAIRO, EGYPT

CAIRO THE GREAT PYRAMID AND PAWS OF THE SPHINX

Arrive in Cairo, an age-old crossroads of Asia, Africa and Europe. Set on the Nile delta, Egypt’s “city of a thousand minarets” enjoys a rich architectural tradition that includes the Great Pyramid of Giza — the only remaining Ancient Wonder of the World — as well as the marvelous Grand Egyptian Museum.

Cruise the Nile for seven nights aboard an exclusive charter of Sun Boat III, visiting less-frequented sites, tombs and temples along the way

Four Seasons Hotel Cairo at Nile Plaza (3 nights)

Fly between destinations aboard aircraft chartered exclusively for A&K guests

CAIRO IMMERSED IN ANTIQUITIES

Venture inside an ancient pyramid on the Giza Plateau

Today, accompany your A&K Egyptologist to explore the Grand Egyptian Museum, showcasing over 100,000 artifacts that span Egypt’s sprawling history, including treasures from the tomb of “the boy king,” Tutankhamun, history’s King Tut. This once-in-a-lifetime opportunity puts you up close with artifacts, from the stone tools and pottery of the earliest human settlements along the Nile to the Greco-Roman era. This evening, join your fellow guests for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

Gain insider access to a restricted area at the massive paws of the Great Sphinx An early morning balloon flight over the Nile showcases the monuments of ancient Thebes at sunrise Descend into the tomb of Tutankhamun and visit famed archaeologist Howard Carter’s home

DAY 2

In Sakkara, a private opening arranged by A&K affords access to the Wahtye Tomb, the subject of a documentary

On the Giza Plateau, view the great pyramids of Khufu, Khafre and Menkaure as well as other historical sites. Enter the Great Pyramid of Cheops — last remaining of the Seven Wonders of the Ancient World — stepping back in time some 4,000 years as you do.

Then, enjoy special private access to the Great Sphinx, seizing the rare opportunity to lay your hands on its massive paws. Meals: B L

LUXOR TWO OF EGYPT’S FINEST TEMPLES Fly south to Luxor, formerly known as Thebes, where you visit the Temple of Karnak, a vast complex of monumental columns, temples and statues devoted to Amun-Ra and other ancient Egyptian deities that surpasses Angkor Wat in size. Then board Sun Boat III, your luxurious home on the Nile for the next seven nights, in time for lunch. Afterward, explore the Temple of Luxor. This evening, gather for a complimentary cocktail and canapés, followed by dinner. Meals: B L D Sun Boat III, an A&K Sanctuary (7 nights) FOUR SEASONS HOTEL CAIRO AT NILE PLAZA Luxury suite accommodations offering spectacular Nile views. ▼

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

Clockwise from far left: A&K gives you insider access to the Great Sphinx at Giza; the unique architecture of Kom Ombo; behold intricate carvings and colorful decorations of tombs and temples in the Valley of the Kings.

Cairo

JORDAN

Valley of the Kings Luxor Esna Edfu Kom Ombo Aswan

Abu Simbel

72

READY TO BOOK? Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

EGYPT

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR CRUISE EXTENSION

SUN BOAT III, AN A&K SANCTUARY Award-winning boutique cruise vessel with intimate ambience and personalized service. ▼

DAY 4

Wander through the Grand Egyptian Museum in Giza, viewing its spectacular galleries and the treasures from King Tut’s tomb

Amman

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including:

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

73

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

DAY 5

CRUISING THE NILE THE DISCOVERY OF TUTANKHAMUN On the Nile’s West Bank, continue to encounter ancient Egypt, starting at the fabled Colossi of Memnon, two enormous, seated statues of Amenhotep III. Next comes the terraced funerary temple of Queen Hatshepsut, Egypt’s first female pharaoh, and the Valley of the Kings, burial ground of the pharaohs. Enter the iconic tomb of Tutankhamun (King Tut) before visiting the former home of Howard Carter, the legendary archaeologist who found it. Gain entry to the tomb of Ramses VI as well as the lesservisited, well-preserved tomb of Seti I, father of Ramses II. Later today, explore the Luxor Museum, browsing its fascinating collections.

Meals: B L D DAY 6

CRUISING THE NILE GRANDEUR BY HOT AIR BALLOON Rise early for an exhilarating hot air balloon ride over the Nile and the temples that line its shores. Afterward, go off the beaten path to one of Luxor’s less-visited sites, Medinet Habu, built by Ramses III. Make a special stop at Funtasia Children’s School, supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy, to learn

how the school helps strengthen confidence, collaboration and communication among its students. Note that this visit is subject to availability based on the school calendar. Back on board, cruise toward Esna, cocktail in hand.

Meals: B L D

[R E G I O N N A M E]

CRUISING THE NILE ISLAND TEMPLE OF ISIS

Explore the Greco-Roman Temple of Khnum at Esna with your Egyptologist guide and then cruise to Edfu, where you visit the wellpreserved Temple of Horus, the falcon-headed god of kingship and healing. Meals: B L D

Disembark in Aswan to visit the granite quarries that supplied stone for many of Egypt’s pyramids and temples. View the 1,200-ton “Unfinished Obelisk” and then boat to the island of Agilika to admire the exquisite Temple of Philae, dedicated to the goddess Isis. Visit the Nubian Museum before returning to your riverboat. Sail by felucca (traditional sailing vessel), weather permitting, around Elephantine Island and view the splendid Aga Khan Mausoleum. After lunch, relax on board or explore a local Aswan spice market. Meals: B L D

DAY 8

DAY 10

DAY 7

CRUISING THE NILE REMNANTS OF GREECE AND ROME

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 9

CRUISING THE NILE TEMPLE OF THE SUN

ABU SIMBEL TRIBUTE TO RAMSES II

Relax on board this morning. Learn to prepare local dishes during a culinary experience led by your onboard chef. Disembark in Kom Ombo for a walking visit to this lovely Greco-Roman temple dedicated to Haroeris (the sun god) and Sobek (the crocodile god). Join the party tonight, wearing traditional Egyptian galabeyas and savoring a lavish buffet of Egyptian specialties, followed by Arabic music and dancing. Meals: B L D

Fly to Abu Simbel, site of the magnificent temple of Ramses II, and marvel at the four enormous statues of the pharaoh that grace its façade, each over 60 feet high. Eat lunch before flying back to Aswan. Meals: B L D

Feb 2-14 Feb 21-Mar 5 Mar 4-16

GO FURTHER JORDAN PRE-TOUR EXTENSION Discover Jordan’s historical and architectural marvels, from Amman to Jerash and Mount Nebo to Petra.

5 days from £4,995 per person

CAIRO ENCOUNTER THE ROYAL MUMMIES Disembark Sun Boat III and return to Cairo in time for lunch. View the Royal Mummies and countless other artifacts as you tour the National Museum of Egyptian Civilization. This evening affords you time on your own.

Meals: B L Four Seasons Hotel Cairo at Nile Plaza (2 nights) DAY 12

Venture just outside of Cairo to Sakkara, the vast necropolis of ancient Memphis, site of the famous Step Pyramid. Built by Djoser I in 2700 BC, it is the world’s oldest stone structure.

Then bask in a special private opening of the 4,400-year-old tomb of Wahtye. Unearthed in 2018, it is completely untouched and filled with painted hieroglyphics, sculptures and inscriptions. Also visit the Mereruka Tomb, one of the most exquisitely decorated tombs of the Old Kingdom. Tonight, gather for a memorable farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

Clockwise from far left: View the ancient Step Pyramid at Sakkara; discover the Nile Valley by hot air balloon; the immense Temple of Hatshepsut is worthy of your time; cruise the Nile to Aswan and go ashore to visit the stone quarries that supplied the pyramid builders.

DAY 13

DEPART CAIRO After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport to board your departing flight.

Meals: B

74

Oct 11-23 Oct 26-Nov 7 Nov 6-18

Departures are not guaranteed to operate. Minimum age is 10 years.

This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain.

Routes may run in reverse on select departures (Aswan/Luxor instead of Luxor/Aswan).

DAY 11

CAIRO PRIVATE OPENING OF WAHTYE’S TOMB

Apr 16-28 Sep 3-15 Sep 22-Oct 4

75

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

PETRA, THE PYRAMIDS AND A NILE YACHT CRUISE Ask any of our guests and they’ll agree: our acclaimed Egyptologists and local experts reveal both ancient and modern Jordan and Egypt like no one else. Experience this difference firsthand as our experts unlock the secrets of Wadi Rum’s Valley of the Moon and Petra’s iconic Treasury. Then, sail the Upper Nile from Luxor to Aswan aboard bespoke dahabeah Zein Nile Chateau, an A&K Sanctuary, pausing to take in ancient sites along the way and returning to Cairo for the Great Pyramids of Giza.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

13 DAYS | LIMITED TO 12 GUESTS From £13,460 per person £3,380 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Delve into the winding carved canyons of Petra, marveling at the iconic Treasury façade and learning its storied past Your 4x4 navigates the red moonscape of Wadi Rum for a Bedouin-inspired experience beneath the desert stars Unwind with a relaxing float in the buoyant, restorative waters of the Dead Sea Your exclusive charter of Zein Nile Chateau sails the Nile in refined luxury, pausing to visit the Temple of Luxor and the tomb of Tutankhamun

DAY 1

ARRIVE AMMAN, JORDAN Extending a warm hand of friendship to the west since the reign of King Hussein, Jordan’s modern capital of Amman sits perched atop seven majestic hills in the northeastern corner of Jordan. This colorful and accessible urban center makes an ideal home base from which to explore the Dead Sea and Petra to the south.

The St. Regis Amman (2 nights) DAY 2

JERASH AND AMMAN RUINS WITH STORIES TO TELL Explore third-century Jerash, the “Pompeii of the Middle East,” walking its well-preserved Roman ruins. After lunch, get to know Amman, visiting the Citadel and the impressive Roman Theater. Meals: B L D DAY 3

On the Giza Plateau, step inside one of the pyramids and admire the Great Sphinx

WADI RUM IN THE VALLEY OF THE MOON

Fly to Abu Simbel to explore the temples of Ramses II and Queen Nefertari

Journey this morning to Mount Nebo, in the footsteps of Moses, for expansive views of the Holy Land. Proceed to Madaba, known as the “City of Mosaics” for its spectacular Byzantine and Umayyad examples of the vividly colored

Wander through the Grand Egyptian Museum in Giza, viewing its spectacular galleries and the treasures from King Tut’s tomb

local stone tiles. Travel to Wadi Rum — the “Valley of the Moon” — which you explore by 4x4, traversing rose-tinted vistas and visiting a place where Lawrence of Arabia once lived.

“Vast, echoing and God-like,” as Lawrence himself once described it, the area takes its name from the grandest of Jordan’s wadis, or valleys, and for the past thousand years it has witnessed life among the nomadic Bedouin and the trading caravans en route to or from the Arabian Peninsula. Tonight, embrace Bedouin life firsthand with a chef-led dinner beneath twinkling desert skies. Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: FOUR SEASONS HOTEL CAIRO AT NILE PLAZA Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel set on the Nile Corniche.

ZEIN NILE CHATEAU, AN A&K SANCTUARY The first bespoke dahabeah built to international luxury standards. ▼

Hayat Rum Camp (1 night) DAY 4

PETRA EXPLORING THE “ROSE-RED” CITY Explore stunning Petra, the ancient Nabataean city carved from solid rock. Enter through the Siq, a narrow gap, to view the majestic Treasury, Temple of the Winged Lions and Palace Tomb. After lunch, relax on a drive to your hotel along the shore of the Dead Sea. Meals: B L Kempinski Hotel Ishtar Dead Sea (2 nights)

KEMPINSKI HOTEL ISHTAR DEAD SEA Contemporary luxury hotel perched on the edge of the Dead Sea. THE ST. REGIS AMMAN Contemporary luxury hotel that blends heritage with sophistication.

Clockwise from far left: Jordan’s Wadi Rum is called “The Valley of the Moon” for good reason; cruise the Nile aboard bespoke dahabeah Zein Nile Chateau; discover a stunning moment in history captured in stone at Jerash.

Amman

Dead Sea

JORDAN

Petra

Cairo

Wadi Rum

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

EGYPT Luxor Aswan

Abu Simbel

76

READY TO BOOK?

Valley of the Kings

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

Kom Ombo ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND CRUISE

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

77

HAYAT RUM CAMP Eco-friendly luxury camp secluded in arid, mountainous Wadi Rum. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

DAY 5

DAY 7

DAY 9

THE DEAD SEA TIME FREE FOR A RELAXING FLOAT

CRUISING THE NILE TEMPLES OF KARNAK AND LUXOR

CRUISING THE NILE STUNNING TEMPLE OF HORUS

You’re on your own time today, free to float in the restorative waters of the Dead Sea. Sitting some 1,300 feet below sea level, the Dead Sea is the lowest point on the planet. Since the days of Cleopatra and Herod the Great, people have flocked to its waters in pursuit of their curative secrets. Alternatively, you may opt to visit Bethany Beyond the Jordan, on the eastern bank of the Jordan River, known as the baptism site of Jesus. Meals: B D

Fly to Luxor and journey to the Temple of Karnak, where generations of pharaohs wished to record their names. Walk through the Great Hypostyle Hall with its expertly aligned columns, a sight to behold. Board Zein Nile Chateau, embarking on a four-night cruise.

After lunch, disembark to visit the striking Temple of Luxor and marvel at the Colonnade of Amenhotep III, which leads to the Court of Amenhotep III. Meals: B L D

Cruise to the Temple of Horus, the falconheaded god, at Edfu. Built in 230 BC by Ptolemy III, this well-preserved and colorful structure reveals what temple worship in ancient Egypt was like. Sail toward Aswan, sipping a sundowner cocktail while overlooking the Nile. Meals: B L D

DAY 6

Zein Nile Chateau, an A&K Sanctuary (4 nights)

CAIRO, EGYPT LAND OF THE PHARAOHS Fly to Cairo, set on the Nile delta. Egypt’s “city of a thousand minarets” enjoys a rich architectural tradition that includes no less than the only remaining Ancient Wonder of the World — the Great Pyramid of Giza — as well as the Grand Egyptian Museum, which you visit this afternoon to view a vast trove of artifacts including treasures from the tomb of Tutankhamun, better known as King Tut. Meals: B

DAY 8

CRUISING THE NILE THE RESTING PLACE OF KINGS Discover the Valley of the Kings, the legendary burial ground of the pharaohs, including entrance into the tomb of “the boy king,” Tutankhamun. Also view the impressive Temple of Hatshepsut before returning to your boat.

Meals: B L D

Four Seasons Hotel Cairo at Nile Plaza (1 night)

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES Jan 2-14 Jan 10-22 Jan 18-30 Jan 26-Feb 7 Feb 3-15 Feb 11-23 Feb 27-Mar 11 Mar 7-19 Mar 15-27 Mar 23-Apr 4 Mar 31-Apr 12 Apr 8-20

DAY 10

ASWAN SAILING BY FELUCCA

DAY 11

ABU SIMBEL AND CAIRO TWIN TEMPLES Fly to Abu Simbel and discover the commanding twin temples of Ramses II — Egypt’s longest-ruling pharaoh — and his wife, Queen Nefertari. Located on the banks of Lake Nasser, this site is both an ancient and a modern engineering marvel. Return to the airport and fly to Cairo via Aswan, where you enjoy the evening to yourself. Meals: B Four Seasons Hotel Cairo at Nile Plaza (2 nights) DAY 12

The necropolis of Sakkara, site of the storied Step Pyramid of King Djoser and the oldest known Egyptian pyramid, begins today’s show.

Then take in the panorama of the Giza Plateau, backdropped by its three iconic pyramids, as well as the fabled Great Sphinx. Tonight, toast to your travels with fellow guests at a farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

Clockwise from far left: The columns at the Great Hypostyle Hall tower over you; the Dead Sea awaits you with healing waters; explore the stone-carved majesty of Petra; take in daily life along the Nile River.

DAY 13

DEPART CAIRO After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport to board your departing flight. Meals: B

78

Oct 13-25 Oct 21-Nov 2 Oct 29-Nov 10 Nov 6-18 Nov 14-26 Nov 22-Dec 4 Nov 30-Dec 12 Dec 8-20 Dec 16-28 Dec 24-Jan 5, ‘28

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain.

Disembark at Kom Ombo (hill of gold) to visit the Greco-Roman temple dedicated to Haroeris (the sun god) and Sobek (the crocodile god). Continue to Aswan and boat to Philae Temple on the island of Agilika.

Then board a felucca (traditional sailboat) to sail around Elephantine Island and later dine aboard Zein Nile Chateau. Meals: B L D

CAIRO MARVELS OF THE GIZA PLATEAU

Apr 16-28 Apr 24-May 6 May 2-14 May 10-22 May 18-30 Aug 18-30 Aug 26-Sep 7 Sep 3-15 Sep 11-23 Sep 19-Oct 1 Sep 27-Oct 9 Oct 5-17

79

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

WONDERS OF MOROCCO: FROM SOUKS TO THE SAHARA From medieval Fez to bustling Marrakech, Morocco delights with iconic architecture, intoxicating aromas and uniquely hospitable people. Explore these timeless cities, get a taste of local Berber life in the ruggedly beautiful Atlas Mountains and sleep under the stars at A&K’s Private Desert Camp, nestled among towering Sahara dunes.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

12 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £8,460 per person £3,535 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Venture into the Sahara by 4x4 and camelback for an unforgettable overnight stay at A&K’s Private Desert Camp that includes dinner and live Moroccan music Explore Fez el-Bali, Morocco’s cultural heart, on a guided walk through its winding alleyways and past its myriad souks Share lively conversation with a female professor over dinner and freely discuss the role of women in modern Morocco Tread the ancient Roman paths of Volubilis, where soaring arches defy the centuries and vivid 2,000-year-old mosaics tell stories of everyday life Discover Marrakech at its most authentic, taking in the sights, sounds and scents of its UNESCO-listed medina Visit local artisans whose works still reflect the influences of Morocco’s historic Roman, Moorish and Berber cultures

DAY 1

ARRIVE CASABLANCA, MOROCCO Situated on Morocco’s Atlantic coast, Casablanca pulses with a modern energy, yet whispers of its romantic past — immortalized in the classic Humphrey Bogart movie (set here though filmed in Hollywood) — still linger. Met at the airport, you check in to your luxurious hotel and relax. This evening, join your fellow guests for a welcome dinner. Meals: D Royal Mansour Casablanca (1 night) DAY 2

RABAT AND FEZ ANCIENT TRADITIONS AND A RICH HERITAGE While the port city of Casablanca is Morocco’s largest metropolis and its commercial hub, there are connections to the rich local culture close at hand. Visit the expansive Hassan II Mosque; its minaret is the tallest religious structure in the world. Travel to the Moorish city of Rabat, capital of Morocco, to visit the Mohammed V Mausoleum, dedicated to the founder of modern Morocco, grandfather of the current king. View the Hassan Tower and Oudaya Kasbah. Continue to Fez for a special cocktail reception. Tonight, at dinner, meet a female professor who shares her insights on

the role of women in modern Morocco.

Meals: B L D Palais Faraj Suites & Spa (3 nights) DAY 3

FEZ TIMELESS MEDIEVAL CITY Explore Fez el-Bali (Old Fez), the cultural heart of Morocco and a renowned center of medieval learning. Stroll the old quarter, with its 9,000 narrow lanes, alleys and souks, on a lively market visit. Watch local craftsmen work with bronze and pottery, and then proceed to the intricately detailed Karaouine.

Built in AD 859, it is one of the oldest stillfunctioning universities in the world. After a stop at Nejjarine Square, visit Fez el-Jadid (New Fez) to visit the Royal Palace, madrasas (Islamic schools) and the Mellah of Fez (Jewish quarter). Meals: B L

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: ROYAL MANSOUR CASABLANCA Spectacular new luxury grand hotel that draws on the Moroccan traditions of a private riad, with exceptional refinement.

A&K PRIVATE DESERT CAMP A nomad-style desert camp with en suite facilities. ▼

DAY 4

VOLUBILIS ROMAN RUINS AND LUNCH AT A VINEYARD Journey overland to explore Volubilis, a UNESCO World Heritage Site home to some of the best-preserved Roman ruins in North Africa. With its triumphal arches, basilicas and PALAIS FARAJ SUITES & SPA Boutique hotel set in a former palace featuring Arab-Andalusian design, in Fez.

Enjoy the option to visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

L’HOTEL BY CHATEAU DE SABLE An oasis in the middle of the desert with a refreshing swimming pool.

LE BERBERE PALACE Spacious, luxurious desert oasis built with flair in the Moroccan style.

Clockwise from far left: View timeless UNESCO-listed Ait Benhaddou; admire the architecture of Fez; experience lively Marrakech on a three-night stay.

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

READY TO BOOK?

Fez Rabat Casablanca

Volubilis

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

MOROCCO

Marrakech Erfoud Ouarzazate

80

A&K Private Desert Camp

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

81

FOUR SEASONS RESORT MARRAKECH Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel in a beautiful Moorish garden setting. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

capitals, the Volubilis skyline brims with iconic examples of Roman architecture. Among its greatest treasures, however, are the mosaic floors of former family dwellings, depicting figures from epic mythology. A winery outside Meknes offers a chef-led experience at an onsite restaurant set among olive groves.

Meals: B L

pastries awaits you. As the sun sets over the Saharan dunes, celebrate the moment with a thirst-quenching sundowner. Return to your camp for a traditional meal before a campfire, along with distinctively Moroccan entertainment. Meals: B L D

DAY 5

DAY 7

A&K Private Desert Camp (1 night)

ERFOUD DESERT OASIS

OUARZAZATE ROAD OF A THOUSAND KASBAHS

Travel to small, desert-fringed Erfoud, pausing for lunch en route and observing everyday life as you pass Berber villages, date palm plantations and the majestic Atlas Mountains.

After this scenic drive, your hotel welcomes you and hosts dinner. Meals: B L D

Journey overland to the city of Ouarzazate, built as a French garrison in the 1920s. Once a stopping point for African traders, it is today a regional trade center, noted for its pottery and carpets. Along the way, absorb stunning views of the High Atlas Mountains and the flourishing Dades Valley on the “Road of a Thousand Kasbahs.” Meals: B L D

L’Hotel by Chateau de Sable (1 night) DAY 6

THE SAHARA INTO THE DESERT DUNES Discover the fortified desert town of Rissani before heading out into the desert dunes of the Sahara, first by four-wheel-drive vehicle amid stunning reddish-hued sand dunes and then by camelback, to your nomadic tented camp, where a reception with mint tea and

Le Berbère Palace (2 nights) DAY 8

OUARZAZATE DOOR OF THE DESERT Admire the Kasbah of Tifoultoute, a majestic 17th-century fortress, and continue to Ait Benhaddou, a UNESCO World Heritage Site and home of the region’s most exotic kasbahs,

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

some of which have been featured in famous films, including Lawrence of Arabia and Gladiator. Meals: B L D

Jan 9-20 Jan 14-25 Jan 20-31 Jan 25-Feb 5 Feb 2-13 Feb 10-21 Feb 13-24 Feb 26-Mar 9 Mar 1-12 Mar 7-18 Mar 14-25 Mar 28-Apr 8 Apr 7-18 Apr 11-22 Apr 21-May 2 Apr 24-May 5

DAY 9

OUARZAZATE CROSSING THE HIGH ATLAS Journey over the High Atlas Mountains, observing everyday life in remote rural towns, to the fascinating “Red City” of Marrakech, where you relax and unwind. Meals: B L D Four Seasons Resort Marrakech (3 nights) DAY 10

MARRAKECH EXPLORING THE RED CITY

Sep 18-29 Sep 21-Oct 2 Sep 25-Oct 6 Oct 2-13 Oct 10-21 Oct 17-28 Oct 31-Nov 11 Nov 8-19 Nov 17-28 Nov 24-Dec 5 Nov 27-Dec 8 Dec 4-15 Dec 14-25 Dec 17-28

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain. Some sites are only accessible through extended drives.

Unearth the secrets of Marrakech, starting in the medina, a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

Marvel at its architectural jewels, including the soaring Koutoubia Minaret. Then visit Ben Youssef Madrasa, once the largest Islamic college in the Maghreb. Later, walk Djemaa el-Fna, Marrakech’s main square, populated by vendors, acrobats, dancers and street musicians performing at every turn. You may also stroll the city’s labyrinthine souks.

Meals: B L DAY 11

MARRAKECH A STROLL IN THE JARDIN MAJORELLE

GO FURTHER

Walk the Jardin Majorelle, a picturesque garden created by French painter Jacques Majorelle and later restored by design legend Yves Saint Laurent. Stop at the Yves Saint Laurent Museum nearby for an up-close look at some of the famed designer’s creations. Relax at your hotel, then explore Marrakech at your own pace, or visit El Amane Association for Women and Children, a community initiative supported by A&K Philanthropy. Tonight’s special farewell dinner features entertainment by a local Gnaoua band. Meals: B D

PRIVATE TRAVEL Prefer to travel privately? This itinerary is available as ready-to-book Wonders of Morocco: A Private Journey.

DAY 12

DEPART MARRAKECH After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

Clockwise from far left: A magical musical moment at the A&K Private Desert Camp in the Sahara; Koutoubia Mosque in Marrakech watches over the plaza; visit a market in Marrakech; stroll the fascinating Majorelle Garden.

82

Apr 27-May 8 May 1-12 May 4-15 May 8-19 May 11-22 May 15-26 May 18-29 May 21-Jun 1 May 24-Jun 4 Jun 1-12 Aug 28-Sep 8 Aug 31-Sep 11 Sep 4-15 Sep 7-18 Sep 11-22 Sep 14-25

83

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

MOROCCO: TANGIER AND THE BLUE CITY

[R E G I O N N A M E]

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £9,610 per person £3,305 single supplement

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Mar 3-12 Mar 17-26 Mar 31-Apr 9

ARRIVE CASABLANCA, MOROCCO DAYS 2-3

Travel between Casablanca and Tangier with ease by high-speed train Explore Tangier, the real inspiration for the movie Casablanca, and walk its Old Medina Walk the winding streets of Chefchaouen, where buildings are painted or trimmed in a variety of azure hues symbolic in the lives of Jewish refugees

Dec 8-17

DAY 4

CHEFCHAOUEN ALLEYWAYS OF THE BLUE CITY DAY 5

FEZ MEDIEVAL MAZE OF MOROCCO DAY 6

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

VOLUBILIS ROMAN RUINS AND VINEYARDS

Step back in time to wander the medieval souks of Fez, browsing for goods by local growers and artisans

DAY 7

Take in the many highlights of Rabat, one of Morocco’s imperial cities, including Oudaya Kasbah, built on a bluff overlooking the Atlantic Ocean

DAYS 8-9

Unearth another side of Morocco, viewing daily life amid the gorgeous Atlas Mountains

DAY 10

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

Apr 14-23 Oct 13-22 Nov 10-19

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain. Some sites are only accessible through extended drives.

TANGIER CITY OF ROMANCE AND INTRIGUE

HIGHLIGHTS

Once a hub of wartime espionage, Tangier maintains its timeless mystique while welcoming visitors to Morocco’s Atlantic coast with open arms. Inland to the south, Chefchaouen, with its beguiling blue buildings, is a photographer’s dream. On this incredible journey, go beyond the guidebook to experience both cities as an insider. Then delve deeper into the fabric of this storied nation as you explore the lesser-travelled corners of Fez, Rabat, Marrakech and the Atlas Mountains.

WHERE YOU’LL GO

The best hotels in each location, including: FAIRMONT LA MARINA RABAT SALE HOTEL & RESIDENCES Luxury hotel near the Bouregreg River.

RABAT ANDALUSIAN GARDENS MARRAKECH SECRETS OF THE RED CITY DEPART MARRAKECH

Clockwise from far left: The blue city of Chefchaouen; a water seller in the market in lively Marrakech; encounter the historic melting pot of cultures that is Tangier.

PARK HYATT MARRAKECH Contemporary luxury hotel with local design touches. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

RIAD FES Boutique hotel in Fez set in an historic restored riad.

Tangier Chefchaouen

Rabat

FAIRMONT TAZI PALACE TANGIER Hilltop 1920s hotel with Andalusianstyle gardens.

Fez Volubilis

ROYAL MANSOUR CASABLANCA Spectacular new luxury grand hotel that draws on the Moroccan traditions of a private riad with exceptional refinement.

Casablanca

MOROCCO

Marrakech

84

ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

85

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

DESERT ADVENTURES IN SAUDI ARABIA AND JORDAN The stone-carved marvels of Petra in Jordan and AlUla in Saudi Arabia share an ancient connection to the fiercely independent Nabatean civilization that arose in the region during the fourth century BC. On this singular A&K small-group itinerary, explore the fascinating history behind these monuments and gain insight into the people and cultures, past and present, of the fabled desert countries where they’re found.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £13,840 per person £6,920 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Oct 16-26

ARRIVE RIYADH, SAUDI ARABIA

Nov 6-16

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain.

DAY 2

RIYADH SAUDI ROYAL HERITAGE

HIGHLIGHTS Experience both Petra and AlUla — the archaeological masterpieces of the Nabatean civilization — accompanied by top local experts

DAYS 3-5

Explore the enigmatic, welcoming kingdom of Saudi Arabia, learning about recent changes in Saudi society and politics

DAYS 6-7

Take in the rock-cut tombs of Hegra in AlUla, a Nabatean site carved directly into sandstone cliffs

DAY 8

Spend three nights exploring Petra, including the iconic Treasury building and lesser-visited sites like Little Petra and the Monastery

DAY 9

ALULA MYSTERIOUS HEGRA AND MORE PETRA, JORDAN MAGICAL TREASURY BUILDING WHERE YOU’LL STAY

PETRA LITTLE PETRA AND THE MONASTERY

The best hotels in each location, including: MOVENPICK RESORT PETRA An oasis of comfort located steps from the entrance to Petra.

AMMAN MOUNT NEBO AND CITY OF MOSAICS DAY 10

AMMAN THE WHITE CITY DAY 11

DEPART AMMAN

Clockwise from far left: Explore AlUla in Saudi Arabia; Petra’s Monastery rivals its Treasury in scale and detail; view the mosaics at Madaba.

BANYAN TREE ALULA Desert retreat with luxury tented villas set in stunning surroundings. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL RIYADH Contemporary luxury hotel occupying 20 chic floors of the 65-story Kingdom Centre.

Amman

JORDAN

THE RITZ-CARLTON, AMMAN Contemporary luxury hotel offering an oasis of calm in Jordan’s bustling capital.

Petra

AlUla

SAUDI ARABIA Riyadh

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

86

87

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

Mekong Delta

Jaipur, India

ASIA AND AUSTRALASIA

88

Asia is a treasure chest of time gone by, of dynasties, dzongs, geishas and Great Walls, but also of bullet trains, robots and hologram concerts. Terracotta warriors outnumber endangered pandas in China; Japan’s valleys echo with folk tales while its cities move at breakneck speed. The slow, storied Mekong weaves through Southeast Asia: Laos, with its French influences; Cambodia, where the temples of Angkor Wat rise from the jungle; and Vietnam, a land of historic and cultural authenticity. In India, holy rites are still held beside the Ganges and the Bengal tiger still stalks the forest while in Australia and New Zealand a blend of indigenous cultures, dazzling cities and natural wonders beckons.

89

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

CLASSIC JAPAN

[R E G I O N N A M E]

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £12,305 per person £6,150 single supplement

A history-laden land of both continuity and contrast, Japan endlessly fascinates. From the daytime buzz and nighttime flash of cosmopolitan Tokyo to the quiet charms of traditional Kyoto, immerse yourself in a breadth of firsthand experiences, visiting ornate temples, overnighting at a sought-after ryokan and savoring culinary treasures.

HIGHLIGHTS Come in spring to witness the dazzling profusion of white and pink cherry blossoms, known locally as sakura, or visit in autumn to view the vivid red leaves at their peak Feel the vitality of neon-lit Tokyo as you try your hand at taiko drums and peruse a seafood market Experience the timeless hospitality of Gôra Kadan, one of the country’s most exclusive ryokans (traditional inns), on a stay made possible by A&K’s small group size With the snow-capped majesty of Mount Fuji for a backdrop, zoom by bullet train to Osaka, where you explore the lively Dotonbori district Discover the art of the tea ceremony, witness sumo wrestling and take part in a special geisha dinner, encountering the rich cultural heritage of Japan at every turn

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE TOKYO, JAPAN

TOKYO PRIVATE CLASS WITH A SAMURAI

With approximately 40 million residents, Tokyo is a dazzling city unique in the world. From the many-angled pedestrian dashes across Shibuya Crossing to the extravagant looks worn with panache in the Harajuku district, Tokyo offers a mad whirl of eclectic energy and culture framed by the distant backdrop of iconic Mount Fuji.

Four Seasons Hotel Tokyo at Otemachi (3 nights) DAY 2

TOKYO SPIRITUAL CENTERS AND EXCLUSIVE WORKSHOP

Peruse the Tsukiji Outer Market, a vibrant food-and-market district composed of several blocks of retail and wholesale shops. You’ll find fresh seafood, kitchen tools, cutlery, vegetables, street snacks and plenty of sushi restaurants. While the famous tuna auctions have moved, this market immerses you in a vital hub of Tokyo daily life. Receive a lesson in sushi making, followed by lunch, during a chefled culinary experience. Then venture from the present into the past as you learn the secrets of the samurai warriors and test your sword skills during a private class led by a modernday master samurai. Meals: B L

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: FOUR SEASONS HOTEL TOKYO AT OTEMACHI Luxurious hotel situated near the Imperial Palace.

GORA KADAN Intimate ryokan (traditional inn) located in Hakone National Park. ▼

DAY 4 Visit Asakusa Kannon Temple, a colorful pagoda-style temple completed in 645 and dedicated to Kannon, the goddess of mercy.

Continue to a family-owned workshop that specializes in Japanese drum making — and try your hand at playing the taiko — on an A&K exclusive experience. After lunch at a local restaurant, explore the Edo-Tokyo Museum, built to preserve the heritage of the city’s last 400 years. Next comes Meiji Shrine, a Shinto complex dedicated to an emperor. Tonight, gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

HAKONE TRADITIONAL RYOKAN Travel to Hakone, among Japan’s most popular hot-spring destinations and a peaceful contrast with bustling Tokyo. Immerse yourself in the stunning beauty of Fuji-Hakone-Izu National Park, boarding an aerial tram for inspiring views of Mount Fuji. Stroll the grassy hillsides of Hakone’s Open Air Museum, admiring the sculptures and artworks on display, including pieces by Henry Moore and Rodin. The museum FOUR SEASONS HOTEL OSAKA Contemporary luxury hotel offering panoramic views of the Osaka skyline.

HOTEL THE MITSUI KYOTO, A LUXURY COLLECTION HOTEL & SPA Elegant hotel located near Nijo Castle. ▼

Clockwise from far left: Experience the refined company and entertainment of a geiko (geisha) and her apprentice during a special dinner in Kyoto; immerse yourself in vibrant Tokyo; stroll through calming Arashiyama bamboo grove.

READY TO BOOK? JAPAN Kyoto

Tokyo Hakone

Hiroshima

Osaka

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

ARRIVE/DEPART LAND EXTENSION

90

91

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

also features one of the world’s finest Picasso exhibits, with over 100 works by the cubist master. Experience unparalleled service and traditional Japanese cuisine at Gôra Kadan, a top-rated ryokan (traditional inn), which is also your hotel for the night. Meals: B L D Gôra Kadan (1 night) DAY 5

OSAKA DOTONBORI DISTRICT DELICACIES At the Okada Museum of Art, view a stunning collection of paintings, ceramics, lacquerware and bronzes from Japan, Korea and China. Ride by bullet train to Osaka. Historically known as a merchant city, it is today renowned as Japan’s undisputed culinary capital, where diners indulge in everything from octopus dumplings to okonomiyaki, a battered, grilled concoction of chopped cabbage, meat or seafood, and seaweed. This evening, set out to explore the popular Dotonbori District, sampling dishes from the brilliantly lighted and gastronomically creative restaurants that line the street.

Meals: B L Four Seasons Hotel Osaka (2 nights)

DAY 6

NARA A PROFOUNDLY SPIRITUAL HERITAGE Travel to Nara, Japan’s first capital, to visit Todai-ji, a UNESCO-listed temple complex that holds the largest bronze Buddha statue in Japan. Proceed to Nara Park, home to hundreds of deer, venerated here as divine spirits, which you may feed by hand. Experience a Shinto ceremony at the celebrated Kasuga Taisha Shrine, and then eat lunch. Before returning to Osaka, watch two sumo wrestlers demonstrate their renowned sport at Kehaya-za Sumo Pavilion. Meals: B L D DAY 7

KYOTO THE GOLDEN PAVILION AND BAMBOO GROVE Travel into Kyoto early this morning to contemplate the iconic Zen rock garden at Ryoan-ji, the perfect spot for a meditative moment, and discover the glittering Kinkakuji Temple (Golden Pavilion) — covered with gold leaf and surrounded by green gardens — casting its delicate reflection in the tranquil pond beside it. After lunch, explore the Arashiyama neighborhood, including the garden of Tenryu-ji Temple. Later, bask in the magical atmosphere of Arashiyama

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Bamboo Grove, strolling along a winding path as sunlight filters down through towering bamboo shoots, considered by many a healing experience. Meals: B L

Feb 26-Mar 6 Mar 5-13* Mar 8-16* Mar 12-20* Mar 15-23* Mar 19-27* Mar 22-30* Mar 26-Apr 3* Mar 29-Apr 6* Apr 2-10* Apr 5-13* Apr 9-17* Apr 12-20* Apr 16-24

Hotel the Mitsui Kyoto, a Luxury Collection Hotel & Spa (2 nights) DAY 8

KYOTO HILLSIDE VIEWS AND TEA TRADITIONS Visit Kiyomizu-dera Temple for inspiring views of Kyoto. At another temple, experience the art of the tea ceremony, noting its refined sense of hospitality and etiquette, which dates to the time of the samurai. Tonight, savor traditional Japanese cuisine while an attending geiko (the word for geisha in the Kyoto dialect) and maiko (apprentice geisha) dance, sing, pour sake and share stories about life in modern Kyoto.

Meals: B D

May 7-15 May 10-18 May 14-22 May 17-25 May 21-29 May 24-Jun 1 May 31-Jun 8 Jun 4-12 Jun 7-15 Sep 10-18 Sep 13-21 Sep 24-Oct 2 Sep 27-Oct 5 Oct 1-9

Oct 4-12 Oct 11-19† Oct 15-23† Oct 18-26† Oct 22-30† Oct 25-Nov 2† Nov 1-9† Nov 5-13† Nov 8-16† Nov 12-20† Nov 15-23† Nov 29-Dec 7† Dec 6-14†

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Long walks are required when visiting some sites. Ryokan rooms can vary by layout, amenities and views, even within the same category. *Best opportunity to see the cherry blossoms of spring. †Best opportunity to see the red leaves of fall.

DAY 9

DEPART KYOTO Take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight or join your post-tour extension. Meals: B

GO FURTHER HIROSHIMA POST-TOUR EXTENSION See Kyoto’s famed Fushimi Inari Shrine before continuing to Osaka for an overnight stay.

Ride by bullet train to Hiroshima and visit the Peace Memorial Park and Museum, and see the Itsukushima Shrine. Return to Osaka to depart.

3 days from £3,995 per person PRIVATE TRAVEL Prefer to travel privately? This itinerary is available as ready-to-book Classic Japan: A Private Journey.

Clockwise from far left: Behold the tranquil beauty of Kinkaku-ji in Kyoto; snow-capped Mount Fuji is even more beautiful at cherry blossom time; watch a lively demonstration of the sport of sumo.

92

93

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

SOUTH KOREA AND JAPAN: CULTURAL LEGACIES Explore two vastly different and evolving national legacies — each steeped in rich tradition, and each poised on the cutting edge of tomorrow’s cultural and technological horizons. In South Korea, delve into a destination that’s trending for all the right reasons, from its fascinating history to its mouthwatering cuisine. And whether it’s the buzz and flash of Tokyo or the quiet charms of Kyoto, experience Japan’s unique magic firsthand.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £15,380 per person £6,920 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Apr 2-12* May 21-31

ARRIVE SEOUL, SOUTH KOREA

Visit the edge of the demilitarized zone (DMZ) separating North and South Korea, including the Third Tunnel

SEOUL ECHOES OF EMPIRES AND CONFLICTS PAST DAYS 4-5

GYEONGJU AND BUSAN THE SILLA DYNASTY AND SEASIDE BEAUTY

Take in a dazzling array of exotic seafood in Busan’s bustling Jagalchi, the largest fish market in South Korea

DAY 6

Ride on a high-speed train as you travel along an iconic route passing majestic Mount Fuji

OSAKA, JAPAN A FOODIE’S ADVENTURE

Discover South Korea’s imperial legacy in the temples and monuments of historic Gyeongju Learn the finer points of appreciating Japanese sake during a brewery visit and tasting Gain insight into the Japanese art of repairing broken pottery with lacquer and gold powder, transforming flaws into shimmering seams that tell a story of resilience

Nov 5-15

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain. The DMZ visit is a shared sightseeing experience with non-A&K guests. *Best opportunity to see the cherry blossoms of spring.

DAYS 2-3

HIGHLIGHTS

Oct 8-18

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

DAYS 7-8

The best hotels in each location, including:

KYOTO GOLDEN PAVILION TO SAKE TASTING

SIGNIEL BUSAN Contemporary luxury hotel situated just steps from Haeundae Beach.

DAYS 9-10

TOKYO THE ART OF KINTSUGI DAY 11

DEPART TOKYO

Clockwise from far left: Visit Bulguksa Temple; explore the best of Seoul; the iconic Torii gates at Fushimi Inari.

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL SEOUL Contemporary luxury hotel set among Seoul’s glittering skyline. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL TOKYO AT OTEMACHI Luxurious hotel situated near the Imperial Palace.

HOTEL THE MITSUI KYOTO, A LUXURY COLLECTION HOTEL & SPA Elegant hotel located near Nijo Castle.

Seoul JAPAN SOUTH KOREA Busan

Gyeongju

Kyoto

Tokyo

Osaka

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

94

95

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

ICONIC CHINA AND A YANGTZE CRUISE

[R E G I O N N A M E]

13 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £9,075 per person £3,690 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

China’s more than 5,000 years of history both inform and contrast with its modern incarnation as one of the most rapidly evolving nations on earth. On this far-reaching journey that melds China’s past and present, discover historic Beijing as well as the bustling metropolis of Shanghai. Behold the iconic Terracotta Warriors, go up close to giant pandas and explore the storied Yangtze River in comfort aboard an all-balcony river cruiser.

DAY 1

DAY 4

ARRIVE BEIJING, CHINA

XI’AN KEY TO THE GREAT SILK ROAD

A world capital that is home to over 20 million souls, Beijing is the political nerve center of the nation. A&K’s longstanding connections in China offer you special access to some of its most extraordinary people and places.

Four Seasons Hotel Beijing (3 nights)

Marvel at the stunning vistas of the famed Three Gorges region during a three-night cruise on the Yangtze River aboard all-balcony Yangzi Explorer II Experience the well-preserved Mutianyu section of the Great Wall of China Meet the army of an emperor, viewing the astonishing Terracotta Warriors in Xi’an, noting how each sports unique facial features and learning their history from an on-site specialist Encounter an animal emblematic of China when you go up close to giant pandas as they roam through a recreated habitat, and discover the secrets of their daily routine and diet Walk with a historian in the French concession in dynamic Shanghai

DAY 2

BEIJING CHINA’S DYNASTIC CAPITAL Benefit body and soul with a privately led tai chi lesson taught by a master instructor at the Temple of Heaven. Visit history-laden Tiananmen Square before exploring the grandeur of the Forbidden City. Enjoy a special welcome dinner at your hotel. Meals: B L D DAY 3

BEIJING THE WORLD FROM THE GREAT WALL Travel to the well-preserved Mutianyu section of the Great Wall of China. Ride a cable car to the top to take in sweeping mountain views.

Return to the city for a revealing walk through a Hutong, a neighborhood of alleyways dating to the Yuan dynasty. Meals: B L

Fly to Xi’an, a modern city cloaked in over 3,000 years of history. Once the eastern terminus on the Great Silk Road, Xi’an has become a melting pot of Central Asian and Chinese influences. Enjoy a dumpling-making demonstration led by a chef, followed by lunch. Visit the old city’s Muslim Quarter, with its teeming market and 14th-century Great Mosque, which features Chinese architecture and central Asian embellishments. Meals: B L

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: FOUR SEASONS HOTEL BEIJING Elegant, luxurious hotel renowned for exceptionally high-quality service.

YANGZI EXPLORER II River cruiser featuring the largest cabins on the Yangtze (each with a private balcony) and an excellent staff-to-guest ratio of 1:1. ▼

The Ritz-Carlton, Xi’an (2 nights) DAY 5

XI’AN TERRACOTTA WARRIORS, ARMY FOR THE AFTERLIFE Visit the excavation site of the Terracotta Warriors and Horses, accompanied by an on-site specialist. Learn the latest secrets discovered about this life-size army created during the Qin Dynasty to protect China’s first emperor in his afterlife. More than 8,000 remarkably crafted soldiers are spread throughout three dig pits, each revealing a unique face. Meals: B L D

THE RITZ-CARLTON, XI’AN Stylish luxury hotel blending classic and modern Chinese decor.

WALDORF ASTORIA CHENGDU Art Deco-styled luxury hotel offering stunning city views.

WALDORF ASTORIA SHANGHAI ON THE BUND Palatial luxury hotel, superbly located on the Bund. ▼ Clockwise from far left: Cruise the stunning Three Gorges region of the Yangtze; view pandas up close in Chengdu; enter the Forbidden City in Beijing.

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND CRUISE

Beijing

READY TO BOOK?

CHINA

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

Xi’an

Chengdu Chongqing

96

Yichang

Shanghai

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

97

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

DAY 6

CHENGDU EXPLORING PEOPLE’S PARK Travel by bullet train to Chengdu, the capital of Sichuan Province, where Chinese dishes beloved around the world originated. After a zesty Sichuan hot pot lunch, immerse yourself in local life at People’s Park, where you learn about traditional matchmaking. Meals: B L D

Fuling, visit the 816 Nuclear Military Plant or opt to check out the Baiheliang Underwater Museum. The next morning, Yangzi Explorer II navigates the Qutang Gorge before docking at Wushan. Disembark to explore among the high peaks near the river. Back on board, pass through the majestic Wu and Xiling Gorges.

Arrive at the Three Gorges Dam, where you pass through the ship lift, a fascinating experience seldom allowed for your type of vessel. Meals: B L D

Waldorf Astoria Chengdu (1 night) DAY 10 DAY 7

CHENGDU AND CHONGQING THE PANDA, CHINA’S LIVING ICON Visit the Chengdu Panda Breeding and Research Center for the rare opportunity to observe these endangered creatures roaming their specially designed habitat. Then ride by high-speed rail to Chongqing, where you embark Yangzi Explorer II. Meals: B L D Yangzi Explorer II (3 nights)

YICHANG AND SHANGHAI INTRODUCTION TO SHANGHAI Disembark in Yichang and fly to Shanghai, arriving in time for lunch. Then settle in to your elegant hotel on the city’s historic Bund. A worthy rival of New York and Paris, Shanghai offers cultural and culinary treasures as well as a colorful nightlife. Meals: B L Waldorf Astoria Shanghai on the Bund (3 nights)

DAYS 8-9

DAY 11

CRUISING THE YANGTZE ALONG ASIA’S GREAT RIVER

SHANGHAI IMPRESSIONS OF A VIBRANT CITY

Take in the scenery along the Yangtze as you partake in tai chi on deck. In the small city of

Explore dynamic Shanghai, where stunning modern skylines meet classic street markets

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

and gardens. Head to the observation deck of the Shanghai Tower for panoramic views.

Then explore Shanghai Museum East, viewing exceptional collections of historic art, ceramics, jade, and bronze wares. Relax with free time this afternoon before finishing your day with a refreshing cocktail. Meals: B

Mar 26-Apr 7 Apr 2-14 Apr 9-21 Apr 16-28 Apr 23-May 5 May 7-19 May 14-26 May 21-Jun 2

DAY 12

SHANGHAI LOCAL HISTORIES COME TO LIFE

May 28-Jun 9 Jun 18-30 Jul 2-14 Jul 16-28 Jul 30-Aug 11 Aug 13-25 Aug 20-Sep 1 Aug 27-Sep 8

Sep 3-15 Sep 10-22 Sep 17-29 Oct 8-20 Oct 15-27 Oct 22-Nov 3 Oct 29-Nov 10

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain. Multiple groups of A&K guests and other passengers may be onboard simultaneously.

Discover the lively and historic French Concession with a local historian. Then walk Shanghai’s Historic Jewish Quarter and learn how it became a haven for Jews fleeing Europe in World War II. Later, visit Old Town and the 16th-century Yu Garden. Meals: B L D DAY 13

DEPART SHANGHAI After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

GO FURTHER PRIVATE TRAVEL Prefer to travel privately? This itinerary is available as ready-to-book China and a Yangtze Cruise: A Private Journey.

Clockwise from far left: Gaze out at mountain vistas from the Great Wall; the futuristic and unforgettable Shanghai skyline; marvel at the fine architecture of the Temple of Heaven in Beijing; look into the faces of Xi’an’s army of Terracotta Warriors.

98

99

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

MOUNTAINS AND MYTHS IN CHINA AND TIBET

[R E G I O N N A M E]

14 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £10,000 per person £3,075 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

ARRIVE BEIJING, CHINA Beijing is China’s capital, a cultural and political nerve center more than 20 million people call home. Among them are our on-the-ground local experts who help open doors to the city’s most extraordinary experiences.

The Peninsula Beijing (2 nights)

Stand atop a restored section of the Great Wall near Beijing, taking in rolling mountain vistas

Blending classic destinations with off-the-beaten-path locales, this journey ranges from Beijing and the Great Wall to glittering Hong Kong, packing an in-depth exploration of Tibet and Yunnan Province in between. Explore sites that reveal the serene beauty of Tibetan Buddhist culture and learn about the lives of the Naxi minority. Visit the real-life Shangri-La and, in Lhasa, walk in the footsteps of the Dalai Lama.

DAY 1

Learn about Yunnan’s diverse minorities including the Naxi culture in Lijiang Immerse yourself in Tibetan culture in Lhasa and Shangri-La Explore the iconic Potala Palace and Sera Monastery in Lhasa, at the heart of Tibetan spirituality Take in the scenic wonders of Yunnan such as Jade Dragon Snow Mountain, Tiger Leaping Gorge and the otherworldly Stone Forest Experience the best of bustling Hong Kong, the classic East-Meets-West destination

DAY 2

BEIJING WALKING THE GREAT WALL Meander by pedicab through a hutong — a neighborhood of small winding alleyways — witnessing local daily life firsthand. Then travel outside the city to the well-preserved Mutianyu section of the Great Wall of China. Ride a cable car to the top and walk along the wall, taking in the views. Return to Beijing, where tonight you gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D DAYS 3-4

LIJIANG LEGENDS AND LOST HORIZONS Fly to Lijiang, a city surrounded by the lofty peaks of the Hengduan Mountains in China’s southwestern Yunnan Province. Home to more than a million residents, Lijiang is the

hub of the Naxi minority, the descendants of Tibetan nomads. Begin your explorations at Old Town, a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

Stroll Black Dragon Pool Park, its arched bridge, wood pagoda and snow-crowned mountain backdrop forming a living postcard. Stop by the Dongba Museum to learn more about the Naxi culture. The next day, immerse yourself in the local cultures surrounding Jade Dragon Snow Mountain on a guided tour. Ride by cable car up to Yak Meadow and enjoy a scenic stroll, absorbing the mountain vistas. Proceed to Yuhu Village, where you meet a Naxi family to learn more about their unique culture, including Naxi traditional dress, and try your hand at their pictographic language.

Meals: B L D (Day 3); B L (Day 4)

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: THE PENINSULA BEIJING Elegant, luxurious hotel renowned for exceptionally high-quality service.

BANYAN TREE LIJIANG Contemporary luxury hotel with guest rooms and villas offering commanding views of Jade Dragon Snow Mountain. ▼

Banyan Tree Lijiang (2 nights) DAYS 5-6

SHANGRI-LA TIGER LEAPING GORGE AND MONASTERY VISIT Take a scenic drive to Shangri-La, a city named after the James Hilton novel’s mythical Tibetan paradise. Cross an 8,600-foot pass, taking in the view of the Yangtze River flowing through the valley below. Stop in the charming village of Shigu to visit a memorial commemorating a historic military action. Eat lunch before continuing to Tiger Leaping Gorge, one of HOTEL INDIGO DIQING MOONLIGHT CITY Contemporary luxury hotel set atop the heights of Dukezong Ancient Town in Shangri-La. THE ST. REGIS LHASA RESORT Tibetan-inspired hideaway featuring a gilded indoor pool.

SHANGRI-LA KUNMING Deluxe contemporary hotel nestled in the heart of Kunming’s bustling city center.

Clockwise from far left: Enter soaring Potala Palace in Lhasa; learn about the traditional style of dress on a visit with a local Naxi family; behold the epic grandeur of Black Dragon Pool Park.

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

Beijing

CHINA

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

Lhasa Shangri-La

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

Lijiang Kunming Hong Kong

100

READY TO BOOK?

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

101

THE PENINSULA HONG KONG Legendary grand luxury hotel located in the heart of Kowloon on Victoria Harbour. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

the world’s deepest chasms. Upon arrival in Shangri-La, settle into your modern hotel overlooking Old Town (also called Dukezong Ancient Town). The next day, immerse yourself in the Tibetan culture of Shangri-La with a visit to the 300-year-old Songzanglin Monastery, also known as Little Potala Palace. Stop at a Tibetan family’s home and sip yak butter tea before visiting the Tibetan Culture Museum to view a colorful thangka (traditional Buddhist painting) exhibition. Climb to Guishan Temple for scenic views and the opportunity to spin one of the largest prayer wheels in the world. Return to Old Town this evening before savoring a Tibetan hot pot dinner. Meals: B L D Hotel Indigo Diqing Moonlight City (2 nights)

DAY 8

LHASA BUDDHIST TREASURES Wander Lhasa’s colorful Barkhor Bazaar, perusing lively market stalls selling all manner of handicrafts, such as ornate prayer wheels, embroidered thangkas and Buddhist rubbings.

You may find yourself standing side by side with Tibetan and Chinese residents or even nomads from eastern Tibet. Then discover the spiritual heart of Tibet at the sacred Jokhang, a 1,300-year-old temple housing Tibet’s most revered golden Buddha. Then venture just outside the city to the Sera Monastery, famous for its tantric teachings. Meals: B L

DAY 7

DAY 9

LHASA GATEWAY TO TIBET

LHASA PALACE OF THE DALAI LAMA

Fly to Lhasa, the heart and soul of Tibet, one of the highest cities on earth at 12,000 feet. Enjoy an afternoon on your own, free to relax and acclimatize. Meals: B D

Begin the day with Sanggye Dhunghor, where some 200 statues are carved into a dramatic rock face. Next, set foot in the towering Potala Palace, considered the crowning glory of Lhasa. Once a center of political and religious power, it contained the living quarters of the Dalai Lamas as well as their golden tombs.

Proceed to the Dalai Lama’s former summer residence at Norbulingka, a colorful palace surrounded by ponds, gardens and pavilions.

The St. Regis Lhasa Resort (3 nights)

[R E G I O N N A M E]

This evening, sip cocktails and learn about Tibetan traditional dress. Meals: B L D

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAYS 10-11

Apr 12-25 May 17-30 Jun 14-27

KUNMING FLOWERS AND A FOREST OF STONE

Aug 23-Sep 5 Sep 13-26 Oct 11-24

Oct 25-Nov 7 Nov 8-21

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey is physically demanding, with steep ascents and high altitudes. Maximum elevation is 12,000 ft.

Fly to Kunming, the capital of Yunnan province.

This “city of eternal spring” is surrounded by mountains on three sides. Kunming’s proximity to several nations just across China’s southeastern border has made it an important transit hub throughout history. Benefiting from abundant annual rainfall and a temperate climate, local gardens bursting with azaleas and rhododendrons are plentiful. Here, in the region where the tea plant originated, you may opt to partake in a tea brewing experience led by a local expert. The next day, discover one of the most unusual landscapes in China, the Stone Forest. Hike among the rock pillars, spotting notable formations such as Baby Elephant, Baby Buffalo and Moon-Gazing Rhino.

Stop at the Shilin Karst Geological Research Museum before returning to Kunming.

Meals: B D (Day 10); B L (Day 11) Shangri-La Kunming (2 nights) DAY 12

HONG KONG WHERE EAST MEETS WEST IN STYLE Walk through a colorful market, perusing flowers, produce and goods, before flying to Hong Kong, famed for its dazzling high-rise skyline, electric atmosphere and non-stop nightlife. The original “East meets West” Asian destination, Hong Kong is a capital of culture and a center of world trade. Enjoy an evening to explore the city as you please. Meals: B The Peninsula Hong Kong (2 nights) DAY 13

Clockwise from far left: Hike among the weathered spires of the Stone Forest in Kunming; view deep, stunning Tiger Leaping Gorge; experience Hong Kong’s electric vibe; gaze out from atop the sprawling Great Wall of China.

HONG KONG BUSTLING MARKETS TO FISHING VILLAGES Experience the city’s bustling market culture with stops at a herbal market, street-side antique shops and an open-air curio market.

Ride the funicular up to Victoria Peak for a stunning view of Victoria Harbour, and finish with a traditional sampan (wooden boat) ride between local fishing villages. Tonight, gather for a farewell dinner. Meals: B L D DAY 14

DEPART HONG KONG After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport to board your departing flight.

Meals: B

102

103

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

MONGOLIA’S GOLDEN EAGLE FESTIVAL

[R E G I O N N A M E]

12 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £18,845 per person £4,610 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Step into the rugged landscapes of Mongolia, where ancient nomadic traditions and untamed wilderness converge in an unforgettable adventure. Witness the lively Golden Eagle Festival, where Kazakh hunters showcase their centuries-old bond with mighty birds of prey. Explore the dramatic canyons and dunes of the windswept Gobi Desert, and then experience an authentic glimpse into nomadic life. From the Altai Mountains to the Flaming Cliffs, this journey unveils Mongolia’s rich heritage in awe-inspiring fashion.

Experience the thrill of the Golden Eagle Festival, where Kazakh hunters showcase their powerful bond with these commanding creatures of the sky

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE IN ULAANBAATAR, MONGOLIA

OLGII KAZAKH ENCOUNTER

In many ways still untouched by the outside world, Mongolia offers travellers vast, memorable vistas; warm, welcoming locals; and a timeless nomadic culture waiting for you to discover. Touch down in Mongolia’s capital, Ulaanbaatar, where the echoes of Genghis Khan’s empire meet a rapidly modernizing cityscape. Arrive and settle into your hotel.

Fly west to Olgii, a remote region in the Altai Mountains where the Kazakh people have preserved the ancient tradition of hunting with golden eagles. Explore the Eagle Hunter Cultural Center, where the rich history of eagle hunting is preserved. Stop at striking Tolbo Lake to behold the beauty of its sapphire waters. Visit a local Kazakh family, gaining insight into their traditional way of life. End the day with dinner at your ger camp. Meals: B L D

Shangri-La Ulaanbaatar (2 nights)

Ger Camp (3 nights)

Meet a local Kazakh family in the Olgii region and gain a rare insight into their nomadic traditions and way of life, discovering what sets this remote region apart from the rest of Mongolia

DAY 2

Spend three nights at Three Camel Lodge, a boutique retreat in the heart of the Gobi Desert, modeled after traditional Mongolian gers

Step back in time at the Chinggis Khaan Museum, dedicated to the ruler known as Genghis Khan in the West. View a sampling of rare artifacts from the Mongol Empire, guided by a local expert. Spend a leisurely afternoon exploring the city’s bustling streets, where Buddhist monasteries and Soviet-era buildings stand side by side. This evening, gather for a welcome dinner at your hotel. Meals: B L D

Explore the legendary Flaming Cliffs, where paleontologists first unearthed fossilized dinosaur eggs, tracing the footsteps of these ancient titans

ULAANBAATAR TRACING THE LEGACY OF GENGHIS KHAN

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: SHANGRI-LA ULAANBAATAR Deluxe accommodations with Horizon Club access, located in the city center within walking distance of the Government House.

THREE CAMEL LODGE A luxurious take on the traditional Mongolian nomadic lifestyle, the lodge embraces environmental and cultural sustainability. ▼

DAY 4

OLGII GOLDEN EAGLE FESTIVAL Today is the first day of the Golden Eagle Festival, an extraordinary gathering of eagle hunters competing in feats of skill and precision. Begin with the parade of eagle hunters, where Kazakh hunters in full traditional dress ride horseback while showcasing their majestic birds. Then catch the eagle-calling contests, and watch as eagles respond to their owner’s call, swooping down from the hilltops in a majestic display of speed and agility. Meals: B L D

GER CAMP Tented camp of traditional Mongolian gers featuring en-suite bathrooms, surrounded by the breathtaking Altai Mountains. ▼

Clockwise from far left: The austere beauty of Tolbo Lake; Mongolia’s history is reflected in the garments and traditions of locals; Bactrian camels.

READY TO BOOK?

Olgii Ulaanbaatar

MONGOLIA

Gobi Desert

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR

104

105

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

DAY 5

DAY 8

DAY 10

OLGII A CELEBRATION OF TRADITION

GOBI DESERT A VAST, OTHERWORLDLY WILDERNESS

GOBI DESERT CAMEL RIDING AND FLAMING CLIFFS

Return to the festival for a second day of exhilarating competition. Observe tenge ilu, a horseback challenge where riders grab coins from the ground mid-gallop, and kykbar, a spirited game of tug-of-war on horseback.

Meals: B L D DAY 6

ULAANBAATAR RETURN TO THE CAPITAL Bid farewell to Olgii and fly back to Ulaanbaatar.

Meals: B L D

Fly over the Mongolian steppe to the legendary Gobi Desert, renowned for its vast open spaces and rugged mountain ranges. Golden eagles, mountain sheep and Bactrian camels call this sparse habitat home. Settle into your lodge, a retreat in the style of traditional Mongolian gers. Meals: B L D Three Camel Lodge (3 nights) DAY 9

GOBI DESERT VALLEY OF THE EAGLES AND NOMADIC CULTURE

Shangri-La Ulaanbaatar (2 nights) DAY 7

ULAANBAATAR MONASTERIES & CULTURAL TREASURES Visit Gandan Khiid Monastery, home to a towering 75-foot statue adorned in gold and precious stones. Meet with a top-ranking lama, who offers insight into Mongolian monastic life. Explore the Natural History Museum and Institute of Paleontology. Meals: B L D

Spend the morning exploring Yol Valley, a narrow, craggy chasm. Hike the valley for a chance to spot vulture-like lammergeiers and Altai snowcocks as well as ibex, yak and Argali mountain sheep. Later, try your hand at archery and witness the construction of a traditional ger, gaining a deeper understanding of Mongolia’s nomadic culture. In the evening, soak in the sweeping views of the Milky Way stretching across the horizon. Meals: B L D

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES Sep 10-21*

Sep 29-Oct 10

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Walking over uneven terrain is required when visiting some sites. This itinerary includes extended drives on unpaved roads. Access to Western cuisine is limited. *Departure will have slightly revised routing.

Ride a Bactrian camel across the undulating dunes of Moltsog Els, just as Mongolian nomads have for generations. In the afternoon, visit the legendary Flaming Cliffs, where paleontologists first discovered dinosaur eggs more than a century ago. Marvel at the rugged beauty of this otherworldly terrain as the sun sets the cliffs ablaze in fiery hues. Enjoy a relaxing dinner at the lodge. Meals: B L D DAY 11

ULAANBAATAR A RETURN TO CITY LIFE Fly back to Ulaanbaatar, enjoying an afternoon at leisure to explore the capital at your own pace. This evening, gather for your farewell dinner, celebrating the memories made on this once-in-a-lifetime journey. Meals: B L D Shangri-La Ulaanbaatar (1 night) DAY 12

DEPART ULAANBAATAR After breakfast, transfer to the airport to meet your departing flight. Meals: B

Clockwise from far left: Witness the amazing collaboration between humans and golden eagles; absorb the rugged beauty of the Flaming Cliffs; trace the history of Genghis Kahn in Ulaanbaatar; view the Buddha statue at Gandan Monastery firsthand.

106

107

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

MONGOLIA: NAADAM FESTIVAL AND GOBI DESERT ADVENTURE While many travellers once considered this destination too remote, too vast and too wild, today’s adventurers in the know are happy to have it to themselves. On a journey filled with unique cultural experiences, your acclaimed Resident Tour Director leads you on a history-spanning itinerary that encompasses a centuries-old Mongolian festival along with the far-flung wilds of the Gobi Desert.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £12,685 per person £4,460 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Jul 4-13

ARRIVE ULAANBAATAR, MONGOLIA DAYS 2-3

HIGHLIGHTS

ULAANBAATAR GENGHIS KHAN AND HIS EMPIRE

Witness the pageantry of the Naadam Festival’s opening ceremonies and its traditional contests of archery, wrestling and horse racing

DAYS 4-5

Spend three nights in the Gobi Desert at Three Camel Lodge, a boutique property modeled after traditional Mongolian gers

DAY 6

In Moltsog Els, ride a camel through a vast dunescape seldom seen by Western eyes Explore the Flaming Cliffs, a haunting landscape where paleontologists first unearthed fossilized dinosaur eggs

Jul 9-18*

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Walking over uneven terrain is required when visiting some sites. This itinerary includes extended drives on unpaved roads. Access to Western cuisine is limited. *This departure operates with slightly revised routing to accommodate the Opening Ceremony of the Naadam Festival.

GOBI DESERT YOL VALLEY AND FLAMING CLIFFS GOBI DESERT MEET A CAMEL-HERDING FAMILY DAY 7

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

ULAANBAATAR TRADITIONAL DANCES AND SONGS

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAYS 8-9

ULAANBAATAR NAADAM FESTIVAL — STUNNING PAGEANTRY AND COMPETITION DAY 10

DEPART ULAANBAATAR

Clockwise from far left: Traditional gers in the Gobi Desert; meet camel herders who call the desert home; take in lively competitions in archery — and other sports derived from the need to survive in a challenging environment — at the Naadam Festival.

THREE CAMEL LODGE A luxurious take on the traditional Mongolian nomadic lifestyle, the lodge embraces environmentally and culturally sustainable practices. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

SHANGRI-LA, ULAANBAATAR Deluxe accommodations with Horizon Club access, located in the city center within walking distance of the Government House.

Ulaanbaatar

MONGOLIA

Gobi Desert

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR

108

109

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

VIETNAM: CULTURAL AND CULINARY ADVENTURE Beautiful, traditional Vietnam is alternately bustling and tranquil, and its food is a destination unto itself.

Discover the many flavors of Vietnamese culture and cuisine alike on this fun journey for foodies, sampling local favorites, meeting with farmers in the Mekong Delta and eating mouthwatering meals at restaurants that have each earned a Michelin star.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

8 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £5,765 per person £3,075 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Jan 14-21 Feb 18-25 Mar 4-11

ARRIVE HANOI, VIETNAM DAY 2

Experience the contrast of Vietnam’s two largest cities: traditional Hanoi and modern Ho Chi Minh City

DAY 3

Cruise through breathtaking seascapes on an overnight cruise amid the karst islands of stunning Ha Long Bay

DAY 4

Dine at two Michelin-starred restaurants: Tam Vi in Hanoi and Anan in Ho Chi Minh City

DAY 5

Ride through Ho Chi Minh City on the back of a Vespa scooter and sample Vietnamese delicacies in hidden-away places for an authentic taste of local life Explore the rural landscapes of the Mekong Delta, where you visit local farmers whose crops contribute to the diversity of the Vietnamese palate

Nov 11-18 Dec 9-16

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Walking over uneven terrain is required when visiting some sites.

HANOI LEGACIES AND LANDMARKS

HIGHLIGHTS

Apr 8-15 Sep 16-23 Oct 21-28

HANOI CHARMS OF THE OLD QUARTER HA LONG BAY CRUISING AMONG THE KARSTS WHERE YOU’LL STAY

HA LONG BAY AND HO CHI MINH CITY SUNRISE OVER THE BAY OF TONKIN

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAY 6

LYRA GRANDEUR Elegant, all-balcony ship that plies the waters of Ha Long and Lan Ha Bays.

HO CHI MINH CITY CYCLO RIDE TO A LOCAL PARK DAY 7

HO CHI MINH CITY WATERWAYS OF THE MEKONG DELTA DAY 8

DEPART HO CHI MINH CITY

Clockwise from far left: Freshly grown produce at a local market; sample authentic Vietnamese cuisine throughout your journey; glide in style on Ha Long Bay and Lan Ha Bay.

SOFITEL LEGEND METROPOLE HANOI Landmark French-colonial style luxury hotel in the heart of Hanoi. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

Hanoi

THE REVERIE SAIGON Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel with beautiful river views, in Ho Chi Minh City.

Ha Long Bay Hai Phong

VIETNAM

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

110

Ho Chi Minh City

111

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

ANGKOR WAT AND ICONS OF SOUTHEAST ASIA

[R E G I O N N A M E]

13 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £9,770 per person £3,305 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Southeast Asia is home to the vibrant nations of Vietnam, Cambodia, Laos and Thailand. This comprehensive and far-flung journey reveals their historical, cultural and culinary treasures, from karstadorned Ha Long Bay and incomparable Angkor Wat to charming Luang Prabang and temple-laden Bangkok.

Engage with the complex history of Vietnam, north and south, as you visit the infamous “Hanoi Hilton” and inspect the Cu Chi Tunnels, where you may meet with a Vietcong veteran Glide among stunning limestone islands and watch the sun set and rise again during a relaxing overnight cruise on tranquil Ha Long Bay Venture straight into the heart of daily life in Ho Chi Minh City, riding by cyclo through the streets at dawn to observe local life, stopping for coffee and savoring sensational pho at a culinary hotspot Explore Cambodia’s most storied temples with an expert local guide, including Angkor Wat, Bayon and Ta Prohm, during a two-night sojourn in Siem Reap In serene Luang Prabang, meet with locals in their home for a baci ceremony and take part in an alms-giving tradition that immerses you in the community’s spiritual life

DAY 1

ARRIVE HANOI, VIETNAM The capital city of Vietnam, bustling Hanoi lies in the north of the country. With streets that reveal remnants of Chinese and French occupation now filled with scooters, stalls dishing up fragrant pho and farmers peddling their home-grown produce, Hanoi beckons.

Sofitel Legend Metropole Hanoi (2 nights) DAY 2

HANOI EXPLORING THE HISTORIC OLD QUARTER Visit Ho Chi Minh’s house, once home to the revolutionary guerrilla leader. After lunch, visit the infamous “Hanoi Hilton” prison, and then ride by cyclo through the city’s Old Quarter.

Later, gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D DAY 3

HA LONG BAY CRUISING AMONG THE KARSTS Travel to the shores of the Gulf of Tonkin, for a cruise of picturesque Ha Long and Lan Ha bays. Relax on deck as your ship snakes its way past countless islets, their striking karst

outcrops rising dramatically from the emerald waters. Meals: B L D Lyra Grandeur (1 night) DAY 4

HA LONG BAY AND HO CHI MINH CITY SUNRISE TAI CHI Sunrise tai chi on deck is the perfect start to the day as you glide among the towering limestone pinnacles. Cruise home to port and fly to Ho Chi Minh City. Meals: B L

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: SOFITEL LEGEND METROPOLE HANOI Landmark French-colonial style luxury hotel in the heart of Hanoi.

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL BANGKOK AT CHAO PHRAYA Elegant luxury hotel with views of the river. ▼

The Reverie Saigon (3 nights) DAY 5

HO CHI MINH CITY VIBRANT, EVOCATIVE SAIGON Buzzing, high-energy Ho Chi Minh City resides in the heart of the country’s south, where the scent of incense from temples mingles with enticing food-stall aromas. Rise early for an A&K-exclusive cyclo ride through the streets as the city slowly comes to life. Sample some sensational pho at a popular restaurant. At lunch, participate in a chef-led experience, trying your hand at making banh xeo, a savory Vietnamese pancake. Later, view Reunification Palace and visit a Cao Dai temple. Meals: B L

LA RESIDENCE PHOU VAO, LUANG PRABANG Tranquil boutique luxury hotel.

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

RAFFLES GRAND HOTEL D’ANGKOR Iconic grand luxury hotel built in 1929, located near the temple ruins.

LYRA GRANDEUR Elegant, all-balcony ship that plies the waters of Ha Long and Lan Ha Bays.

Clockwise from far left: Enter the vast Angkor complex to explore its fabled temples; walk a small flower market in Ho Chi Minh City; cruise in comfort amid the striking beauty of Ha Long Bay.

Hanoi Luang Prabang

Ha Long Bay Hai Phong

LAOS

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

THAILAND

Bangkok

CAMBODIA Siem Reap VIETNAM

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

112

READY TO BOOK? 800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Ho Chi Minh City

113

THE REVERIE SAIGON Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel with beautiful river views, in Ho Chi Minh City. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

DAY 6

HO CHI MINH CITY WAR AND REMEMBRANCE

stone faces bearing beguiling smiles. Cruise by gondola on the Angkor Thom moat. Meals: B DAY 9

Explore the Cu Chi Tunnels to see firsthand the underground network so strategic to the Vietnam War. The remainder of your day is free for relaxing or exploring on your own. You may opt to join your Resident Tour Director for a visit to the War Remnants Museum, where photos and other items document the conflict.

Gather tonight for dinner. Meals: B D DAY 7

SIEM REAP, CAMBODIA GATEWAY TO ANGKOR WAT Fly to Siem Reap, Cambodia’s hip epicenter and gateway to the temples of Angkor. Visit a clean water project supported by A&K Philanthropy and taste your way around town on a progressive dinner. Meals: B D Raffles Grand Hotel d’Angkor (2 nights) DAY 8

SIEM REAP HIDDEN TEMPLES AND TREASURES

SIEM REAP SUNRISE OVER ANGKOR WAT Rise early to experience the incomparable serenity of watching the sun rise over mystical Angkor Wat before exploring the vast temple complex with a local expert. After lunch, fly to Luang Prabang. Meals: B L

[R E G I O N N A M E]

LUANG PRABANG GIVING AND RECEIVING

Four Seasons Hotel Bangkok at Chao Phraya River (2 nights)

Jan 7-19 Jan 10-22 Jan 14-26 Jan 17-29 Feb 11-23 Feb 14-26 Feb 18-Mar 2 Mar 4-16

DAY 12

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain.

Rise early to give alms to Buddhist monks, getting in touch with the local community.

Later, join locals in their home for a baci ceremony before flying to Bangkok. Meals: B

La Résidence Phou Vao, Luang Prabang (2 nights)

BANGKOK, THAILAND ALONG THE CHAO PHRAYA RIVER

DAY 10

Bangkok is the nation’s bustling capital. Visit the Grand Palace, site of the historic Siamese court and home to the Emerald Buddha. Ride by tuk-tuk to the reclining Buddha at Wat Pho. Tonight, savor a farewell dinner. Meals: B D

LUANG PRABANG, LAOS LIVING TEMPLES Located in northern Laos, Luang Prabang offers a window into Southeast Asia’s past. Explore the Royal Palace Museum, and then follow quiet back lanes to the beautiful Heuan Chan Heritage House. After a tea in the gardens, proceed to enchanting Wat Xieng Thong to view its “Tree of Life” wall mosaic. Later, cruise the Mekong at sunset. Meals: B D

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 11

Oct 28-Nov 9 Nov 4-16 Nov 11-23 Dec 2-14 Dec 9-21 Dec 16-28 Dec 21-Jan 2, ‘28

GO FURTHER PRIVATE TRAVEL Prefer to travel privately? This itinerary is available as ready-to-book Icons of Southeast Asia: A Private Journey.

DAY 13

DEPART BANGKOK After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

Visit Ta Prohm, where tree roots spill over the roof; Angkor Thom, the last capital of the Khmer kingdom; and Bayon, with its carved

Clockwise from far left: Angkor Wat offers wonders to behold; Bangkok’s Grand Palace reveals Thailand’s culture through its architecture; statues in the Angkor complex give history an intriguing face; overlooking Luang Prabang.

114

Mar 11-23 Mar 18-30 Apr 7-19 Sep 23-Oct 5 Oct 3-15 Oct 7-19 Oct 14-26 Oct 21-Nov 2

115

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

CRUISING THE MEKONG AND ANGKOR WAT

[R E G I O N N A M E]

13 DAYS | LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS From £8,455 per person £1,380 single supplement

ARRIVE BANGKOK, THAILAND Located on the Chao Phraya River, Bangkok is the nation’s capital and a city on the move, where visitors explore a bustling riverfront, lively floating markets and upscale boutiques.

Four Seasons Hotel Bangkok at Chao Phraya River (2 nights)

HIGHLIGHTS

Regarded as the Mother of Waters, the Mekong River is a nurturing source of life and sustenance for millions who live along its banks. Begin in bustling, electric Bangkok before continuing to Cambodia to see the astonishing ruins of Angkor Wat. Then join an exclusively chartered cruise through the lower reaches of the Mekong in Cambodia and Vietnam, exploring rural villages little visited by Western travellers and encountering history in Ho Chi Minh City, the former Saigon.

DAY 1

Cruise for seven nights on an exclusive charter of 24-guest Mekong Princess, a luxurious, allsuite boutique riverboat able to access lesserknown ports, ushering you into the midst of authentic rural cultures In Siem Reap, devote nearly two days to exploring Cambodia’s iconic temples, visiting Angkor Thom, Bayon and Ta Prohm with an expert local guide at your side, and watching the sun rise over magnificent Angkor Wat Interactions with local villagers as well as families in their homes and monks in pagodas connect you with Southeast Asia’s varied, intertwined river cultures in authentic and deeply personal ways Cruise straight into the heart of old Saigon, an opportunity seldom allowed for this type of vessel, maximizing your time to explore the diverse appeal of today’s Ho Chi Minh City

DAY 2

BANGKOK GLIDING ON THE SERENE CHAO PHRAYA RIVER Board a boat to the Grand Palace to view the royal Siamese court, home to the Emerald Buddha. Then, discover Wat Pho, with its massive Reclining Buddha statue. Tonight, gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D DAY 3

SIEM REAP VISAGES OF ANGKOR THOM Fly to Siem Reap, Cambodia’s hip epicenter, filled with an array of boutiques, multicultural dining, museums and spas. It also serves as gateway to the magnificent temples of Angkor, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Enter the

monumental gates of Angkor Thom and visit the Bayon Temple, with its huge stone faces wearing enchanting smiles. Meals: B L Raffles Grand Hotel d’Angkor (2 nights) DAY 4

SIEM REAP SUNRISE OVER ANGKOR WAT Rise early to watch the sun rise serenely over mystical Angkor Wat before exploring the vast temple complex with a local expert. After some afternoon free time, explore Ta Prohm, where the roots of great trees have spilled over the roof of this iconic stone temple.

After dinner, gather for an AKP Impact Hour, welcoming a local speaker who discusses various projects in Cambodia supported by A&K Philanthropy. Meals: B D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: FOUR SEASONS HOTEL BANGKOK AT CHAO PHRAYA RIVER Elegant luxury hotel with views of the river.

MEKONG PRINCESS Exclusively chartered all-suite river cruiser limited to just 24 guests. ▼

DAY 5

CRUISING THE MEKONG BOARD YOUR ALL-SUITE CRUISER Drive through the scenic countryside to Kampong Cham to board A&K’s private charter of all-suite Mekong Princess, your home for the next seven nights. Tonight, enjoy a Khmerinspired dinner on board. Meals: B L D Mekong Princess (7 nights)

Hear about projects supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

THE REVERIE SAIGON Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel with beautiful river views, in Ho Chi Minh City.

RAFFLES GRAND HOTEL D’ANGKOR Iconic grand luxury hotel built in 1929, located near the temple ruins. ▼

Clockwise from far left: Get a feel for daily life on a visit to a floating market on the Mekong; walk the amazing ruins of Ta Prohm; view Bangkok’s Grand Palace and other local sites.

Luang Prabang

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND CRUISE EXTENSION

LAOS

THAILAND

Bangkok

Siem Reap

VIETNAM CAMBODIA

Phnom Penh

Kampong Cham Ho Chi Minh City

READY TO BOOK? Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Mekong Delta

116

117

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

DAY 6

CRUISING THE MEKONG LIFE IN A LOCAL VILLAGE Explore the charming town of Angkor Ban, where you visit a family home. Stroll through a small market frequented by locals and stop briefly at a monastery. Then cruise to Phnom Penh, where you ride through Cambodia’s capital city by cyclo. Discover the ornate Royal Palace, and wander past huge stupas (shrines) en route to the Silver Pagoda, home of two Buddha statues of great beauty. Meals: B L D DAY 7

CRUISING THE MEKONG PHNOM PENH’S TROUBLED PAST Learn about Cambodia’s darker days as you visit the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum, and then walk the notorious killing fields of Choeung Ek. On board this evening, watch a professional folk-dance exhibition. Meals: B L D

family home, where you watch the weaving of kromas (traditional Khmer scarves). Later, explore a local temple dedicated to Hoa Hao, a unique Vietnamese religion. Later, board a sampan (wooden boat) to Gieng Island, where this type of vessel is built. Cruise a canal past orchards and rice fields and continue to a 19th-century Christian monastery. Meals: B L D

Cruise into Vietnam early this morning and onward to little-known Hong Ngu, where few Westerners have ever been. Visit a local

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

roots provide a sheltered habitat for the smallest denizens of the river’s ecosystem.

Pause to see an artisan produce coconut candy, a favorite local snack. Next, board a small boat for a cruise through lush, narrow creeks. Later, join in a cooking demonstration led by your onboard chef. Meals: B L D

Jan 10-22 Jan 24-Feb 5 Feb 7-19 Feb 21-Mar 5

DAY 9

CRUISING THE MEKONG MEET A LOCAL FAMILY Disembark at Hoa An to see how locals grow flowers and meet with a local family. In Can Tho, visit Zihuang Pagoda. Meals: B L D DAY 10

CRUISING THE MEKONG FLOATING MARKET VISIT

HO CHI MINH CITY FEEL THE PULSE OF LOCAL LIFE Cruise right into the heart of lively, evocative Ho Chi Minh City for an afternoon of exploring the city at your own pace. You may opt to join your Resident Tour Director for a visit to the War Remnants Museum, where photos and other items document the Vietnam War. This evening, gather for a special farewell dinner.

Meals: B D

DAY 11

CRUISING THE MEKONG LIFE AMONG THE MANGROVES

LUANG PRABANG PRE-TOUR EXTENSION Explore the Royal Palace, enjoy a baci ceremony, make offerings to monks, visit a farm and take a sunset cruise.

4 days from £3,495 per person

DAY 13

DEPART HO CHI MINH CITY After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

Board a sampan to wend your way through a channel lined with mangroves, whose tangled

Clockwise from far left: Gaze into the stone faces of statues at Bayon Temple; enter Phnom Penh’s Royal Palace; observe the life of locals along the Mekong River; take in the Vietnamese countryside.

118

Oct 31-Nov 12 Nov 28-Dec 10

GO FURTHER

The Reverie Saigon (1 night) Make a sampan visit to a floating market and later cruise deeper into the Mekong Delta to places travellers seldom see. Meals: B L D

Mar 7-19 Mar 21-Apr 2 Oct 3-15 Oct 17-29

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain.

DAY 12

DAY 8

CRUISING THE MEKONG CROSSING INTO VIETNAM

[R E G I O N N A M E]

119

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

BORNEO: LAND OF THE ORANGUTAN

[R E G I O N N A M E]

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £9,535 per person £3,075 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Feb 13-22 Apr 17-26

ARRIVE KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA

With its rich diversity of cultures and cuisines, Malaysia is a magnet for adventurous travellers, and its wilderness is home to orangutans, sun bears and other exotic species. Discover Malaysia on a comprehensive journey, from its bustling capital, Kuala Lumpur, to the rainforests of Borneo. Explore the jungle in style, staying in lodges at the forefront of sustainability, and discover wildlife, from endemic amphibians and insects to the iconic orangutan, with expert local guides.

See Borneo’s iconic “man of the forest” on a visit to the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre and learn how this critically endangered species is being protected

Oct 16-25

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain. This itinerary includes extended drives on unpaved roads.

DAY 2

HIGHLIGHTS

Jul 17-26 Sep 11-20

KUALA LUMPUR MUSEUM AND MARKET VISITS DAY 3

SANDAKAN ORANGUTAN REHABILITATION CENTRE

Discover the Bornean sun bear at a conservation center dedicated to rescuing and rehabilitating the world’s smallest species of bear

DAYS 4-5

Watch for Borneo’s Big Five — orangutans, proboscis monkeys, pygmy elephants, rhinoceros hornbills and saltwater crocodiles — all on a single journey

DAYS 6-7

The best hotels in each location, including:

Spot wildlife along the banks of the Kinabatangan River, from the forest floor to the tree tops, on river cruises guided by expert boatmen

DANUM VALLEY CONSERVATION AREA ANCIENT FOREST AND CANOPY LIFE

SABAH HOTEL Comfortable hotel set in the hills above the city.

DAYS 8-9

Immerse yourself in a primary forest millions of years in the making with a stay at Borneo Rainforest Lodge

DAY 10

Encounter Borneo’s indigenous cultures at Mari Mari Cultural Village

KINABATANGAN RIVER SUN BEARS AND BOAT SAFARIS

KOTA KINABALU CHINA SEA AND DIVERSE CULTURES DEPART KOTA KINABALU

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

Clockwise from far left: Come face to face with Borneo’s iconic orangutans; watch for the unmistakable proboscis monkey during a cruise of the Kinabatangan River; view the city from the soaring Petronas Twin Towers in Kuala Lumpur.

BORNEO RAINFOREST LODGE Luxurious eco-resort with chalets in one of the world’s oldest rainforests. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

SUKAU RAINFOREST LODGE Luxury accommodation located steps from the Kinabatangan River.

KOTA KINABALU MARRIOTT HOTEL Contemporary luxury hotel offering panoramic waterfront views.

Sandakan Kinabatangan River Kota Kinabalu

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL KUALA LUMPUR Classic luxury hotel with stunning city and park views.

Danum Valley MALAYSIA Kuala Lumpur

Lahad Datu

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

120

121

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

NEW

SINGAPORE TO BALI: MALAYSIA BY LUXURY RAIL Combine futuristic Singapore, a rail journey through Malaysia and Indonesia’s island paradise of Bali, and you have a journey that elegantly fuses cutting-edge urbanity with the time-stopping languor of blue waves breaking on white sand. Explore Singapore before boarding the luxurious Eastern & Oriental Express train, exploring Malaysia’s hidden sites with your choice of activities, then fly to Bali for a respite in a tropical paradise with as much — or as little — activity as you want.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

12 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £20,000 per person £10,765 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Explore the soaring skyscrapers and luxury boutiques of Singapore and experience its stunning gardens Travel by rail on a three-night journey through Malaysia aboard the elegant Eastern & Oriental Express, featuring white-glove service and live entertainment Discover Malaysia, perhaps exploring Perlis, a window into traditional Malay culture, or relaxing on a scenic beach in Langkawi and revealing Penang’s vibrant Georgetown Visit the Setia Darma House of Mask and Puppets for a private painting session with a master artist Immerse yourself in Bali’s tropical splendor with a stay in the lush rural settings of Ubud and the beach at Jimbaran Bay

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE SINGAPORE

RIDING EASTERN & ORIENTAL EXPRESS JOURNEY INTO MALAYSIA

Arrive in Singapore and transfer privately to your hotel. Singapore’s sci-fi cityscape has inspired a futuristic mindset, and much of the city is buffed to such a high sheen that you can see your reflection in it. Peranakan-style shophouses are dwarfed by vertiginous high rises, while award-winning bak chor mee is served in bright bowlfuls at the UNESCOprotected hawker markets. In this city of superlatives, no gesture is too grand, no detail too small.

Raffles Singapore (2 nights)

Board the striking green and cream carriages for the start of your journey aboard the Eastern & Oriental Express. Settle into your modern cabin and watch the scenery unfold as the train travels through the lush, green landscapes of Malaysia. Have afternoon tea or relax in your cabin, before gathering for dinner and entertainment in the Dining Car. Meals: B D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: RAFFLES SINGAPORE Iconic luxury hotel located in the heart of the city, the haunt of celebrities and royalty.

EASTERN & ORIENTAL EXPRESS Relive the glories of rail’s golden age in lovingly restored cabins and gathering spaces. ▼

Eastern & Oriental Express (3 nights) DAY 4

DAY 2

SINGAPORE A CITY IN A GARDEN Begin your day at spectacular Gardens by the Bay, observing the resident flora and fauna and experiencing the futuristic Supertree Observatory. Discover Singapore’s Chinatown and learn about the city’s legacy as a center for the spice trade on a visit to Ang Siang Hill.

The afternoon is yours to explore the city at your own pace. Embark on a sunset bumboat cruise down the Singapore River into Clarke Quay before joining your fellow guests for a welcome dinner. Meals: B D

RIDING EASTERN & ORIENTAL EXPRESS SIGHTS OF RURAL MALAYSIA Soak up the morning vistas as the train courses past rice paddies and timeless rural villages. Arrive in Perlis, in the far northwestern corner of Malaysia. Take your choice of enticing excursions: Cruise by speedboat to a beach in Langkawi for some relaxation, followed by a scenic ride along the channels of Kilim Geoforest Park; cycle through a national park teeming with primates and birds, ending with a visit to a former tin mine; or soak in Perlis’ rich artistic traditions, learning to make your own FOUR SEASONS RESORT BALI AT JIMBARAN BAY All-villa beach resort featuring traditional Balinese architecture and idyllic ocean views.

CAPELLA UBUD, BALI Award-winning oasis with 22 luxury tents equipped with private decks and plunge pools. ▼

Clockwise from far left: Gardens by the Bay in Singapore; dining on Eastern & Oriental Express; taking in the lush Malaysian countryside.

READY TO BOOK?

Perlis Penang

MALAYSIA

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

Singapore

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com INDONESIA Bali

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

122

123

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

batik and perusing a local antique collection.

The train stables near Penang tonight.

Meals: B L D DAY 5

RIDING EASTERN & ORIENTAL EXPRESS EXPLORING PENANG YOUR WAY Discover Penang Island with the activity of your choice. Art lovers can hop on the back of a vespa scooter to visit local artist studios.

Foodies can roam an aromatic spice market, then learn local recipes at a cooking class held in a lavish bungalow. Explore independently if you like, with a cycle-rickshaw, driver and map at your disposal. Meals: B L D DAY 6

SINGAPORE A FLORAL WONDERLAND Bid farewell to the train before visiting the National Orchid Garden, a lush oasis boasting a colorful display of 60,000 orchids representing 400 species and more than 2,000 hybrids.

Singapore is compact and easy to navigate — perfect for exploration on your own this evening. Meals: B Raffles Singapore (1 night)

[R E G I O N N A M E]

DAY 7

DAY 10

BALI, INDONESIA PULSE OF AN ISLAND PARADISE

BALI FINE WINE AND FINE ART

Fly to Bali, a place of lofty volcanoes, rice paddy terraces and magnificent sandy beaches. Along the way, have lunch at a local restaurant and visit revered Batuan Temple.

Check into your resort, spending the rest of your day as you like. Meals: B L Capella Ubud, Bali (3 nights) DAY 8

BALI HANDS-ON WITH BALINESE CULTURE Visit the Setia Darma House of Mask and Puppets, where a master painter leads you in a private painting session. A relaxed farm-totable lunch follows, with a gentle walk through the gardens to see some of the ingredients behind the menu. Meals: B L D

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES Feb 20-Mar 3

Following a relaxing morning, depart for Jimbaran Bay. Visit Bali’s first winery open to the public for a tasting followed by lunch and wine pairings. In SAKA Museum, Bali’s living traditions are beautifully presented through modern design and immersive storytelling.

Settle into your private villa in your luxury resort. Meals: B L Four Seasons Resort Bali at Jimbaran Bay (2 nights) DAY 11

BALI A DAY AT THE BEACH Spend the day relaxing and pursuing your choice of resort activities. This evening, gather for a farewell dinner and reminisce on your journey. Meals: B D

DAY 9

BALI RELAX AND REJUVENATE

DAY 12

Unwind at your resort or explore Ubud with a private guide and driver. Meals: B

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

DEPART BALI

Clockwise from far left: The adventure of luxury rail; take in the striking Singapore skyline; at Batuan Temple in Bali; view the rice terraces in Ubud.

124

Nov 6-17

Dec 11-22

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain. Please note that A&K guests and other passengers will be travelling onboard the train simultaneously.

125

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

TAJ MAHAL AND THE TREASURES OF INDIA

[R E G I O N N A M E]

14 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £10,615 per person £4,075 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

The Taj Mahal at dawn, a Bengal tiger resting amid teak forest shadows, the sensory cavalcade of a Mumbai marketplace, time-honored rituals playing out along the Ganges — this is India revealed as only A&K can.

Experience this irrepressibly vibrant destination in all its glory as you stay in grand palaces, track game in reserves teeming with wildlife, and immerse yourself in the incomparable cities of Mumbai, Delhi and Varanasi.

Live like royalty in the Taj Lake Palace in Udaipur and Rambagh Palace in Jaipur Cruise Lake Pichola at sunset, followed by a sunset cocktail at Lake Palace Experience the breathtaking spectacles of the Taj Mahal at sunrise and sunset Embark on a private game drive in Panna National Park, home to the elusive Bengal tiger

DAYS 1-2

elephants flanking its entrance. Meals: B D

ARRIVE MUMBAI, INDIA Arrive in the former stronghold of the British East India Company, today home to Bollywood, India’s dazzling Hindi film industry. The next morning, experience Mumbai’s incredible vibe as you visit a dance studio and try some choreographed steps yourself. At a local spice market, take in the dazzling array of colors and scents. View the Gateway of India, with its design reflecting Muslim and Hindu traditions, and hop a train for a short ride, as millions do here daily.

Finish at Dhobi Ghat, the world’s largest open-air laundry, a spectacle to behold.

Tonight, gather for a welcome dinner.

Meals: B L D (Day 2) The Taj Mahal Palace, Mumbai (2 nights) DAY 3

Witness a sacred aarti ceremony on the banks of the Ganges in Varanasi

UDAIPUR CRUISE TO JAG MANDIR

Delve into the cultural kaleidoscopes of Mumbai and Delhi

Fly to Udaipur and settle into your stunning palace hotel set on an island in the middle of scenic Lake Pichola. Romantic, wistful and serene, Udaipur is a city built around shimmering lakes. After some free time, embark on a private cruise past Jag Mandir, a marble palace with eight life-size sculptures of

Learn about a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

Taj Lake Palace, Udaipur (2 nights)

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including:

DAY 4

UDAIPUR SPLENDORS OF THE CITY PALACE Visit the stunning marble City Palace complex as well as the Crystal Gallery in Fateh Prakash Palace. Stroll through the Sahelion Ki Bari (Garden of the Maids of Honor). Later, watch a chef-led cooking demonstration, followed by lunch, learning about royal Mewar cuisine in a local family’s home. Meals: B L

THE OBEROI AMARVILAS, AGRA Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel with views of the nearby Taj Mahal.

THE TAJ MAHAL PALACE, MUMBAI Iconic, historic hotel next to the Gateway of India.

TAJ LAKE PALACE, UDAIPUR Historic palace on Lake Pichola, a Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel. ▼

DAY 5

JAIPUR INDOOR AND OUTDOOR WONDERS Fly to Jaipur for a stay at the former residence of a Maharajah. Capital city of northern India’s Rajasthan state, beautiful Jaipur traces its origins to the 18th century and is today a bustling metropolis replete with archaeological splendors. Explore the City Palace, a complex of pavilions, gardens and temples, viewing textiles at the “Auspicious Palace.” Head outdoors to visit Jantar Mantar, an open-air array of astronomical instruments. Meals: B D Rambagh Palace, Jaipur (2 nights)

PASHAN GARH, PANNA NATIONAL PARK A luxury lodge with 12 cottages in Panna National Park.

TAJ GANGES, VARANASI Contemporary hotel set on 12 acres of elegantly landscaped gardens.

THE OBEROI, NEW DELHI Iconic luxury hotel conveniently located in the heart of the city.

Clockwise from far left: View the peerless Taj Mahal firsthand; Mumbai’s stately Gateway to India; seek out the Bengal tiger in Panna National Park.

NEPAL

Delhi Jaipur

Agra

Jhansi Udaipur

Kathmandu Khajuraho

Varanasi

Panna National Park

From Kerala

126

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

INDIA

Mumbai

READY TO BOOK?

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND EXTENSION

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

127

RAMBAGH PALACE, JAIPUR Once residence of a maharajah, now a Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

DAY 6

DAYS 9-10

JAIPUR THE MAGNIFICENT AMBER FORT

PANNA NATIONAL PARK BENGAL TIGER TRACKING

View the Palace of the Winds — built so the women of the royal household could watch street life unobserved. Explore the Mughal-style Amber Fort, a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

Return to your hotel for some time on your own. Meals: B L

Board a train to Jhansi and the remote Panna National Park, renowned for its recovering population of Bengal tigers. On an A&Kexclusive experience, meet with a member of the local Pardhi community to learn their role in efforts to grow the park’s precious cohort of the big cats. Also learn about the Wildpines Center, dedicated to empowering young women from the Pardhi community through block printing and artisan training, an initiative supported by A&K Philanthropy. Rise early the next day for a 4x4 game drive, spotting crocodiles and searching for tigers, with your chance of sighting one improved by the park’s diligent conservation program. Return to the lodge for an Indian cooking demonstration led by a chef. Set off on one more game drive for a last chance to see India’s tiger in the wild.

Meals: B L D

DAYS 7-8

AGRA VISIONS OF THE TAJ MAHAL Drive to Agra, observing the colorful rural life of Rajasthan. Poised on a bend of the Yamuna River, Agra is a magnet for those who come to behold the Taj Mahal. Visit the peerless structure in the late afternoon, as the setting sun bathes it in a soft orange glow. Return to the Taj Mahal the next morning, when the rising sun lends a warm pink tint to its marble façade. Then visit the Agra Fort, once the prison of the same Mughal emperor who built the Taj Mahal. Meals: B L (Day 7); B D (Day 8) The Oberoi Amarvilas, Agra (2 nights)

Pashan Garh, Panna National Park (2 nights) DAY 11

KHAJURAHO AND VARANASI INDIA’S HOLIEST CITY

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

inch of its 85 Hindu and Jain temples. Then, fly to Varanasi, a city of more than a thousand Buddhist and Hindu temples and shrines. At dusk, beside the Ganges, witness the aarti ceremony. Chanted prayers and rhythmic drumming fill the air as you watch lanternbearing priests bid the gods and goddesses a restful slumber. Meals: B L D

Jan 3-16* Jan 6-19 Jan 10-23 Jan 17-30 Jan 20-Feb 2 Jan 24-Feb 6 Jan 31-Feb 13 Feb 3-16 Feb 10-23 Mar 3-16 Mar 7-20

Taj Ganges, Varanasi (1 night) DAYS 12-14

VARANASI AND DEPART DELHI PRIVATE SUNRISE RIVER CRUISE

Mar 17-30 Mar 24-Apr 6 Mar 28-Apr 10* Apr 11-24 Apr 28-May 11 May 2-15 May 5-18 Oct 3-16 Oct 6-19 Oct 10-23 Oct 13-26

Oct 17-30 Oct 24-Nov 6 Oct 31-Nov 13 Nov 14-27 Nov 28-Dec 11 Dec 1-14 Dec 5-18 Dec 12-25 Dec 19-Jan 1, ‘28

PUSHKAR FAIR DEPARTURES Nov 2-17 Nov 4-19

Rise early for a private sunrise cruise on the Ganges River to observe activity along the ghats, where locals and pilgrims cleanse themselves, both literally and spiritually. Later, fly to Delhi for a farewell dinner. Ever-bustling and excitingly chaotic, Delhi is a study in history and modernization. The next day, visit the great Jama Masjid, the most important mosque in India. Then ride by rickshaw through the narrow alleys and stalls of bustling Chandni Chowk bazaar. After lunch, tour New Delhi, including Humayun’s Tomb, an architectural precursor of the Taj Mahal. On Day 14, depart Delhi.

Meals: B D (Day 12); B L (Day 13); B (Day 14)

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Some sites are only accessible through extended drives. *Days 5-6 at The Oberoi Rajvilas, Jaipur.

The Oberoi, New Delhi (2 nights) Drive to Khajuraho to see all of life — joy, love, divinity, war — depicted in detail on every

GO FURTHER KERALA PRE-TOUR EXTENSION Take in the historic highlights of Kochi; enjoy a leisurely lake cruise; and visit a sleepy backwater village to get to know the locals and learn about their traditional crafts.

5 days from £3,795 per person NEPAL AND KATHMANDU POST-TOUR EXTENSION Fly to Kathmandu, Nepal. Discover its mix of Hindu and Buddhist heritage, visiting sites key to each faith. Immerse yourself in local life with a cooking lesson in a local home. Board an aircraft for awe-inspiring views of Mount Everest.

4 days from £2,995 per person PRIVATE TRAVEL Prefer to travel privately? This itinerary is available as ready-to-book India and the Taj Mahal: A Private Journey.

Clockwise from far left: The aarti ceremony beside the Ganges in Varanasi; delicately crafted Hawa Mahal in Jaipur presents a stunning façade; on Lake Pichola in Udaipur.

128

129

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

SOUTH INDIA: TEMPLES AND BACKWATERS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

14 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £8,075 per person £3,840 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAYS 1-2

Jan 12-25 Feb 6-19

ARRIVE CHENNAI, INDIA CITY OF MYTHS AND LEGENDS

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Some sites are only accessible through extended drives.

DAY 3

HIGHLIGHTS

Southern India beckons you with charming towns where silk is still woven by hand, timeless temples of intricately carved stone and bustling markets filled with local people and exotic produce. Discover the history, culture and cuisine of this lush region, exploring extraordinary spice villages and tropical coastal cities, and meeting with locals.

Explore the Shore Temples of Mahabalipuram, bastions of ancient history and noted for their stunning collection of carvings Visit local villages as well as an experimental community for authentic interactions with locals Take in the sights and aromas of a spice plantation in Periyar as you explore it with a naturalist guide Cruise the tranquil backwaters of Kerala on an idyllic voyage aboard a traditional houseboat Explore the ghost mansions of Chettinad, built by the wealthy Chettiar merchants, which now stand as a haunting reminder of a bygone era of opulence Wander through the French Quarter of Pondicherry, and stop at the Shri Meenakshi Temple in Madurai

Oct 23-Nov 5 Dec 4-17 Oct 30-Nov 12

MAHABALIPURAM MAGNIFICENT SHORE TEMPLES DAYS 4-5

PONDICHERRY/KUMBAKONAM/ THANJAVUR COMMUNITIES DEVOTED TO SPIRITUAL INSIGHT DAYS 6-9

CHETTINAD/MADURAI/PERIYAR PRIVATE HOME VISIT AND JOURNEY TO A SPICE PLANTATION

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: PALAIS DE MAHE Heritage boutique hotel set in Pondicherry.

DAYS 10-11

KUMARAKOM TIME TO UNWIND

MANTRA KOODAM (KUMBAKONAM) Uniquely luxurious resort hotel designed after a Brahmin agrahara (street with homes).

DAYS 12-14

DEPART KOCHI QUEEN OF THE ARABIAN SEA

Clockwise from far left: Traditional fishing nets still in use today; glide along the tranquil canals of Kumarakom; behold colorful Shri Meenakshi Temple.

THE LEELA PALACE CHENNAI Condé Nast Traveler Gold List hotel with waterfront views facing the Bay of Bengal. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

VISALAM Contemporary luxury hotel located in a restored heritage mansion in Kanadukathan.

Chennai

KUMARAKOM LAKE RESORT Luxury lakefront resort villas set among 25 acres of coconut groves.

Pondicherry

INDIA

Kumbakonam Chettinad Kochi

SPICE VILLAGE Eco property set on a spice plantation in Kerala’s Cardamom Hills.

Thanjavur

Madurai

TAJ MALABAR RESORT & SPA, KOCHI Harborfront hotel mixing modern luxury with old-world charm.

Kumarakom Periyar

130

131

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

SRI LANKA: TREASURES OF THE SPICE ISLAND

[R E G I O N N A M E]

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £6,610 per person £2,535 single supplement

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Mar 17-26 Mar 30-Apr 8

ARRIVE COLOMBO, SRI LANKA COLOMBO A COLONIAL LEGACY REVEALED

Experience several UNESCO World Heritage Sites, including Polonnaruwa, Sigiriya Rock Fortress and Galle Fort Climb to the summit of Sigiriya Rock Fortress for a panoramic view of the setting sun Sri Lanka’s heritage comes to life for you in song, dance and colorful traditional finery during a private performance of a Kandyan cultural show Enter the Temple of the Tooth in Kandy, which houses a sacred relic ­—the tooth of The Buddha Stroll the ramparts of colonial Galle accompanied by a local archaeologist and heritage expert

Sep 29-Oct 8 Oct 13-22

Nov 7-16 Nov 28-Dec 7

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Some sites are only accessible through extended drives.

DAY 2

HIGHLIGHTS

A 3,000-year-old culture noted for its beauty and grace still resonates across Sri Lanka, the teardropshaped island off the tip of Southern India. Experience the former Ceylon in style, with entry to the Temple of the Tooth, a sunset stroll of Galle Fort’s ramparts and a cinnamon plantation visit, on this immersive adventure.

WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAYS 3-5

CULTURAL TRIANGLE SIGIRIYA, DAMBULLA CAVE TEMPLES AND POLONNARUWA DAYS 6-7

KANDY TEMPLE OF THE TOOTH DAY 8

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

GALLE HISTORIC TRADING POST

The best hotels in each location, including: SHANGRI-LA HOTEL, COLOMBO Contemporary luxury hotel overlooking the Indian Ocean.

DAY 9

GALLE WORLD’S FINEST CINNAMON DAY 10

DEPART COLOMBO

Clockwise from far left: Beautiful, imposing Sigiriya; watch locals overlooking Old Town in Galle; see part of the island’s spiritual history on display in the Dambulla Cave Temples.

AMANGALLA Luxurious Condé Nast Traveler Gold List property set in historic Galle. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

JETWING KANDY GALLERY Contemporary boutique luxury hotel secluded in Sri Lanka’s central hills.

Sigiriya Polonnaruwa

WATER GARDEN SIGIRIYA Boutique hotel featuring 30 minimalist-chic villas set in lush countryside, on grounds dotted by lily ponds.

Kandy SRI LANKA

Colombo

Galle

132

ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

133

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

BHUTAN AND NEPAL: HEART OF THE HIMALAYA This soaring realm of rugged peaks, lush forests and mist-shrouded monasteries keeps its wonders well hidden. Our expert guides are there to lead the way as you ascend to stunning “Tiger’s Nest” Monastery, stroll through Kathmandu’s Durbar Square and embark on game drives in Chitwan National Park.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

12 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £10,000 per person £3,460 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Venture off the beaten path to Punakha, where crimson-robed monks roam the hand-painted courtyards Make the pilgrimage hike to the revered “Tiger’s Nest” Monastery perched high in the Himalaya of Bhutan In Kathmandu’s storied Durbar Square, take a rickshaw ride, and meet with a local artisan at Boudhanath Meet a Mount Everest summiteer who recalls the challenges of scaling the world’s tallest peak A local Nepali family prepares and shares an authentic meal with you in their home Explore the lush jungles of Chitwan National Park and search for the elusive Bengal tiger and one-horned rhino

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE KATHMANDU, NEPAL

KATHMANDU HISTORIC DURBAR SQUARE

Film and folk festivals; well-trodden trails and secret scenic routes; a deep-end dive into Nepal’s gods, spirits, prayers and rituals: Kathmandu’s culture is everywhere you look. Temples, monasteries and elaborate courtyards built by Newar artisans have endured; Durbar Square and Teleju Temple give way to a bustling bazaar and the old city’s labyrinthine backstreets. Patan is known as the city of arts and architecture and famous for its fine bronze, silver and copper works and its museum exhibits intricate metalwork sculptures of Hindu and Buddhist deities.

Dwarika’s Hotel, Kathmandu (3 nights) DAY 2

BHAKTAPUR FIVE-TIERED TEMPLE Founded in the ninth century, Bhaktapur is a main city in the Kathmandu Valley and a major Newar settlement. Explore its 17th-century palace and visit Nyatapola, a striking fivetiered temple. Enter Pashupatinath, a Hindu temple built in a pagoda style. Continue to Boudhanath, where you meet a local artisan for an overview on thangka (scroll) paintings and Buddhism. Meals: B L D

Visit Swayambhunath, one of the most sacred shrines for Tibetan Buddhists. After lunch, ride by rickshaw to Kathmandu Durbar Square and Taleju Temple, see the House of the Living Goddess (Kumari), and stroll the bazaar and old city. Meals: B L D DAY 4

THIMPHU, BHUTAN AMONG TOWERING PEAKS

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: PEMAKO THIMPHU Centrally located property inspired by Himalayan architecture.

DWARIKA’S HOTEL, KATHMANDU A destination in itself, rich in the local history of Kathmandu. ▼

Fly to Paro, your gateway to Bhutan, a nation whose cultural traditions remain well preserved. Travel to Thimphu, home to decorated dzong temples, celestial institutes and the National Chorten Memorial, where residents come for daily worship, spinning prayer wheels and walking meditative loops around the outside — all setting the spiritual scene in Bhutan’s easy-to-explore, low-key capital. Meals: B L D Pemako Thimphu (3 nights)

ZHIWA LING HERITAGE A cultural gem inspired by Bhutanese architecture and art, set in the valley of Paro.

BARAHI JUNGLE LODGE Eco-friendly luxury hotel located beside a river in a biodiverse jungle wilderness in Nepal. ▼

Clockwise from far left: Tiger’s Nest Monastery awaits your visit; the Himalaya in Nepal; Punakha dzong.

Punakha Paro

Kathmandu Chitwan National Park

NEPAL

Thimphu BHUTAN

READY TO BOOK? Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

134

135

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

DAY 5

PUNAKHA CHIMI LHAKHANG MONASTERY Drive over Dochula Pass to Punakha. The low-altitude Punakha Valley is all terraced rice paddies, red chilies and aubergines drying in the sun. Two rivers, Pho and Mo Chu, converge in the valley, while tucked-away temples — such as Chimi Lhakhang monastery, surrounded by fluttering prayer flags — can only be reached on foot. Go for a short hike before continuing to Punakha Dzong. Meals: B L DAY 6

THIMPHU LOCAL HERITAGE Ascend to Buddha Point to view the soaring Buddha Dordenma statue. Visit a sanctuary for the takin (gnu) and the Bhutan Postal Museum.

Continue to Simtokha Dzong and the Central Farmer’s Market, where you can get a feel for daily life in Thimphu. Meals: B L D DAY 7

PARO MONASTERIES, RIVERS AND RELICS The single-street town of Paro is ideal for picking up soft yak-wool shawls, Bhutanese

whisky, intricate wood carvings and singing bowls, and for lighting butter lamps at shrines.

En route, stop to visit local farmers at their farmhouse and proceed to Kyichu Lhakhang, a seventh-century Himalayan Buddhist temple.

View religious thangka paintings and explore the National Museum of Bhutan. Meals: B L D Zhiwa Ling Heritage (2 nights) DAY 8

PARO ASCENT TO THE TIGER’S NEST The pinnacle of any trip to Bhutan is an early morning trek up to the Tiger’s Nest Monastery, which clings to the cliff 3,000 feet above the valley. Toast to your ascent with champagne, followed by lunch. Later, try your hand at archery, Bhutan’s national sport. Meals: B L D DAYS 9-10

CHITWAN NATIONAL PARK, NEPAL IN THE WILDS WHERE RHINOS ROAM Fly to Bharatpur, via Kathmandu, where you continue overland to your lodge in Chitwan National Park. Float down the Rapti River, taking in beautiful views of the Himalayan foothills and spotting exotic species along the way. Finish with a refreshing drink on one of the river’s banks. This evening, experience

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

the rich cultural heritage of the region through an engaging performance of traditional folk dances. Rise early the next day to track one-horned rhinos through the jungle with a naturalist, perhaps even stealing a glimpse of the elusive Bengal tiger. Journey into the heart of nature with a walking safari led by a naturalist. Alternatively, you may wish to take a short village walk, offering a unique opportunity to experience the authentic lifestyle of the indigenous communities. Meals: B L D

Mar 17-28 Apr 14-25 May 5-16

Nov 6-17 Nov 10-21 Nov 17-28

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain. This itinerary includes extended drives on unpaved roads.

Barahi Jungle Lodge (2 nights) DAY 11

KATHMANDU FLAVORS OF NEPAL Savor one last morning roving through the park’s wilderness of winding rivers, tall grasses and lush forests. Then, travel to Bharatpur for your flight to Kathmandu. Explore Patan to see Durbar Square and the former royal palace.

Then cook up local favorites at a local family’s home. Later, gather for a farewell dinner at a local restaurant. Meals: B L D DAY 12

DEPART KATHMANDU After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

Clockwise from far left: Watch for rhinos in Chitwan National Park; iconic Swayambhunath in Kathmandu; a sadhu embodies a living spiritual tradition; the river valley in Punakha.

136

Oct 13-24 Oct 20-31 Oct 26-Nov 6

137

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND: AN EPIC ADVENTURE An island continent brimming with natural wonders and fascinating cultures both ancient and modern, Australia captivates and compels. Add in New Zealand, with its geography worthy of epic fantasy and a history all its own, and you have a truly grand adventure in the rousing A&K tradition. Venture from Australia’s fabled Outback and Great Barrier Reef to New Zealand’s dazzling Milford Sound, exploring vibrant cities like Sydney and sampling the best food and wine along the way.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

17 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £20,765 per person £10,380 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Relax during a luxurious stay at Longitude 131,° a five-star tented eco-camp with unparalleled views of majestic Uluru Revel in a full-day excursion on the Great Barrier Reef, swimming and snorkeling among its dazzling beauty Privately cruise Sydney Harbour, taking in the city’s many landmarks from a fresh perspective, and then explore the iconic Sydney Opera House with a private guide Interact with a variety of species emblematic of Australia, including the adorable koala, on a privately guided, insider-access-filled visit to Wildlife Habitat Port Douglas Explore the diverse and colorful Daintree Rainforest on an interpretive walk led by a longtime local resident, immersing yourself in the forest’s cultural heritage and natural wonders

DAYS 1-2

ARRIVE MELBOURNE, AUSTRALIA Tucked into Port Phillip Bay on Australia’s southeastern coast, Melbourne is known for its lively music, art, festival and restaurant scenes. After immediate check-in, explore the heart of Melbourne, taking in the city’s rich and varied architecture. Stroll its atmospheric arcades and alleyways, home to trendy cafés and eclectic boutiques. Gather tonight for a welcome dinner. The next day, set out for the renowned Yarra Valley, stopping at wineries to delight in tastings and a lunch with matched wines. Meals: D (Day 1); B L (Day 2) Park Hyatt Melbourne (2 nights) DAYS 3-4

ULURU AN UNDENIABLE PRESENCE Fly to Uluru for a two-night stay at amazing Longitude 131° — your luxurious camp set in the wilderness of UNESCO World Heritagelisted Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park, in central Australia’s arid Outback overlooking massive Uluru. Also known as Ayers Rock, this iconic red sandstone monolith bears a deep spiritual significance for Indigenous Australians.

Witness the changing light as the sun sets on Uluru, with a chilled glass in hand. Tonight, dine

among the dunes, feasting on a four-course meal complemented with premium Australian wines. Rise early the next day to view sunrise over the majestic domes of Kata Tjuta (the Olgas). Walk with your guide through Walpa Gorge before returning to Uluru for a walk at its base, viewing cave paintings and sources of bush tucker. With the walls of Kantju Gorge ablaze with light from the setting sun, toast the inspiring moment with sparkling wine.

Meals: B D (Day 3); B L D (Day 4) Longitude 131° (2 nights) DAY 5

DAINTREE RAINFOREST INTO THE JUNGLE

Cairns

Uluru (Ayers Rock)

GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPLORING UNDERWATER GEMS Embark by boat to explore the Great Barrier Reef. Snorkel the reef on expeditions to two

INTERCONTINENTAL WELLINGTON Deluxe hotel nestled on the city’s waterfront.

SOFITEL QUEENSTOWN HOTEL & SPA Luxury accommodation located steps from scenic Lake Wakatipu.

Auckland Melbourne Wellington Hobart

READY TO BOOK? Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

Sydney

Queenstown

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

NEW ZEALAND

138

LONGITUDE 131° Award-winning, eco-friendly luxury tented camp overlooking UNESCO-listed Uluru. ▼

DAY 6

Clockwise from far left: Discover the history and mystery of Uluru, experiencing it up close with experts; view the Yarra River in Melbourne and taste wine in the Yarra Valley countryside; privately encounter koalas at Wildlife Habitat Port Douglas and then seek them out on a walk with a local in Daintree Rainforest.

AUSTRALIA

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL SYDNEY Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel with views of Sydney Opera House.

Silky Oaks Lodge (3 nights)

In Queenstown, you’re welcomed into the private home and gallery of a well-known local artist and savor a private wine tasting at a local vineyard

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND EXTENSION

PARK HYATT MELBOURNE Luxurious hotel in the bustling heart of the city.

Fly to Cairns, gateway to tropical wonders of northern Queensland. Drive up the coast to your lodge and settle into your treetop hideaway, nestled in the unspoiled Daintree Rainforest. Meals: B D

Cruise New Zealand’s Milford Sound amid soaring, glacier-carved mountain peaks that reflect in its pristine waters

Daintree Rainforest

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including:

139

PARK HYATT AUCKLAND Luxury hotel in Auckland, perfectly located on the water’s edge.

SILKY OAKS LODGE Luxury eco-lodge with 45 cabins situated at the gateway to the Daintree Rainforest. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

different locations, delighting in the colorful undersea life inhabiting each. Meals: B L D DAY 7

DAINTREE RAINFOREST PRIVATE KOALA VISIT

and then sink your toes in the sand at the surfer’s paradise of Bondi Beach. The next day is yours, free to explore this vibrant city at your own pace, and concludes with a chef-led experience worth savoring at a local restaurant.

Meals: B D (Day 8); B L (Day 9); B D (Day 10) Four Seasons Hotel Sydney (3 nights)

Travel to Wildlife Habitat Port Douglas, which you explore privately with a park ranger. Gain access to the koala and wallaby enclosures and interact with a koala, on this A&K-exclusive experience. Visit the Wildlife Care Center for rescued animals, and then journey to a private portion of the Daintree Rainforest for an interpretive forest walk. Meals: B L D DAYS 8-10

SYDNEY HARBOR CRUISE AND OPERA HOUSE EXPERIENCE Fly to Sydney. Built around one of the world’s most beautiful harbors, Sydney is one of Australia’s most cosmopolitan cities. The next morning, privately cruise Sydney Harbour, viewing the city’s highlights, such as the Harbour Bridge. Back on shore, tour the iconic Sydney Opera House with a private guide who reveals its secrets. Later, admire alluring Paddington, a neighborhood filled with Victorian and Georgian architecture,

DAY 11

WELLINGTON, NEW ZEALAND AN ECLECTIC CAPITAL Fly to Wellington, New Zealand’s trendsetting capital, where you encounter authentic “Kiwi” life. This relatively small city brims with hip galleries, fascinating museums, craft breweries and trendy cafés. Take in Wellington’s highlights and ascend by cable car to a scenic outlook point for incredible views over Wellington Harbour. Meals: B D InterContinental Wellington (2 nights)

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Pacific cultures. You may then continue to explore the museum at your own pace or roam through downtown Wellington, absorbing the city’s vibe at street level. If you wish, set out on an e-bike tour of Wellington with your fellow guests, learning about key historical figures that shaped the city’s heritage as you ride.

Meals: B

Jan 4-20 Jan 18-Feb 3 Jan 31-Feb 16 Feb 8-24 Feb 21-Mar 9

QUEENSTOWN ON THE SHORES OF LAKE WAKATIPU Fly to Queenstown, located on New Zealand’s South Island. Flanked by soaring mountains, this sophisticated enclave graces the shores of a pristine lake. It was once a Maori settlement and, later, a gold mining outpost. Today it is an adventure capital, a haven for hiking, vineyard tours and fine dining. Visit a famed bungeejump site and Arrowtown. Eat lunch before checking in to your luxurious hotel. Meals: B L

GO FURTHER TASMANIA PRE-TOUR EXTENSION Learn how MONA helped shape Tasmania into a cultural epicenter, view stunning vistas and stay at MACq 01 Hotel.

4 days from £4,995 per person

Sofitel Queenstown Hotel & Spa (3 nights)

Visit New Zealand Te Papa Tongarewa, the country’s national museum, which you tour with a private guide to peruse its many exhibits of art, natural history, and Maori and other

DAYS 14-15

QUEENSTOWN MILFORD SOUND AND WINE TASTING On your first full day here, take a scenic flight to Milford Sound (weather permitting). Cruise this majestic fjord by boat, taking in views of waterfalls and wildlife, including seals and dolphins. The next day, privately visit the home and gallery of a noted local artist to learn about their history and techniques. Stop at a local restaurant for lunch served with paired wines and visit a local winery for a private tour and tasting. Meals: B D (Day 14); B L (Day 15) DAY 16

AUCKLAND GUIDED INTERACTIVE EXPERIENCE Fly to Auckland, on New Zealand’s north island.

Set on a narrow isthmus framed by rolling hills, the city is a gleaming urban oasis on the doorstep of New Zealand’s wild frontier. Join a private guide for an interactive experience that showcases New Zealand’s iconic rugby team, the All Blacks, revealing the story behind their pulse-pounding rendition of the haka, a Maori ceremonial dance. This evening, gather for a special farewell dinner. Meals: B D

Clockwise from far left: Explore Queenstown, set on stunning Lake Wakatipu; join a private guide to explore the Sydney Opera House; fun in the surf never stops at Bondi Beach; Australia’s Great Barrier Reef is brimming with marvelous sealife.

Park Hyatt Auckland (1 night) DAY 17

DEPART AUCKLAND After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

140

Oct 10-26 Oct 24-Nov 9 Oct 31-Nov 16 Dec 5-21 Dec 12-28

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

DAY 13

DAY 12

WELLINGTON MUSEUM VISIT AND CITY BIKE TOUR

Mar 8-24 Mar 21-Apr 6 Apr 12-28 Sep 12-28 Sep 26-Oct 12

141

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

WONDERS OF NEW ZEALAND

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £11,150 per person £2,765 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Think of New Zealand and you picture magical landscapes, indigenous Maori culture and world-class food and wines. A&K shines a light on all of that and more with private and exclusive activities such as a Maori village visit and a hands-on culinary class, making for a suitably epic immersion in this South Pacific-island destination.

Gain insights into New Zealand’s iconic All Blacks rugby team during a privately guided interactive experience Privately tour charming Hobbiton, immersing yourself in the world of J.R.R. Tolkien’s Middle Earth on a visit to the beloved movie set Discover the culture and traditions of the Maori people on a private visit to their village that includes lunch at a local home Taste local wines and food specialties during visits to Waiheke Island and the Marlborough Wine Region Partake in a hands-on culinary adventure using seasonal ingredients, a personalized experience exclusively for A&K guests

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE AUCKLAND, NEW ZEALAND

ROTORUA A VISIT TO HOBBITON IN THE SHIRE

Auckland is found on New Zealand’s north island, set on a narrow isthmus framed by rolling hills. The city is a gleaming urban oasis on the doorstep of New Zealand’s wild frontier.

After immediate access to your room, preregistered by A&K, take in city highlights such as the Harbour Bridge, Eden Park, Mount Eden and Bastion Point. Later, join a private guide for an interactive experience that showcases New Zealand’s iconic rugby team, the All Blacks, revealing the story behind their pulse-pounding rendition of the haka, a Maori ceremonial dance. Meals: D Park Hyatt Auckland (2 nights)

Venture through the lush pasturelands of Waikato to rural Matamata, the iconic Middle Earth film location featured in the smash-hit movie trilogy of The Lord of the Rings. Privately tour Hobbiton, where J.R.R. Tolkien’s legendary stories came to cinematic life. Continue into the highlands to Rotorua. Set on a lake near the center of New Zealand’s vast North Island, Rotorua boasts an astonishing wealth of geothermal wonders — geysers, hot springs and mud pools. Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: PULLMAN ROTORUA Elegant centrally located hotel set mere minutes from the lakefront.

PARK HYATT AUCKLAND Contemporary luxury hotel situated on a prime stretch of waterfront. ▼

Pullman Rotorua (2 nights) DAY 4

DAY 2

AUCKLAND FOOD AND WINES OF WAIHEKE ISLAND Board a ferry to Waiheke Island for a day of private food and wine tastings. Partake of locally produced specialty foods, accompanied by wines from some of the island’s top boutique vineyards, followed by lunch at one of New Zealand’s top vineyard restaurants. Meals: B L

Cruise amid soaring, glacier carved mountain peaks on spectacular Milford Sound and privately visit a working farm to witness a sheepdog muster a flock

ROTORUA PRESERVING THE KIWI AND MAORI CULTURE Start your day with a guided geothermal walk for an up-close look at the bubbling mud pools and steaming geysers unique to this region.

Then, partake in an A&K-exclusive experience as you enjoy a private tour of the National Kiwi Hatchery, a project supported by A&K Philanthropy. Observe the inner workings of a kiwi nursery and hatchery — the largest of its kind in the world — and hear about the INTERCONTINENTAL WELLINGTON Deluxe hotel nestled on the city’s waterfront.

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

SOFITEL QUEENSTOWN HOTEL & SPA Luxury hotel located steps from scenic Lake Wakatipu in the heart of Queenstown.

SUDIMA KAIKOURA Elegant new hotel committed to state-of-theart sustainability. ▼ Clockwise from far left: Kaikoura’s natural wonders unfold before you by train; take in the geysers and other geothermal wonders of Rotorua; walk the Shire on a visit to Hobbiton.

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

Auckland Rotorua

Blenheim NEW ZEALAND

Wellington Kaikoura

Christchurch

READY TO BOOK? Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Queenstown

142

143

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

other work being done to conserve the small, flightless bird that serves as a proud symbol of this island nation. Proceed to a local Maori village, where you are traditionally welcomed to the marae (gathering place). Learn about the special occasions celebrated there and discover the site’s enduring importance to the tribe. Cap off your visit with a private lunch hosted in a local home, gaining insights into the day-to-day life of local people over a meal prepared with Maori traditional tastes and influences in mind. Enjoy the rest of your day on your own. Meals: B L DAY 5

WELLINGTON INDIGENOUS ARTIFACTS AND INSPIRING VIEWS Fly to Wellington, New Zealand’s trendsetting capital, where you encounter authentic “Kiwi” life. This relatively small city is nonetheless worldly, brimming with hip galleries, fascinating museums, craft breweries and trendy cafés.

Upon arrival, visit the Museum of New Zealand Te Papa Tongarewa to view its vast collection of cultural and indigenous treasures. Ascend by cable car to a scenic outlook for incredible views over Wellington Harbour. This evening, dine at a local restaurant. Meals: B D InterContinental Wellington (1 night)

DAY 6

BLENHEIM AND KAIKOURA MARLBOROUGH WINE COUNTRY Fly to Blenheim on New Zealand’s South Island, where you drive to the Omaka Heritage Centre for a behind-the-scenes tour. Then privately explore one of the Marlborough’s premier wineries and vineyards, tasting its fine wine.

This afternoon, board the Coastal Pacific Train for a relaxing ride to Kaikoura, a picturesque rail journey that follows the rugged coast between the mountains and the sea. Upon arrival, settle into your hotel. Meals: B L D Sudima Kaikoura (2 nights) DAY 7

KAIKOURA WHALE WATCHING AND CULINARY EXCLUSIVE Embark on an exciting whale-watching cruise, seeking out a breathtaking up-close encounter with sperm whales, the deep-diving species that was the model for Melville’s Moby Dick. You may also sight orcas, New Zealand’s tiny Hector dolphins or highspirited dusky dolphins. Kaikoura also boasts a large concentration of seabirds, including albatrosses, petrels and shearwaters. Back on land, proceed to Hapuku Kitchen for an

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

A&K exclusive culinary experience. Start with a three-course farm-to-table lunch accompanied by beer and wine. Then forage the on-site garden with your chef for fruits and herbs. Your harvest bounty is used to craft a seasonal, local dessert in a hands-on cooking demonstration. Enjoy the fruits of your labor with a cup of herbal tea. Meals: B L

Jan 20-30 Feb 10-20 Feb 24-Mar 6 Mar 10-20

Mar 17-27 Sep 15-25 Oct 13-23 Oct 27-Nov 6

Nov 10-20 Dec 8-18

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

DAY 8

QUEENSTOWN AFTER THE GOLD RUSH Drive to Christchurch for your flight to Queenstown. Flanked by soaring mountains, this sophisticated enclave graces the shores of a pristine lake. It was once a Maori settlement and later a gold mining outpost. Today, it’s a hub for adventure. Upon touchdown, drive to nearby Arrowtown, a settlement established in 1862 during the Otago gold rush, which you have time to explore on your own. Meals: B D Sofitel Queenstown Hotel & Spa (3 nights) DAY 9

QUEENSTOWN MAGNIFICENT MILFORD SOUND Board a flight to Milford Sound (weather permitting), taking in the stunning alpine views along the way. Once there, embark on a cruise of the sound’s majestic scenery. Glide on New Zealand’s southern fjords amid towering cliffs, viewing sparkling waterfalls and watching for wildlife. Return by air to Queenstown.

Meals: B L DAY 10

QUEENSTOWN LIFE IN SHEEP AND CATTLE COUNTRY Drive out to a picturesque sheep and cattle station with a rich history. Meet your hosts and watch a working sheep dog muster a flock. The rest of your day is free for relaxing or exploring on your own. Join your fellow guests tonight for a special farewell dinner. Meals: B D

Clockwise from far left: The wonders of Milford Sound are best appreciated from the water; dolphins are among the plentiful marine mammals thriving near Kaikoura; privately visit a vineyard at Blenheim; take in vibrant Queenstown.

DAY 11

DEPART QUEENSTOWN After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

144

145

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

Lisbon, Portugal

Lapland, Finland

EUROPE

146

Scandinavian meadows dozing in soft summer sunshine or glistening beneath the northern lights. Bracing Alpine peaks blanketed in snow. Coastlines that caress storied seas and oceans: the Mediterranean, the Ionian, the Aegean, the Adriatic, the Atlantic and the Baltic. Grand cities that remember the Ancient Greeks and Romans in epic landmarks and cultural nuances – but play for today in trailblazing museums, galleries, opera houses and theaters. Culinary flair that folds global ingredients into local dining scenes. True, there are bigger continents than Europe – but none, perhaps, with its diversity of attractions and landscapes.

147

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

SOUTHERN ITALY: SICILY, PUGLIA AND THE AMALFI COAST A culinary hot spot and epicenter of history and art, Italy beckons you to discover the true meaning of la dolce vita. Experience the glories of Southern Italy on a panoramic journey that reveals this Mediterraneanflavored region’s distinctive food and culture as well as the slow pace of rural life, from Sicily’s ancient ruins to the colorful cliffsides of the Amalfi Coast.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

12 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £11,535 per person £4,305 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Step back in time to explore Sicily’s incredible Greek and Roman remains, as well as the mountain-carved city of Matera Savor the flavors of Italy with a private buffalo mozzarella tasting and a visit to a Puglian olive oil producer Join the owner of Palazzo Francavilla for an A&K-exclusive guided tour of the historic Palermo estate, followed by aperitifs Drive the stunning Amalfi Coast Road and taste the fruits of Sorrento’s lemon orchards Stop in Corleone for insight into the Sicilian Mafia, an aspect of life in the region for years

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE PALERMO, ITALY

AGRIGENTO THE DARK HISTORY OF COSA NOSTRA

Arrive in Palermo, Sicily’s lively capital, and transfer to your hotel located in the city’s historic center. Sicily has a long history of stubborn independence from the political forces of mainland Italy, and today remains an autonomous region with its own distinct history and culture. Join your Resident Tour Director tonight for a welcome dinner. Meals: D Grand Hotel et Des Palmes (2 nights) DAY 2

PALERMO TREASURES OF NORMAN ARCHITECTURE Join a local guide for a walk through a ninthcentury Norman Royal Palace with its glittering, mosaic-laden chapel. Still in use today as the headquarters of Sicily’s Parliament, the palace is the oldest royal residence in all of Europe.

Then, journey to the hillside town of Monreale and enter its extravagant cathedral, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Its mosaic-lined walls are breathtaking to behold. Return to Palermo with time free to explore more of this unique port city. Later, on an A&K-exclusive experience, visit beautiful Palazzo Francavilla for a private tour and an apéritif with the owner. Meals: B

Journey across Sicily’s rugged, mountainous countryside to the southern coast. Stop in the small village of Corleone, birthplace of several Mafia bosses (including fictional characters in The Godfather). The Mafia — or, as its members call it, Cosa Nostra (literally, “our thing”) — has been part of Sicilian life for well over a century, as you learn from a local expert.

Proceeding to coastal Agrigento, discover the Temple of Concord, a superb example of classical sacred architecture. Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: ROMEO HOTEL Contemporary luxury hotel with views of the Gulf of Naples, Mount Vesuvius and Capri.

GRAND HOTEL SAN PIETRO Luxurious boutique hotel built in a finely restored early 1900s villa in Taormina, with views of the Ionian Sea and Mount Etna. ▼

Alba Palace (1 night) DAY 4

PIAZZA ARMERINA ASCEND MOUNT ETNA In the town of Piazza Armerina, visit the UNESCO-listed Villa Romana del Casale to view its breathtaking mosaics. Continue to the east coast of Sicily and up to the 6,000-foot-plus heights of smoldering Mount Etna, taking in panoramic views of the landscape and coast.

Later, arrive in Taormina, which overlooks the sparkling coast. Meals: B L D Grand Hotel San Pietro (2 nights)

ALBA PALACE Boutique hotel with 17 rooms, set in a former 19th-century palace with rustic stone walls, located in Favara.

PALAZZO VICECONTE Grand luxury boutique hotel set in historic buildings and featuring richly appointed traditional decor, in Matera.

Clockwise from far left: Along the scenic Amalfi Coast; view the mosaics at Piazza Armerina; explore the Greek theater at Taormina.

Naples

Alberobello

Amalfi

Matera Paestum

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

ITALY

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

Palermo Corleone

READY TO BOOK?

Taormina

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Agrigento ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

148

149

GRAND HOTEL ET DES PALMES Grand luxury hotel with Art Nouveau decor located in the heart of Palermo. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

DAY 5

TAORMINA MAJESTIC VANTAGE POINT Begin the day with a private, chef-led cooking class in a private villa and savor what you’ve created while overlooking the sea. Then explore the town’s iconic Greek theater with a guide. Meals: B L

one of Italy’s most beautiful towns, for a walking tour. Meet an olive oil producer for a private tasting, followed by a lunch made from local products. Later, visit Alberobello and its rows of conical trulli houses, dwellings unique to the region. Meals: B L DAY 9

PAESTUM AND NAPLES MAKING MOZZARELLA

DAYS 6-7

MATERA ANCIENT CAVE CITY In Messina, cross the strait between Sicily and the Italian mainland by ferry. Disembark in Villa San Giovanni in Calabria and drive into Basilicata and to Matera, the UNESCO-listed Città Sotterranea (Underground City), a site carved into the mountains. The next day, walk its narrow, jagged lanes with a guide, and then visit a bakery that carries on local breadmaking traditions. Meals: B D (Day 6); B (Day 7) Palazzo Viceconte (3 nights) DAY 8

ALBEROBELLO THE TRULLI HOUSES OF APULIA Journey into Puglia to nearby Locorotondo,

Depart for the sparkling Amalfi Coast area, famed for its postcard-perfect villages of pastel-painted houses perched on steep cliffs overlooking the Tyrrhenian Sea and the Gulf of Salerno. Stop en route in Paestum, an ancient Greek city known for its well-preserved temples, which you view before stopping for lunch at a nearby mozzarella-making farm.

In Naples, settle into your hotel. Tonight, eat an iconic Neapolitan specialty at a traditional pizzeria. Meals: B L D ROMEO Hotel (3 nights) DAY 10

AMALFI GLORIES OF THE COAST

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

followed by lunch. Then, drive the Amalfi Coast to take in the stunning views and continue via Amalfi to Ravello for an engaging photo stop.

Return to Naples. Meals: B L

May 7-18 May 14-25 May 28-Jun 8 Jun 11-22 Jun 25-Jul 6

DAY 11

NAPLES DIG ARCHAEOLOGY OR CAPER IN CAPRI

Jul 9-20 Jul 23-Aug 3 Sep 3-14 Sep 10-21 Sep 17-28

Sep 24-Oct 5 Oct 1-12 Oct 15-26 Oct 29-Nov 9

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

Begin your last full day of exploring Southern Italy with your choice of two activities: Join a local expert on a visit to the Naples Archaeological Museum, viewing artworks and sculptures from centuries past, or cruise with your Resident Tour Director to the Isle of Capri, roaming this sun-kissed paradise from the Villa San Michele to the Gardens of Augustus.

Tonight, celebrate your journey with a special farewell dinner. Meals: B D DAY 12

DEPART NAPLES After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

Journey to Sorrento to visit a lemon nursery and learn about this icon of the Amalfi Coast.

Take in a demonstration of Neapolitan cooking,

Clockwise from far left: Matera, site of a UNESCO-listed cave city; walk the architecturally rich streets of Palermo; pass among the Trulli houses in Alberobello; behold the timeless Greek ruins at Agrigento.

150

151

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

NEW

ITALIAN TREASURES: VENICE TO AMALFI The ancient grandeur of Rome, the artistic splendor of Florence and the romantic allure of Venice — each destination on this unforgettable Italian adventure offers a unique glimpse into the country’s rich history and culture. Experience Italy’s spiritual and artistic heart with unrivaled insider access to historic sites, exquisite food and wine, and intimate encounters with artisans devoted to timeless romantic traditions.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

12 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £14,225 per person £7,690 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Venture off the beaten path on a captivating walking tour through Venice’s hidden gardens and private palaces

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE VENICE, ITALY

BOLOGNA LEARN TO MAKE FRESH PASTA

Rising from an enclosed lagoon on the Adriatic Sea, Venice is a byword for Old World romance and charm, from intricate Italian Gothic architecture to the iconic gondolas and vaporettos passing under the bridges that delicately span its canals and waterways.

Meals: D The St. Regis Venice (2 nights)

VENICE SECRETS OF THE HIDDEN GARDENS

Walk through Florence in the footsteps of Michelangelo, viewing masterworks from his early life as well as his final resting place

Venture off the beaten path on a captivating walk through Venice’s hidden gardens and private palaces. Stroll through the lush, secluded spaces that have been a part of Venice’s history since the 1600s ­— secret enclaves of historical and social significance.

Listen as your guide shares fascinating anecdotes about how locals managed to create these green sanctuaries in a city built on water. Explore the private palace gardens not typically open to the public, many of which are part of residences still inhabited by aristocratic families. After lunch in a local restaurant, visit the Doge’s Palace and St. Mark’s Basilica. Meals: B L

Soak in the colorful sights and sweet aromas of Sorrento and the famed Amalfi Coast Experience the Vatican Museums and admire the Sistine Chapel at their best, visiting early to avoid the crowds

Hotel Savoy (3 nights) DAY 4

DAY 2

Join a pasta-making class in Bologna, the cradle of Italian culinary art

Enter the private areas of Rome’s Villa Medici for an exclusive tour topped off with a refreshing aperitivo

Drive to Bologna, the cradle of Italian cuisine, where you take part in a hands-on lesson in the crafting of fresh pasta. Feast on the fruits of your labor before continuing across the Apennine Mountains to Florence. Meals: B L D

FLORENCE MICHELANGELO’S MASTERWORKS

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: HOTEL SAVOY Grand and historic luxury hotel, nestled in the heart of Florence.

THE ST. REGIS VENICE Contemporary luxury hotel fronting the Grand Canal and affording easy access to the Piazza San Marco and the Gallerie dell’Accademia. ▼

Walk in the footsteps of Michelangelo as your guide leads you to some of his most iconic monuments across Florence. Start at the Accademia Gallery, where David, the world’s most celebrated statue, awaits. Admire this towering 17-foot figure, carved by a young Michelangelo from a single block of Carrara marble. Continue to the nearby Church of San Lorenzo and the Medici Chapels, and marvel at the Chapel of the Princes’ New Sacristy, adorned with Michelangelo’s statues Dawn, Dusk, Night and Day. Finish at the Church of Santa Croce, the final resting place of many renowned Florentines, including Michelangelo, Machiavelli and Galileo. Inside, gaze upon the stunning frescoes of Giotto and Taddeo Gaddi.

HOTEL DE LA VILLE Luxury hotel in a historic palazzo, ideally set atop the Spanish Steps in Rome.

GRAND HOTEL LA FAVORITA Luxury hotel set in lush gardens in Sorrento with Bay of Naples views. ▼

Clockwise from far left: The romance of Venice always endures; Amalfi Coast; Rome’s Colosseum.

Venice

READY TO BOOK?

ITALY Bologna Florence

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

Rome

Naples ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

152

Sorrento

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

153

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

Step outside and explore the vibrant Santa Croce neighborhood, known for its high-quality leather. Later, receive exclusive A&K access to the Opera del Duomo restoration workshop, where Michelangelo worked. Meals: B D DAY 5

FLORENCE LEGACY OF THE MEDICI CLAN Step into history and retrace the footsteps of the powerful Medici family. Begin at the Uffizi Gallery, beholding Botticelli’s Birth of Venus, Leonardo da Vinci’s Annunciation and other historic works. Enter the Vasari Corridor, a private passageway built in 1565 by Giorgio Vasari to connect the Uffizi with the Palazzo Pitti, allowing the Medici family to move freely between their palaces without being seen.

Make your way to the Boboli Gardens, a vast and beautifully landscaped park designed for the Medici family. Stroll this oasis of sculptures, fountains and breathtaking vistas, retracing the grandeur of the Medici dynasty.

Meals: B DAY 6

ORIVETO CITY OF ARCHITECTURAL DELIGHTS Walk the enchanting streets of Orvieto, taking in its remarkable architecture, and gain insights

into the city’s past, tracing its Etruscan roots to its flourishing medieval period. Visit the majestic Gothic cathedral, an architectural marvel. Step inside to view stunning frescoes reflecting centuries of artistic and religious devotion. Admire the cathedral’s facade, with its exquisite carvings and mosaics, before heading out to the idyllic countryside to delve into the region’s ancient winemaking traditions. Explore a distinguished local winery, its vineyards and historic Etruscan caves. Eat a light lunch paired with expertly selected wines, savoring the Umbrian cuisine. Meals: B L D Hotel de la Ville (3 nights) DAY 7

ROME SISTINE CHAPEL TO THE COLOSSEUM Welcome to the Eternal City of Rome, a crumbling classic of romance and relics, where every sculpted cheek comes with a story.

History is everywhere: be it the glory of the Colosseum, the tombs of ancient emperors or churches lavished with masterpieces. Rise early for entry to the Vatican Museums in the cooler, less-crowded part of the day. Behold the wonders of the Sistine Chapel and St. Peter’s Basilicia before exploring the quaint Trastevere neighborhood. Then join a local guide to view more of Rome’s classic sites, including entry to the Colosseum. This evening,

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

indulge in an A&K-exclusive private visit to the Villa Medici, topping off the experience with a refreshing aperitivo. Meals: B

May 11-22 May 25-Jun 5 Jun 22-Jul 3

DAY 8

ROME CLASSIC SITES AND SOME FREE TIME

Jun 29-Jul 10 Sep 21-Oct 2 Sep 28-Oct 9

Oct 5-16 Oct 12-23

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

Tour Rome’s historic core, including the Spanish Steps, Piazza Navona, Pantheon and Trevi Fountain. After lunch at a local restaurant, your day is free for rest or recreation. Meals: B L DAY 9

NAPLES EAT PIZZA WHERE IT ALL BEGAN Whisk by high-speed train to Campania, arriving in Naples for an authentic pizza lunch in the city where the dish was born.

Behold the wonders of the Roman past in the Archaeological Museum, including discoveries made at Pompeii and Herculaneum. Continue to Sorrento and your hotel overlooking the Gulf of Naples. Meals: B L D Grand Hotel La Favorita (3 nights) DAY 10

SORRENTO SHADOWS OF MOUNT VESUVIUS Explore Sorrento’s allure today with a guided walking tour through narrow, winding lanes, uncovering tales of ancient history and local legends. Discover panoramic viewpoints framing Mount Vesuvius and the Bay of Naples.

Immerse yourself in the lively Piazza Tasso, Sorrento’s cultural hub, and delve into art and history at the Museum Correale. Wrap up your adventure with a tasting of creamy buffalo mozzarella at a local restaurant. Meals: B DAY 11

AMALFI POSTCARD-PERFECT COASTAL DRIVE

Clockwise from far left: Venture through the wine-rich rolling countryside of Tuscany; overlooking Florence; Orvieto; Vatican City.

Take in the alluring Amalfi Coast on one of the world’s most scenic coastal drives, passing Positano and Praiano as you wend your way to charming Amalfi itself. Explore the town and take time for lunch before continuing to hilltop Ravello for some stunning views of the Mediterranean. Head back to Sorrento, where a delicious farewell dinner awaits. Meals: B D DAY 12

DEPART NAPLES After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

154

155

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

NORTHERN ITALY: CINQUE TERRE, LAKE COMO AND VENICE Northern Italy has an elegant vibe all its own, with a range of Mediterranean cultures and landscapes to take in, from Como in the spectacular Lake District to the sparkling Cinque Terre and wine-rich hills of Piedmont. Discover the magic of Italy’s northern provinces for yourself, partaking of exquisite food and wine and exploring some of the country’s most distinguished cities, including fashion capital Milan and romantic, postcard-perfect Venice.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £11,995 per person £4,610 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

ARRIVE MILAN, ITALY

Jun 13-23 Jul 11-21

DAY 2

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

Sep 19-29 Oct 3-13

Oct 10-20 Oct 17-27

COMO CHARMING VILLAGE OF BELLAGIO

HIGHLIGHTS View Da Vinci’s masterpiece The Last Supper during a two-night stay in sophisticated Milan

DAY 3

MILAN DA VINCI’S MASTERPIECE

Privately cruise beautiful Lake Como by boat, absorbing views of the charming villas and steep, wooded hills that surround you

DAY 4

Automotive splendors to rev your engine are on full display when you visit Ferrari’s Museum and storied testing track outside Modena

DAYS 5-6

Immerse yourself in the vibrant colors and rugged cliffscapes of the Cinque Terre while exploring its famed villages Savor delicious meats, cheeses and Italian classics, and visit a cheese manufacturer in Parma Visit the Venissa estate, Venice’s only vineyard, and sample the wine derived from its unique terroir

TURIN WINE TASTING IN PIEDMONT WHERE YOU’LL STAY

CINQUE TERRE BEAUTY ALONG THE COAST

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAYS 7-8

PALAZZO CORDUSIO GRAN MELIÁ Elegant luxury palace hotel situated in the heart of Milan.

PARMA AND BOLOGNA FOOD TASTING AND FERRARIS DAYS 9-10

VENICE CHARMS OF THE VENETIAN LAGOON DAY 11

DEPART VENICE

Clockwise from far left: The iconic villages of Cinque Terre; try your hand at pasta making in Bologna; visit the Duomo di Milano in Milan.

GRAND HOTEL MAJESTIC GIA BAGLIONI A 300-year-old palazzo, the Grand Hotel Majestic già Baglioni opened as a luxury hotel in 1911 and remains the most glamorous in Bologna. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

GRAND HOTEL PORTOVENERE Elegant and welcoming haven ideal for exploring Cinque Terre and the surrounding seaside.

ITALY

Como

Venice Milan Turin

SAN CLEMENTE PALACE VENICE Luxury hotel on the private island of San Clemente in Venice, just a short boat ride from Piazza San Marco.

Parma Bologna Sestri Levante

GRAND HOTEL SITEA Contemporary hotel in the heart of Risorgimento Turin embodying a legacy of luxury dating back to 1925.

Portovenere

ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

156

157

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

SWITZERLAND: THE ALPS TO THE ITALIAN LAKES

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £12,690 per person £4,840 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Switzerland’s turquoise lakes and soaring snowcapped mountains stir the soul like few places in Europe, while the charms of cities such as Zurich and Bern swap alpine beauty for Old World architecture and hearty meals. On this enriching journey that combines the beautiful Swiss Alps with Italy’s glorious Lakes District, discover the region’s people, traditions and culinary splendors backdropped by rugged natural wonders.

Traverse the country in style on the GoldenPass Express, which affords Prestige-class seating, unique glass ceilings and views of Switzerland’s beautiful mountain scenery Gain private access to Bern’s landmark Zytglogge bell tower for an intimate guided visit Indulge in famously smooth Swiss chocolate during a tasting workshop at an independent producer Discover Lake Maggiore by private boat, and savor a special farewell dinner on beautiful Isola Bella

DAY 1

ARRIVE ZURICH, SWITZERLAND A country where modern technology and time-honored traditions go hand in hand, Switzerland lives up to its postcard-worthy reputation for snow-capped alpine peaks, cozy chalets and cows grazing in grassy meadows.

Arrive in Zurich, Switzerland’s largest city and one with a well-deserved reputation for offering a high quality of life, among the best in the world. Settle into your hotel, and this evening join your fellow guests for dinner.

Meals: D Mandarin Oriental Savoy, Zurich (2 nights) DAY 2

ZURICH A TASTE OF SWITZERLAND Set out on a guided walking tour of Zurich this morning, taking in its alluring mix of modern and Old World architecture while strolling its wide, pedestrian-friendly avenues.

Zurich is known for its churches, and your walk incorporates several noteworthy ones, including the Fraumünster, with its Marc Chagall-designed stained glass windows, and the Grossmünster, supposedly founded by Charlemagne and later playing a key part in establishing the Reformation in Switzerland.

This afternoon, gather for a sweet finish with a visit to an independent chocolate producer.

Learn about the fascinating history and production of Swiss chocolate at the last manufacturer who still starts with the raw cacao beans. Meals: B DAY 3

LUCERNE GLITTERING LAKESIDE ALPINE GEM Travel to Lucerne, on the shores of its beautiful lake, and stroll the streets of this medieval jewel. The city’s most famous landmark is the Chapel Bridge, the oldest covered wooden bridge in Europe. Its interior is decorated with vivid paintings, many of which date back to the 17th century and depict events from the city’s history. You also visit Corn Market Square and the nearby Old Town Hall, built in 1602.

There is time for lunch at leisure or further exploration. Continue to Alpnachstad and board the cogwheel train for a ride on the world’s steepest railway to the top of Mt. Pilatus. Descend via cable car and alpine gondola. Continue to your hotel in Bern, named for the bears that may still be seen in Europe’s wilderness. Meals: B

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: MANDARIN ORIENTAL SAVOY, ZURICH Recently renovated grand luxury hotel, an icon on the Paradeplatz.

BELLEVUE PALACE Classic 19th-century luxury hotel nestled in the heart of Switzerland’s culturally rich capital city, Bern. ▼

Bellevue Palace (3 nights)

GRAND HOTEL ZERMATTERHOF Grand luxury hotel in the heart of Zermatt, welcoming guests to the area since 1879.

HOTEL LA PALMA Romantic lakeside hotel surrounded by Stresa’s natural beauty, featuring a gourmet restaurant and sky bar. ▼

Clockwise from far left: Italy’s splendid Lake Maggiore; Matterhorn; clock tower in Bern.

Zurich

Lucerne

Bern

SWITZERLAND Interlaken Montreux

Stresa

158

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

Zermatt

ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

READY TO BOOK?

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Malpensa

159

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

DAY 4

BERN PRIVATE CLOCKTOWER VISIT This morning, discover the charms of Switzerland’s intimate capital, strolling delightful old streets and stepping inside the Zytglogge for a private, guided visit of this legendary medieval clock tower. From the top, look out over Bern’s UNESCO-listed Old Town.

The rest of your day is free relaxing or exploring on your own. Tonight, dine at your elegant hotel. Meals: B D DAY 5

INTERLAKEN SONOROUS TONES OF THE ALPHORN In the pretty mountain village of Habkern, partake in two Swiss traditions, starting with a special class with a yodel teacher and a lesson in the history of the famous alphorn. Once, these massive horns were used by herdsmen on the mountain slopes to communicate with people in the valleys below; today, they are enjoyed as musical instruments, and your lesson includes the option to play one yourself.

After lunch, visit scenic Interlaken and embark on an exciting jet-boat trip that takes you from the port in Bönigen to the majestic Giessbach waterfalls, thundering 1,640 feet down over fourteen cascades into the lake, surrounded

by the Alps. Passing impressive scenery, this unique boating sensation, featuring some full 360° spins, is an outdoor experience in Interlaken you won’t forget. Time permitting, head to Trummelbach Falls, where torrents of water have created a series of caves and underground waterfalls that carry glacial meltwater from the Jungfrau down to the valley. Meals: B L DAY 6

ZERMATT ABOARD THE GOLDENPASS EXPRESS Journey overland to Interlaken, where you board the GoldenPass Express in Prestige class for the scenic ride to Montreux, sampling local foods en route. Proceed to Chillon Castle for a private guided tour and wine tasting. Continue by road to the mountain town of Zermatt — a popular waypoint for Alpine explorers with carfree streets ideal for a stroll among the friendly locals. Tonight, dine on traditional Swiss fondue. Meals: B L D Grand Hotel Zermatterhof (2 nights)

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 7

ZERMATT GLACIERS AND MATTERHORN VIEWS

May 27-Jun 6* Jul 15-25 Jun 10-20 Sep 2-12 Jun 24-Jul 4 Sep 9-19

Ascend to the summit of Gornergrat Mountain by cog railroad to take in vistas of the Matterhorn and more. The rest of your day is free to get to know Zermatt and bask in the glorious scenery. Meals: B

Sep 23-Oct 3* Sep 30-Oct 10*

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. The Gornergrat Railway can be experienced at high altitude. Maximum elevation is 10,240 ft. *Days 6-7 at Schweizerhof Zermatt.

DAY 8

STRESA, ITALY ON THE SHORES OF LAKE MAGGIORE A short train ride takes you out of Zermatt today. Eat lunch at a local restaurant in the spectacular Simplon Pass before arriving in northern Italy’s breathtaking Lakes District and the beautiful resort town of Stresa. Nestled on the shores of Lake Maggiore, Stresa was the setting for portions of Ernest Hemingway’s World War I novel A Farewell to Arms. Settle in to your lakeside hotel and enjoy a refreshing cocktail overlooking the glittering lake, followed by a fine dinner. Meals: B L D Hotel La Palma (3 nights) DAY 9

STRESA BOAT RIDE TO A LEGENDARY ISLAND Drive to Orta San Giulio, a charming medieval town resting upon a shimmering lake. The town occupies a promontory commanding wide views over the lake and farther shore, and its shaded streets are made for wandering. Take a boat to the nearby island of San Giulio to see its Benedictine monastery and church. Legend claims the island was once infested by serpents and monsters that terrorized local villages until patron saint Julius of Novara arrived with a great storm at his back and banished them forever.

Return to Stresa in the afternoon. Meals: B L

Clockwise from far left: Walk the historic Chapel Bridge in Lucerne; a statue and garden in lakeside Stresa; mingle with the locals in Zermatt; admire the blend of modern and old-world architecture on a street walk through Zurich.

DAY 10

STRESA LUSH, ALPINE LAKE MAGGIORE This morning, relax and enjoy the amenities at your hotel, stroll the local market in Stresa or just sit in a café and watch the world go by.

Later, board a private boat for a tour of Lake Maggiore and its islands, renowned for their impressive gardens. On beautiful Isola Bella, enjoy a special farewell dinner with your fellow guests as the sun sets over the surrounding mountains. Meals: B D DAY 11

DEPART MILAN After breakfast, take your private transfer to Malpensa Airport to board your departing flight.

Meals: B

160

161

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

12 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £12,305 per person £5,075 single supplement

NEW

THE ALPS TO THE ADRIATIC

HIGHLIGHTS

Travel from the heart of the Alps to the sparkling Adriatic on an expansive journey through Central Europe’s most dramatic landscapes. Exceptional hotels, expert guides and exclusive experiences elevate the route as it unfolds from Munich and Salzburg through Tyrol and the soaring Dolomites. Along the way, celebrated icons are balanced with quieter destinations favored by seasoned travellers, each revealing a distinct blend of culture, history and natural beauty. The journey concludes along the storied Adriatic coast in elegant Trieste.

Savor an authentic taste of Bavaria on a guided foodie walking tour in Munich, paired with a craft brewery experience in Bad Tölz Absorb the grandeur of Tyrol during a wellness-focused trek through the Alpine foothills alongside alpacas Explore Salzburg, birthplace of Mozart, and ascend to the Eagle’s Nest for sweeping views across the Bavarian Alps Ride by Jeep and hike through the soaring Dolomites, visiting the dramatic Cinque Torri rock formations Discover the secrets of prosecco during a winery visit featuring a guided tasting and lunch in the Treviso hills Hear echoes of Austro-Hungarian grandeur while strolling the historic streets of coastal Trieste

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE MUNICH, GERMANY

BAD TÖLZ FROM OLD TOWN STREETS TO ALPINE PEAKS

Munich is Bavaria’s bustling capital, set at the foot of the Alps and known for its grand traditions, open-air beer gardens and relaxed summer rhythm. A former royal city, it pairs rococo palaces and world-class museums with expansive parks and lively riverbanks, from Maximilianstrasse to the English Garden.

Met on arrival, you are transferred privately to your hotel to settle in. Meals: D The Charles Hotel (2 nights) DAY 2

MUNICH BAVARIAN HERITAGE AND CUISINE Begin the day with a guided walking tour through Munich’s historic center, exploring Marienplatz and watching the RathausGlockenspiel recount scenes of Bavarian history. Admire the twin onion domes of the Frauenkirche before delving into the city’s culinary traditions on a curated foodie walking tour. Sample regional specialties including schmalznudel, sausages, local cheeses and beers. The remainder of the afternoon is at leisure. Meals: B L

Travel to the historic spa town of Bad Tölz for a guided walk through its beautifully preserved Old Town, admiring pastel façades, the Stadtpfarrkirche church and sweeping views from Kalvarienberg over the River Isar and surrounding mountains. Continue to a nearby microbrewery for a private visit hosted by its founder, learning about his distinctive brewing techniques before tapping your own fresh beer and enjoying a tasting. Cross into Austria’s Tyrol region and arrive at your alpine hotel set amid spectacular mountain scenery. Meals: B D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: THE CHARLES HOTEL Overlooking the picturesque Old Botanical Garden in Munich, this contemporary hotel is a luxurious hideaway right in the city center.

RELAIS & CHÂTEAUX HOTEL TENNERHOF Boutique luxury hotel offering views of the town of Kitzbühel and the surrounding Alps . ▼

Relais & Châteaux Hotel Tennerhof (3 nights) DAY 4

KITZBÜHEL WALKING WITH ALPACAS This morning, enjoy a guided walk through the charming village of Kitzbühel before embarking on a hike accompanied by alpacas. This mindful experience encourages patience and calm, offering a playful yet grounding way to connect with the mountain landscape. The afternoon is free to relax or explore before SAVOIA EXCELSIOR PALACE Historic hotel mixing glamour with a modern edge, with views of the Adriatic Sea in Trieste.

GRAND HOTEL AMPEZZO Classic luxury hotel featuring contemporary decor, set amid the serrated peaks of the Dolomites in Cortina d’Ampezzo. ▼

Clockwise from far left: The awe-inspiring Dolomites; view the Frauenkirche in Munich; stroll Tartini Square in Piran.

Munich GERMANY Salzburg Bad Tölz

Berchtesgaden Kitzbühel AUSTRIA Lienz

Cortina d’Ampezzo SLOVENIA ITALY ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

162

Trieste

READY TO BOOK? Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Piran

163

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

rejoining the group for dinner overlooking the surrounding peaks. Meals: B D DAY 5

SALZBURG MOZART’S LEGACY AND AUSTRIAN SPLENDOR Journey to Salzburg for a guided walking tour highlighting the city’s musical and architectural heritage. Stroll along Getreidegasse to see Mozart’s birthplace, pause in historic coffeehouses that flourished during the Imperial era and admire the ornate interiors of St. Peter’s Abbey. Continue to Mirabell Palace and Gardens, famed for their appearance in The Sound of Music. Later, travel to Berchtesgaden and ascend to the Eagle’s Nest, a mountaintop retreat offering sweeping views across the Alps. Return to Kitzbühel for an evening at leisure. Meals: B

d’Ampezzo, set amid the dramatic limestone peaks of the Dolomites and celebrated as a storied Winter Olympic host. Meals: B L D Grand Hotel Ampezzo (3 nights) DAY 7

CORTINA D’AMPEZZO DOLOMITE TRADITIONS AND HIGHALPINE VIEWS Begin the day with a hands-on cheese-making experience at a local dairy, learning traditional techniques and sampling artisanal products.

This afternoon, set out by Jeep into the soaring Dolomites to visit the dramatic Cinque Torri, where towering rock formations rise above sweeping mountain vistas. Meals: B L

Visit the sun-kissed town of Lienz to stroll its pedestrian-friendly streets and main square.

Continue to the Roman archaeological site of Aguntum for a guided visit and lunch before crossing into Italy en route to Cortina

time on your own for relaxing or exploring.

Meals: B L

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 9

Jun 15-26 Jul 13-24

TREVISO HILLS ACROSS NORTHERN ITALY

Aug 17-28 Sep 7-18

Sep 14-25 Oct 5-16

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

Descend from the mountains into the rolling hills of the Treviso region, home of prosecco.

Visit a winery for a guided tour, enjoying a sampling of their sparkling wine production alongside lunch. Continue to Aquileia, a UNESCO World Heritage Site and former Roman trading hub, where you walk its ancient streets and admire the remarkable fourthcentury mosaic floor of the Basilica. Arrive in Trieste and check in to your hotel overlooking the Adriatic Sea. Meals: B L D Savoia Excelsior Palace (3 nights)

DAY 8

CORTINA D’AMPEZZO HIKING THE DOLOMITES

DAY 6

LIENZ TREASURES OF TYROL

[R E G I O N N A M E]

Venture into the heart of the Dolomites on a guided hike beneath the southern face of Tofana di Rozes. Take in sweeping views across some of the Dolomites’ most celebrated peaks, with insight into the region’s natural history and its role during World War I. Explore surviving military tunnels carved into the rock.

Take in mountaintop views during lunch before descending for an afternoon and evening with

DAY 10

TRIESTE WHERE EMPIRES MET THE SEA Discover Trieste’s layered history on a guided tour beginning at Piazza Unità d’Italia, framed by grand Austro-Hungarian palaces and charming streets. Explore Roman remains and pause at a historic café to experience the city’s celebrated coffee culture before visiting the Revoltella Museum. Continue to Castello di Miramare, dramatically perched along the coastline, where you explore its Habsburgera furnished interiors and gardens before returning to Trieste by boat. Meals: B L DAY 11

PIRAN, SLOVENIA JEWEL OF THE ADRIATIC Journey into Slovenia to visit Piran, a jewel of the Istrian coast. Walk its narrow streets lined with Venetian Gothic architecture and stroll Tartini Square overlooking the Adriatic Sea. Take in sweeping coastal views as you discover this historic seaside town before returning to Trieste with time free to explore the city on your own. This evening, gather for a farewell dinner. Meals: B D

Clockwise from far left: Salzburg; Castello di Miramare in Trieste; Roman ruins at Aquileia; Kitzbühel in Austria.

DAY 12

DEPART TRIESTE Transfer by private vehicle to the airport for your connecting flight home. Meals: B

164

165

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

WONDERS OF BUDAPEST, VIENNA AND PRAGUE Hungary, Austria and the Czech Republic each hold a fascination for visitors who appreciate Old World charms, especially those found along the cobblestone streets of their delightful capitals. Discover the three most radiant cities in Central Europe and experience their grand architectural, artistic and cultural heritage, exploring Baroque-era treasures with local experts who know every corner.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £8,840 per person £4,075 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Absorb the imperial grandeur of Budapest, a city that has survived the passing of empires and kept its romantic allure Privately cruise the Danube by night, taking in the dazzling beauty of Budapest illuminated and viewing impressive examples of architecture along the way Attend an intimate concert at the Mozarthaus in Vienna, a mecca for great composers, including Mozart, Beethoven, Schubert and Strauss, for more than a century In the Czech Republic’s beautiful Moravia region, taste handcrafted local wines at a family-owned winery See the glorious frescoes on the ceiling of the library of the Strahov Monastery and gain access to an area usually closed to the public, on a guided private visit exclusively for A&K guests

DAY 1

ARRIVE BUDAPEST, HUNGARY Arrive in Budapest, a city occupying both sides of the Danube River and founded in 1873, when right-bank Buda and Obuda joined left-bank Pest. Budapest’s broad avenues and turn-ofthe-century architecture have earned it the name “the Paris of Eastern Europe.” Like Paris, it is a cultural touchstone for writers, artists and musicians. Once you settle in, join your fellow guests for a welcome dinner. Meals: D Four Seasons Hotel Gresham Palace Budapest (3 nights) DAY 2

BUDAPEST MATTHIAS CHURCH AND FISHERMAN’S BASTION Venture across the Danube River to explore the Buda side of the city. Visit Matthias Church, the 13th-century coronation cathedral of Hungarian kings, and Fisherman’s Bastion, offering spectacular views of the city. Built in neo-Gothic and neo-Romanesque styles, the bastion is named for the guild of fishermen who defended this part of the city during the Middle Ages. Explore the Franz Liszt Academy of Music, founded by the great 19th-century Hungarian composer and piano virtuoso.

Afterward, partake in a chef-led cooking class in Hungarian specialties, which you then enjoy for lunch. The rest of the day is yours to enjoy on your own. Meals: B L DAY 3

BUDAPEST ACROSS THE BRIDGE IN PEST Today, discover a different side of the city in Pest. View Heroes’ Square and stop to see the Great Synagogue as well as St. Stephen’s Basilica; its south tower houses the largest bell in Hungary. Then, visit the Central Market Hall to explore the vast array of food and crafts, including cheeses, sausage and other local specialties, and enjoy time for lunch on your own. Later, visit the Parliament Building.

Your afternoon is free for relaxing or exploring.

After dinner, embark on a private cruise of the romantic Danube to watch the glittering lights of Budapest drift by. Meals: B D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: FOUR SEASONS HOTEL GRESHAM PALACE BUDAPEST Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel, offering stately grandeur and a serene retreat from the bustle, located along the shimmering Danube. ▼

DAY 4

BRATISLAVA, SLOVAKIA & VIENNA, AUSTRIA IN OLD TOWN Journey overland to Bratislava, capital of Slovakia, for a guided walk through its old town, once a jewel of the Austro-Hungarian

MANDARIN ORIENTAL, PRAGUE Historic luxury hotel appointed with contemporary elegance, ideally located near the iconic Charles Bridge.

ANANTARA PALAIS HANSEN VIENNA HOTEL Newly renovated contemporary luxury hotel in a coveted location on the Ringstrasse, with the city’s leading museums, theaters and coffeehouses within walking distance. ▼ Clockwise from far left: Prague’s skyline reveals its gothic history; Central Market in Budapest; explore Vienna’s Schönbrunn Palace.

POLAND Krakow

Prague

CZECH REPUBLIC

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

SLOVAKIA Bratislava AUSTRIA

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

Vienna

Budapest ARRIVE/DEPART LAND EXTENSION

166

READY TO BOOK?

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

HUNGARY

167

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

Empire. From its perch along the Danube River, Bratislava is an old-world city adorned with Baroque architecture and graced by welcoming locals and delicious food, including dumplings and blackcurrant wine, all its own.

After partaking of its charms, embark by highspeed catamaran for a quick cruise, skimming along the lovely Danube to Vienna, Austria.

Meals: B L Anantara Palais Hansen Vienna Hotel (3 nights) DAY 5

VIENNA AUSTRIA’S IMPERIAL GRANDEUR From snow-dusted mountains alive with music to delectable Sacher Torte that tantalizes the tastebuds, Austria fills the senses with delight. Vienna, the cultural capital of the country, is synonymous with ornate palaces and concert halls ringing with the melodies of Mozart and Strauss. Set out for a walking tour of the city led by a local guide. At the Hofburg Palace — former seat of emperors and current residence of the president of Austria — visit the Imperial Treasury to admire its glittering collection of imperial regalia. Proceed to the Gothic St. Stephen’s Cathedral with its soaring main tower presiding over the surrounding neighborhood. After lunch, visit Schönbrunn Palace, the former residence of Habsburg

monarchs. Later, attend a concert at the historic Mozarthaus Vienna, one-time home of Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart. Meals: B L D

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

down Kafka’s famous winding paths of the old Jewish Quarter. A&K helps you take in the best while you’re here. Meals: B L D

May 10-19 May 17-26 May 24-Jun 2 May 31-Jun 9 Jun 7-16 Jun 21-30

Mandarin Oriental, Prague (3 nights)

DAY 6

VIENNA VISIONS OF THE IMPERIAL CITY Get to know Vienna better, viewing the Prater and its Giant Ferris Wheel. See the Secession Building and the famous Hundertwasser House, and then visit the Belvedere Gallery, where you view many works by the brilliant and controversial symbolist artist Gustav Klimt, including The Kiss. Your afternoon is free to relax or explore on your own. Meals: B DAY 7

MORAVIA, CZECH REPUBLIC WINES OF RARE TERROIR Travel to Prague, stopping en route at the Stary Vrch winery in the Czech countryside for a tasting of its signature vintages, followed by lunch. Upon arrival in Prague, check in to your hotel and then head out for dinner at a local restaurant, and discover why this city always leaves you wanting more. No matter how much time you spend in the beautiful capital of the Czech Republic, you want one more walk through its charming public square, one more visit to its historic castle or one more stroll

DAY 8

PRAGUE PRIVATE MONASTERY LIBRARY VISIT

GO FURTHER WARSAW & KRAKOW PRE-TOUR EXTENSION Tour Warsaw’s highlights, explore Krakow with a local guide, and visit Auschwitz and the former Schindler factory.

6 days from £5,295 per person

DAY 9

PRAGUE HISTORY REMEMBERED

Clockwise from far left: Walk the streets of Bratislava with a guide; the Gardens of Schönbrunn Palace are filled with beauty; Fisherman’s Bastion and Parliament building are icons of Budapest; step inside the Strahov Monastery to view its ceiling frescoes.

DAY 10

DEPART PRAGUE After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

168

Sep 20-29 Sep 27-Oct 6 Oct 4-13 Oct 11-20 Oct 25-Nov 3

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

Begin your day with a private visit to the Baroque library halls of the Strahov Monastery to view its incredible stucco ceiling frescoes.

Stroll in the peaceful quiet, looking up at the mural devoted to the intellectual progress of mankind, and let yourself contemplate a bygone era. Then admire the religious artifacts at the Loreto Chapel, a remarkable Baroque monument that remains a place of pilgrimage.

Explore the city’s Castle District, starting with the towering Gothic St. Vitus Cathedral, which houses the tombs of Bohemian kings and Holy Roman Emperors, including that of Wenceslas I, Duke of Bohemia, legendary subject of the beloved Christmas carol “Good King Wenceslas.” Stroll the Golden Lane, the last surviving vestige of Prague Castle’s 16th-century architecture, where the castle’s original craftspeople lived and worked. Finish your firsthand appreciation of the city’s marvelous infrastructure by crossing the famous Charles Bridge, an iconic landmark of Prague completed in 1402. Your afternoon is free for exploring on your own. Meals: B

Venture forth on a walking tour of Josefov, the city’s Jewish Quarter, which remained a walled ghetto until 1848. View the birthplace of Franz Kafka (part of the Jewish Museum complex), best known for his existentialist novel The Metamorphosis. Proceed to visit the Old Jewish Cemetery, site of 12,000 graves, and the Old-New Synagogue, Europe’s oldest active synagogue, completed in 1270. After free time in the afternoon, gather for a celebratory farewell dinner. Meals: B D

Jul 5-14 Jul 19-28 Aug 2-11 Aug 16-25 Sep 6-15 Sep 13-22

169

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

SPAIN AND PORTUGAL: 10 EXTRAORDINARY CITIES Similar in many ways yet distinct in others, Spain and Portugal combine to offer travel experiences rich in history and an air of romance. Explore them both on one spectacular journey, witnessing daily life today and discovering how a range of peoples influenced the culture, cuisine and arts across the entire Iberian peninsula.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

14 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £12,305 per person £4,995 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Experience two Gehry-designed architectural masterpieces, exploring the Guggenheim Museum Bilbao and staying for two nights at the Hotel Marqués de Riscal At a palace in Seville, savor a private dinner and a superb flamenco performance, on an A&Kexclusive experience Roam the medieval streets of Córdoba’s Jewish Quarter and view the stunning interior of the city’s former Grand Mosque Taste a variety of culinary treats on a tapas adventure in Madrid, partaking in a delectable Spanish cultural tradition

DAY 1

ARRIVE LISBON, PORTUGAL Portugal is a country brimming with a seafaring history and old-world charm. Many cultures have thrived here over the centuries as evidenced by the stately palaces, medieval castles, tranquil monasteries and quaint fishing villages they left behind. Lisbon, the capital, enchants with limestone buildings, intimate alleyways and easygoing vibe. Meals: D Olissippo Lapa Palace (2 nights) DAY 2

LISBON HISTORIC CITY HIGHLIGHTS Enjoy a tour of Lisbon with an expert local guide, roaming streets that gently rise and fall over the hills on which this coastal city is built.

See the Belém Tower, an intricately carved limestone structure with Moorish-inspired architecture, and visit the UNESCO-listed Jerónimos Monastery. Meals: B DAY 3

EVORA WALLED MEDIEVAL CITY Journey to Évora, a beautifully preserved medieval city located on a sun-drenched plain

in southern Portugal, stopping en route for a wine tasting. On arrival, visit the historic town center, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, to view an ancient Roman Temple, the Gothic 13thcentury Sé Cathedral with its Romanesque architectural influences, and the striking city walls — all must-see treasures. Meals: B L D Convento do Espinheiro (1 night) DAY 4

MERIDA, SPAIN AND SEVILLE ANCIENT MERIDA AND A PRIVATE FLAMENCO PERFORMANCE Drive eastward into Spain, long a crossroads of western Europe — ruled by the Romans, swept by the Moors and reclaimed by crusaders — and a crucible of architectural and culinary innovations that still resonate. Its cities, Madrid, Barcelona, Seville, like tapas, each come with their own flavor and story. Stop in Mérida to view its Roman amphitheater, built to host gladiatorial combat. Journey into the Andalusia region to Seville, a bastion of Moorish architecture and whitewashed barrios with jasmine-scented streets. Ride a horse-drawn carriage to a palace where the owners host your private dinner, followed by a performance of flamenco dancing and singing at their historic home. Meals: B D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: MANDARIN ORIENTAL RITZ, MADRID Grand luxury hotel set in a Belle Époque palace within Madrid’s Golden Triangle of Art. OLISSIPPO LAPA PALACE (LISBON) Luxurious, tranquil 19th-century retreat.

HOTEL MARQUES DE RISCAL Spectacular luxury retreat in Elciego designed

by Frank Gehry featuring an on-site winery. ▼

Hotel Alfonso XIII (2 nights) HOTEL PALACIO DE SANTA PAULA (GRANADA) Historic luxury hotel in a renovated convent.

CONVENTO DO ESPINHEIRO Beautiful, historic luxury hotel built from a former convent in Évora.

Clockwise from far left: Behold the unique and inspiring Sagrada Família in Barcelona inside and out; sample olive oil and wine amid the rolling hills of the La Rioja region; view the Moorish-influenced design of the Mezquita in Córdoba.

READY TO BOOK?

Bilbao Elciego Porto

SPAIN

PORTUGAL

Barcelona Madrid

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

Evora Lisbon

Córdoba Seville

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND EXTENSION

170

Granada

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

171

ALMANAC BARCELONA Intimate modern luxury hotel in the heart of the city.

HOTEL ALFONSO XIII Iconic luxury hotel in Seville’s historic quarter of Santa Cruz. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

DAY 5

DAY 7

DAY 9

SEVILLE GOTHIC CATHEDRAL AND JEWISH QUARTER

CORDOBA AND MADRID JEWISH QUARTER AND MEZQUITA

MADRID TOLEDO, BASTION OF TOLERANCE

Travel to Córdoba, a city of winding, stonepaved streets and whitewashed houses, their wrought-iron patios and balconies graced with flowers. Visit this city’s historic Jewish neighborhood, and then enter the former Great Mosque, now known as the Mezquita, to view its breathtaking Moorish-influenced interior. Enjoy time to explore before boarding a highspeed AVE train to Madrid. Cap off your day with a fun tapas tour for dinner. Meals: B D

Discover Toledo, a place in medieval Europe where Muslim, Jewish and Christian communities coexisted. Visit the Sephardic Musum, Synagogue and Cathedral as well as Santo Tomé church, where you behold the El Greco masterpiece The Burial of the Count of Orgaz, one of history’s most influential works of art. Savor some time on your own to further appreciate Toledo before returning to Madrid, with the rest of the day free. Meals: B

One of Spain’s most romantic cities, Seville was home to the legendary Don Juan and Carmen, and its warm, easygoing atmosphere welcomes you. Visit the city’s gems, including the largest Gothic cathedral in the world and the Jewish Quarter, where you stroll a labyrinth of narrow streets dating to the time of Moorish rule. Your afternoon is free to relax or explore on your own. Meals: B DAY 6

Mandarin Oriental Ritz, Madrid (3 nights)

GRANADA MOORISH ARCHITECTURE OF ALHAMBRA

DAY 8

Take in the beguiling city of Granada, an Andalusian hub where Catholics, Jews, Muslims and the Romani all had a hand in creating its eclectic history and culture.

Explore Alhambra, a vast palace and UNESCO World Heritage Site that exemplifies the height of Moorish architectural flourish. Dine at a restaurant offering striking views over the site. Meals: B L D

Situated 2,100 feet above sea level, near Spain’s geographic center, Madrid is Europe’s highest capital city. With its ideal blend of the historic and the modern, wonderful cuisine and a buoyant nightlife, Madrid never disappoints.

Get to know the city alongside an expert, visiting the Royal Palace to admire its rich decor. After lunch at a local restaurant, enjoy free time to explore independently, perhaps following the sound of flamenco guitar pouring from an intimate café. Meals: B L

Hotel Palacio de Santa Paula (1 night)

MADRID ROYAL SPLENDOR

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES Apr 23-May 6 May 7-20 May 14-27 May 21-Jun 3 Jun 4-17

Sep 24-Oct 7 Oct 1-14 Oct 8-21 Oct 15-28

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

DAYS 10-11

ELCIEGO FOOD AND WINE THAT ENCHANTS

GO FURTHER PORTO PRE-TOUR EXTENSION Cruise the Douro River in a traditional rabelo boat and enjoy a full-day winery tour of the Douro Region.

4 days from £4,495 per person

Journey to La Rioja, stopping en route for a tour, followed by a chef-led gourmet lunch with wine pairings at the Vivanco Museum of Wine Culture. Proceed to Elciego and check in to the Hotel Marqués de Riscal. Settle into your luxurious room and admire the hotel’s amazing design, created by master architect Frank Gehry. The next day, Spain’s storied Rioja region comes to life as you visit an olive oil mill and sample their oils, walk through Laguardia and taste wine with tapas in one of the village cellars. Meals: B L (Day 10); B L D (Day 11) Hotel Marqués de Riscal (2 nights) DAYS 12-13

BILBAO AND BARCELONA GUGGENHEIM AND GAUDI Drive to Bilbao today, in the heart of Spain’s Basque country, where you tour galleries devoted to modern and contemporary art, including the monumental sculpture The Matter of Time, at the Frank Gehry-designed Guggenheim Museum Bilbao. After lunch, fly to Barcelona. The next day, connect with the best of the city, starting at the Barcelona Pavilion, a study in minimalism. Then explore the iconic Sagrada Família, a spectacular basilica designed by Catalan architect Antoni Gaudí. Behold the towering spires outside and take in the incomparably detailed vaulted ceiling inside. Enjoy time for lunch at leisure in the Central Market, also known as La Boqueria.

Your afternoon is on your own before tonight’s festive farewell dinner.

Meals: B L (Day 12); B D (Day 13)

Clockwise from far left: The architectural influences of the Moors endure in the Alhambra in Granada; visit the Frank Gehry-designed Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao; explore Lisbon with a local expert; visit La Boqueria in Barcelona.

Almanac Barcelona (2 nights) DAY 14

DEPART BARCELONA After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

172

Jun 11-24 Jul 9-22 Sep 3-16 Sep 10-23 Sep 17-30

173

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

SPAIN: MADRID, VALENCIA AND MALLORCA

[R E G I O N N A M E]

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £10,000 per person £5,225 single supplement

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

ARRIVE MADRID, SPAIN

May 9-18 May 30-Jun 8

DAYS 2-3

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

Jun 13-22 Sep 5-14

Sep 19-28 Oct 10-19

MADRID TREASURES OF THE SPANISH CROWN

HIGHLIGHTS

A sparkling blend of outdoor, cultural and culinary treasures is at the heart of this exploration of Spain, visiting the Castilian capital of Madrid, lively Valencia and the idyllic island of Mallorca. Discover them at their sun-splashed best, accompanied by local experts who reveal each destination’s distinctive appeal, the unique character of its people and its tantalizing gastronomy.

WHERE YOU’LL GO

Experience the flavors of Madrid firsthand on a lunchtime tapas tour and dinner at one of the city’s prestigious flamenco venues

DAY 4

Visit the Gallery of Royal Collections and take a day trip to the Royal Monastery of El Escorial, resting place of Spanish monarchs

DAY 5

On an A&K-exclusive experience, boat through a national park to partake in a paellacooking class on a traditional rice farm outside Valencia

DAY 6

Discover ancient Palma, capital of the island of Mallorca Explore Mallorca’s Mediterranean bounty during a wine and olive tasting

CUENCA AND VALENCIA HILLTOP FORTRESS TOWN VALENCIA THE CATHEDRAL AND THE QUEST WHERE YOU’LL STAY

VALENCIA THE SECRETS OF PERFECT PAELLA

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAY 7

MANDARIN ORIENTAL PUNTA NEGRA, MALLORCA Luxury coastal resort hotel amid cliff tops, gardens and the Mediterranean Sea.

MALLORCA SPARKLING MEDITERRANEAN JEWEL DAYS 8-9

MALLORCA WINE TASTING IN THE COUNTRY DAY 10

DEPART MALLORCA

Clockwise from far left: The “hanging houses” of the fortress town of Cuenca; learn what makes paella so divine; in the port of Soller on Mallorca.

MANDARIN ORIENTAL RITZ, MADRID Luxury Belle Époque palace located in the city’s famed Golden Triangle of Art. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

ONLY YOU VALENCIA Contemporary luxury hotel in the heart of Valencia near major historical attractions.

SPAIN Madrid

Cuenca Valencia Palma de Mallorca

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

174

175

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

PORTUGAL: LISBON, PORTO AND THE DOURO VALLEY Since the golden age of sail, seafaring Portugal has shipped its sweet Port wine around the world and charmed visitors with its stately palaces, medieval castles, tranquil monasteries and quaint fishing villages.

Explore this history-laden jewel in style, from bustling Lisbon to the wine-rich Douro Valley and charismatic Porto, delving into the cultural and culinary heritage of each.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £7,305 per person £2,840 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

May 19-27 Jun 16-24 Jul 21-29

ARRIVE LISBON, PORTUGAL DAYS 2-3

Join a viscountess in the old kitchens of her family estate for a wood-fired cooking class and savor the results for lunch

DAY 4

Feel the deep emotions conveyed by an authentic fado performance in Lisbon during an intimate private dinner

DAY 5

Dine at a fantastic seafood restaurant in Nazaré, one of Portugal’s most picturesque traditional fishing villages, before exploring the coastal town from a funicular Ply the scenic Douro River on a private cruise, admiring the dramatic landscape of steep hills and vineyards Savor a winery visit, picnic lunch, tour and tasting amid the postcard-worthy Douro landscape

Oct 6-14 Oct 13-21

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

LISBON SIGHTS, SOUNDS AND FLAVORS

HIGHLIGHTS

Sep 8-16 Sep 22-30 Sep 29-Oct 7

NAZARE WAVE-WATCHER’S PARADISE COIMBRA INSPIRING UNIVERSITY AND LIBRARY DAYS 6-7

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

DOURO VALLEY A VISIT WITH A VISCOUNTESS

The best hotels in each location, including: THE VINTAGE HOUSE Overlooking the Douro River in Pinhão, this boutique hotel occupies a former winery dating to the 19th century.

DAY 8

PORTO CITY VIEWS BY CABLE CAR DAY 9

DEPART PORTO Clockwise from far left: Old town Porto; view Belem Tower; ply the river in the Douro Valley past picturesque vineyards.

QUINTA DAS LAGRIMAS This charming hotel in Coimbra, which rests within an exquisite 18th-century palace, is steeped in medieval legend. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

FORTE DE GAIA Contemporary luxury hotel located in Vila Nova de Gaia amid age-old port wine cellars.

Douro

Porto

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL RITZ LISBON Landmark luxury hotel situated atop one of Lisbon’s seven hills, offering striking vistas of local historic sites.

Coimbra

Nazaré PORTUGAL

Lisbon

176

ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

177

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

CROATIA: TREASURES OF THE DALMATIAN COAST Croatia’s natural charms, from turquoise waters to forested hills, blend with medieval cities, ancient Roman ruins and hospitable people to form a uniquely enchanting destination. Discover the best of Croatia’s Dalmatian coast and the romantic island of Hvar, taking in spectacular scenery and sampling local delicacies, and experience the historic walled city of Dubrovnik, walking its limestone ramparts and privately viewing it from the sea.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

8 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £6,920 per person £3,610 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

May 9-16 May 16-23 May 23-30 Jun 6-13 Jun 13-20 Jun 20-27

ARRIVE SPLIT, CROATIA DAY 2

SPLIT DIOCLETIAN’S PALACE

HIGHLIGHTS Stroll Split’s lively daily market to experience life as locals do, and ponder history as you walk the still-imposing Roman ruins of Diocletian’s Palace

DAY 3

A wine tasting and a sampling of locally produced foods highlight a relaxing culinary experience at a family-owned winery on Hvar

HVAR STROLL DOWN HISTORIC STREETS

Jul 11-18 Aug 29-Sep 5 Sep 5-12 Sep 8-15 Sep 12-19 Sep 19-26

Sep 26-Oct 3 Oct 3-10 Oct 10-17 Oct 17-24

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

HVAR FAMILY-OWNED WINERY DAY 4

DAY 5 Ston’s famous oysters are on the menu when you stop for lunch at the charming Dalmatian fishing town Soak in the ambiance of historic Dubrovnik, walk the ramparts of its medieval walls and view the city by water on a private cruise

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

DUBROVNIK OYSTERS AND THE OLD CITY

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAY 6

HOTEL AMBASADOR Set on Split’s waterfront Riva Promenade, the Hotel Ambasador affords stunning views of the Adriatic Sea and Split’s UNESCO-protected Old Town across the water. ▼

DUBROVNIK & KONAVLE WALKING TOUR AND SILK WEAVING DAY 7

DUBROVNIK CITY WALLS AND HIDDEN GEMS DAY 8

DEPART DUBROVNIK

Clockwise from far left: The inviting Adriatic port city of Split; overlooking charming Dubrovnik; along the Dalmatian coast.

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

Zagreb

PALACE ELISABETH Palace Elisabeth overlooks incredible views of the main square and harbor, offering an authentic Mediterranean experience near the best attractions of Hvar.

ARRIVE/DEPART LAND CRUISE EXTENSION

HOTEL EXCELSIOR DUBROVNIK Overlooking both the Adriatic and Old Town, the Hotel Excelsior Dubrovnik occupies a historic villa dating back to 1913, with its guest registry boasting such names as Queen Elizabeth II and Elizabeth Taylor.

CROATIA

Split Drvenik Hvar Ston Dubrovnik

178

MONTENEGRO Porto Montenegro

179

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

NEW

POLAND: WITNESS TO HISTORY Discover the charms of Poland as few people do, taking in the country’s beautiful landscapes and Baroque architecture as well as its solemn history, and immersing yourself in the lively culture and cuisine of this often-overlooked European gem. From the music of Chopin to the mysteries of a salt mine, experience the sublime and the unexpected alongside our local experts on a revealing adventure that speaks to our common humanity.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £6,920 per person £2,305 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Privately tour Malbork Castle, one of Europe’s largest and most impressive medieval strongholds Learn the history of Poland’s Jewish people at the POLIN Museum, and see the site of the Warsaw Ghetto An insider introduces you to the culinary secrets of Warsaw on a back-streets food tour Listen to a private Chopin recital in an elegant Warsaw setting, sparkling wine in hand Reflect on one of history’s darkest chapters when you enter the former AuschwitzBirkenau concentration camp

DAY 1

ARRIVE GDANSK, POLAND Like Poland itself, the city of Gdansk is alluring on many levels, starting with the unique and detailed architecture of its buildings, many of them tall, narrow and colorful. From the authentic and satisfying dishes found on local restaurant menus to the Central European and World War II history recounted in its churches, castles and museums, Gdansk is a bastion of culture where past and present meet. Yet Gdansk is perhaps best known as the birthplace of the Solidarity movement of the 1980s and its leader, Lech Walesa, who led strikes for an independent trade union that paved the way for free elections and the eventual collapse of the Iron Curtain. Settle into your hotel and gather this evening for dinner. Meals: D. Hilton Gdansk (3 nights) DAY 2

GDANSK SPECTACULAR SIGHTS ALONG THE ROYAL ROUTE Set out to discover the highlights of this historic city, one of Poland’s most beautifully restored towns. Walk the Old Town with a local expert, following the so called “royal

route,” which features the burgher’s mansions and some impressive monuments. View the Long Street and Long Market, once home to Gdansk’s wealthy, and admire the lavishly decorated 14th-century Gothic Town Hall, where the Historical Museum of the City of Gdansk is housed. Visit the Gothic Church of St. Mary, a building that can host 25,000 people. As you stroll, stop to sample Goldwasser, a traditional root and herbal liqueur with flakes of 22 karat gold, produced exclusively in Gdansk since at least 1598.

Visit a cathedral built by the Cistercians in the Romanesque style at the end of the 12th century, perhaps hearing its splendid Rococo organ. Then visit the Museum of the Second World War, focusing on an extensive exhibit devoted to the role Gdansk played in the conflict. Meals: B L

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: HILTON GDANSK Deluxe hotel situated on the Motlawa River in the heart of Old Town, overlooking the Great Crane, a Gdansk landmark.

HOTEL BRISTOL, WARSAW Landmark contemporary luxury hotel with Art Deco design influences set on Warsaw’s Royal Route, adjacent to the Presidential Palace. ▼

DAY 3

GDANSK A CITY’S SURVIVAL IN WORLD WAR II Cruise along Gdansk’s waterways to Westerplatte, where the first shots of WWII were fired, gaining a clearer perspective of the places and events you learned about on your museum visit the day before. Your afternoon is free before you join your fellow guests for dinner at a pleasant waterside restaurant.

Meals: B D

HOTEL SASKI KRAKOW Deluxe hotel with a bespoke boutique atmosphere conveniently located steps from Krakow’s main square. ▼

Clockwise from far left: Overlooking Krakow and its surroundings; peruse the many stalls of the Hala Mirowska in Warsaw; waterways of Gdansk.

Gdansk

READY TO BOOK?

POLAND Warsaw

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

Czestochowa

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Krakow

180

ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

181

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

DAY 4

WARSAW TRACING A HISTORY OF RESISTANCE Explore Gdansk’s massive Malbork Castle, an impressive medieval stronghold and a former seat of the Order of Teutonic Knights. A walk through this red-brick Gothic structure reveals the enduring strength of its peaked towers and high-pitched roofs, faithfully restored in the wake of Allied bombing and a subsequent fire. Then journey overland to Warsaw, Poland’s historic capital, its gothic spires and historic boulevards framing a city that thrives with dynamic culture, contemporary art and highenergy entertainment. A devastated survivor of both fascist and communist regimes in the mid-20th century, Warsaw epitomizes the renaissance this now-independent nation is experiencing in the 21st. Meals: B L D Hotel Bristol, Warsaw (3 nights) DAY 5

WARSAW INTRODUCING A FLAVORFUL CULINARY HERITAGE Begin your day with a stroll through Warsaw’s Old Town center, painstakingly rebuilt from the rubble of World War II and today celebrated as a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Next, discover

the culinary secrets that Warsaw rarely reveals to outsiders as you join a local food guide for a private journey through the markets and food halls city-dwellers frequent. Peruse the most interesting stalls of the bustling Hala Mirowska farmers market to taste the different cured meats and cheeses available, the classic flavors of Poland. Learn where top local chefs source their ingredients as well as some interesting insights into Polish cuisine, from the influence of the Jewish population to the surprisingly good wine in a country known for its vodka. Then round off your tour at a magnificent 19th-century food hall with a glass of local craft beer. Tonight, revel in a special piano performance of Chopin, with a glass of sparkling wine in hand. Meals: B DAY 6

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 7

CZESTOCHOWA A FEAST FOR THE SENSES, POLISH STYLE

Jun 15-24 Jun 29-Jul 8

Aug 3-12 Aug 31-Sep 9

Sep 14-23 Sep 28-Oct 7

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

Drive to Czestochowa, where you visit the monastery of Jasna Gora, home of the Black Madonna, a painting that has drawn countless reverent visitors here over the centuries. After lunch, proceed to Krakow and settle into your hotel. Later, join a hands-on class in properly cooking pierogis, the savory dumplings for which Poland is justly renowned among foodies around the world. Then have dinner accompanied by a recital of folk music and dancing performed exclusively for your group.

Meals: B L D Hotel Saski Krakow (3 nights)

WARSAW THE SPLENDORS OF A CAPITAL Make a morning visit to POLIN Museum, a cultural institution that celebrates the thousand-year history of Polish Jews, and see the remnants of the city’s infamous Ghetto, site of the failed uprising against Nazi rule in 1944. Devote the rest of the day to relaxing or exploring this magical city as you choose.

Meals: B

DAY 8

AUSCHWITZ REMEMBRANCE OF THE HOLOCAUST Enter the Auschwitz-Birkenau concentration camp, preserved as a memorial for the 1.5 million people of 28 nationalities who perished here. Explore the remaining buildings of Auschwitz with your specialist guide, who brings to life the horrors experienced by those who were brought here. Return to your hotel with your afternoon free for rest and reflection.

Meals: B DAY 9

KRAKOW DESCEND INTO STUNNING SALT CAVERNS Explore the remarkable Wieliczka Salt Mine, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Descend into the mine to view its network of chambers and lakes, which have been carved out over the centuries, and see its sacred and secular decor. After lunch in the mine, return to the surface to walk Krakow’s magnificent Market Square. You may also enjoy a visit to St. Mary’s Church, with its marvelous 15th-century Baroque altar. Tonight, gather for a special farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

Clockwise from far left: Visit Long Market in Gdansk; view St. Mary’s Church in Krakow; learn how to make pierogis; discover history firsthand at Malbork Castle

DAY 10

DEPART KRAKOW After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

182

183

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

CLASSIC GREECE: ATHENS, CRETE AND SANTORINI The grandeur of Greece’s ancient wonders is only matched by its people’s knack for living well. Delve into the best of both these worlds as our acclaimed guides reveal iconic sites such as the Parthenon, the joy of island living, and the lively bustle of Athens — all with the Mediterranean’s renowned food and drink never far out of reach.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £9,615 per person £3,690 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

May 19-28 Jun 9-18 Jun 23-Jul 2

ARRIVE ATHENS, GREECE DAYS 2-3

Explore Greek cuisine with a private cooking experience in Athens Our acclaimed guides reveal the wonders of ancient Greece, including the Acropolis, Parthenon and Palace of Knossos A local organic cosmetics producer puts a modern twist on traditional beauty treatments

Sep 22-Oct 1 Oct 6-15 Oct 13-22

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

ATHENS TEMPLES AND COOKING

HIGHLIGHTS

Sep 1-10 Sep 8-17 Sep 15-24

DAY 4

CRETE CRUISE TO A FORMER FORTRESS DAY 5

CRETE TRACES OF THE MINOANS DAY 6

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

CRETE MEET WITH LOCAL ARTISANS

Discover what is reputed by some to be the Lost City of Atlantis amid the Minoan Bronze Age settlement of Akrotiri

DAYS 7-8

Glimpse the golden age of ancient Athens at the Temple of Poseidon

SANTORINI MYTHICAL ATLANTIS

The best hotels in each location, including: ELECTRA METROPOLIS ATHENS Landmark luxury hotel offering sunset views in the heart of the city.

DAY 9

ATHENS BREATHTAKING VIEWS DAY 10

DEPART ATHENS

Clockwise from far left: Explore and dine on the white-washed isle of Santorini; view the fortress at Spinalonga; look out over the iconic Acropolis.

ANDRONIS ARCADIA Contemporary luxury hotel with elegant suites in a tranquil setting, offering ocean views on Santorini. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

ST. NICOLAS BAY Intimate seaside hotel with views of the Gulf of Mirabello Bay and the fishing village of Agios Nikolaos.

Athens

CAPE SOUNIO Fronting the Aegean, this boutique resort is set amid an archaeological site and two private beaches.

GREECE

Santorini

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND CRUISE

184

Heraklion

Agios Nikolaos

185

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

NEW

CULTURAL LANDSCAPES OF ALBANIA AND NORTH MACEDONIA Stunning mountain vistas, inviting beaches on the turquoise Adriatic and savory Balkan cuisine make this exciting new journey across Albania and North Macedonia a can’t-miss adventure. Trace the legacy of the Ottoman Empire and find the region’s rich traditions of religious tolerance and peaceful coexistence reflected in its architecturally diverse mosques and churches and experienced in the warmth of its people.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £5,380 per person £995 single supplement

DAY 1

ARRIVE SKOPJE, NORTH MACEDONIA

splendors, passing the Isak Celebi Mosque, Yeni Mosque and the Clock Tower before continuing to Ohrid. Meals: B L Unique Resort & Spa (2 nights)

HIGHLIGHTS Explore Skopje, capital of North Macedonia, and visit the recently-opened Mother Teresa Memorial House Stay two nights on beautiful Lake Ohrid, sipping local wine and cocktails as you cruise the lake to admire the sunset Take part in a cooking class with one of Albania’s top chefs, who has cooked for luminaries including a U.S. president Discover UNESCO-listed Gjirokastra, the “City of Stones,” visiting the castle and the Ethnographic Museum, then joining a local family for lunch in their home in the nearby countryside Gain insight into the area’s Greek and Roman history as you visit the Butrint Archaeological Park, a UNESCO World Heritage Site Roam Tirana, Albania’s thriving capital, alongside a local expert, visiting Bunk’Art 1, a fascinating museum located in a former communist-era bunker

The nation of North Macedonia offers a blend of UNESCO World Heritage Sites, dynamic scenery and a vibrant culture rivaling those of any European destination, yet remains a lessfrequented corner of the continent. Its capital, Skopje, with its Dardanian and Roman-era archaeological sites, Byzantine churches and monasteries, and spectacular statues and monuments, is a history-lover’s dream. Meals: D Skopje Marriott Hotel (1 night) DAY 2

SKOPJE WINE TASTING IN ANCIENT STOBI Explore Skopje with a local expert, visiting the Old Town, Mustapha Pasha Mosque, Holy Savior Church and the Memorial House of Mother Teresa, witnessing the diversity of Macedonia’s coexistent religious heritage.

Celebrate its culinary treasures, too, as you partake in a wine tasting in the ancient town of Stobi and eat lunch in one of Macedonia’s best wineries. Tour the nearby Stobi Archaeological Site before driving to Bitola, once a thriving center of the Ottoman Empire. Walk along Shirok Sokak, a street lined with architectural

DAY 3

OHRID HISTORIC ICONS AND ENCHANTING VIEWS Explore Ohrid, a UNESCO World Heritage site, starting with the Church of Saint Sophia, renowned for its stunning frescoes. Visit the Icon Gallery, with its collection of Byzantine and post-Byzantine icons, and stop at the Church of Saint Clement and Panteleimon.

Walk the picturesque Kaneo area before cruising Lake Ohrid at sunset, viewing Ohrid’s enchanting old town with a refreshing drink in hand. Meals: B D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: SKOPJE MARRIOTT HOTEL Iconic luxury grand hotel set within walking distance of Skopje’s most celebrated attractions.

TIRANA MARRIOTT Contemporary luxury hotel fusing modern elegance with Albanian heritage in the city’s heart. ▼

DAY 4

KORCA, ALBANIA CHEF-GUIDED COOKING CLASS From smooth white-sand beaches to jagged Alpine peaks, Albania’s landscapes provide a dramatic backdrop for exploring its rich history and culture. Well-preserved remnants of the Ottoman Empire are found along with Byzantine churches, in cobblestoned towns HOTEL COLOMBO Contemporary luxury hotel in a grand building surrounded by gardens and terraces.

UNIQUE RESORT & SPA Modern hotel with many wellness amenities set near Ohrid Lake in North Macedonia.

SANTA QUARANTA PREMIUM RESORT Modern luxury hotel set on the beachfront on the Ionian Sea in Saranda.

Clockwise from far left: Take in rugged panoramas in Albania’s Llogara National Park; marvel at the Ottoman architecture in Skopje; view landscapes en route to the port city of Durres.

Skopje

ALBANIA

MACEDONIA Stobi

Tirana

Durres

Ohrid

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

Bitola Berat

Korce

Llogara National Park Saranda

READY TO BOOK? 800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

Gjirokaster

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Butrint ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

186

187

ROSE GARDEN HOTEL Elegant hotel offering a charming retreat, a short walk from Gjirokastra’s Old Bazaar. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

where visitors are welcomed with flavorful dishes and easygoing hospitality. Korca is considered the cultural heart of southeastern Albania. Explore its Old Bazaar and visit the National Medieval Art Museum. At a local restaurant, partake in a hands-on cooking class led by a chef who once cooked for a U.S. president. Share the delightful meal you created together before continuing to Gjirokastra, driving through the picturesque village of Germenji as well as pristine Vjosa River National Park. Meals: B L D Rose Garden Hotel (2 nights) DAY 5

GJIROKASTRA JOIN A LOCAL FAMILY FOR LUNCH Experience UNESCO-listed Gjirokastra, often referred to as the “City of Stones” for the local limestone and slate quarried to make its historic landmarks. Wander its cobbled streets with a local, visit the impressive Ethnographic Museum and explore Gjirokastra Castle, absorbing inspiring views from its ramparts.

Make your way to the peaceful village of Labova e Kryqit (Labova of the Cross), home to the sixth-century Church of Saint Mary.

Eat a traditional lunch at a local family home, engaging with your hosts and immersing yourself in the authentic flavors and hospitality of the village. Meals: B L

DAY 6

BUTRINT ECHOES OF ANCIENT GREECE AND ROME The UNESCO World Heritage-listed Butrint Archaeological Park is one of Albania’s most important ancient sites, inhabited since prehistoric times. Explore its well-preserved ruins, including the grand theater, ancient temples and city walls, gaining insights into the region’s Greek and Roman eras. Take some free time in Ksamil, overlooking Corfu channel, and head to Lekursi Castle, where you can sip a cocktail and take in stunning sunset views over the city. Meals: B D Santa Quaranta Premium Resort (1 night) DAY 7

LLOGARA NATIONAL PARK LIFE ON THE ALBANIAN RIVIERA Drive along the stunning Albanian Riviera, passing picturesque Porto Palermo Bay, to Llogara National Park, set thousands of feet over the Ionian Sea. Walk in Julius Caesar’s path, absorbing amazing views, while your guide brings to life the Roman Civil War, which took place here more than 20 centuries ago. Over lunch at a local restaurant, listen to an Iso-Polifonia music show, recognized

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

by UNESCO as part of the area’s Intangible Cultural Heritage. Finish at Apollonia Archaeological Park, where ancient ruins are a testament to the region’s multi-layered past.

Meals: B L

May 15-25 Jun 3-13 Jun 19-29

Hotel Colombo (2 nights)

Jul 3-13 Sep 3-13 Sep 20-30

Oct 9-19

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

DAY 8

BERAT WINERY DINNER WITH REGIONAL VINTAGES Explore Berat, a UNESCO World Heritage city nicknamed “The Town of a Thousand Windows,” a nod to the large-windowed Ottoman-style houses stacked along its hillsides. Stop at the Citadel for wonderful views of the town and visit the Onufri Iconographic Museum, renowned for its stunning religious artwork. Then discover the historic Mangalemi and Gorica quarters, visiting the King’s Mosque and the medieval center. Dinner is at a local winery, complemented by a tasting of fine regional wines. Meals: B D DAY 9

DURRES ARCHAEOLOGY AND ARCHITECTURE Visit the bustling port city of Durres, driving along Egnatia Street and entering the impressive Roman Amphitheatre. Explore the National Archaeological Museum, site of Albania’s Heritage Interpretation Center, and the Venetian Tower. Eat lunch at a seaside restaurant before proceeding to Albania’s capital, Tirana. Meals: B L Tirana Marriott (2 nights) DAY 10

TIRANA IMMERSED IN A CITY’S CULTURAL ICONS

Clockwise from far left: A view over Tirana; walking the ruins at Butrint; explore near scenic Lake Ohrid; discover the old town of Gjirokastra.

Roam through Tirana with a local guide, starting with a visit to Bunk’Art 1, a fascinating museum located in a former communist-era bunker. Stroll Skanderbeg Square in the vibrant heart of the city, taking in notable landmarks such as the National History Museum with its colorful 6,000-square-foot façade depicting hundreds of years of the history of Albania’s people, as well as the Opera and Ballet Theatre and the iconic Pyramid of Tirana. Also visit the beautiful Et’hem Bey Mosque, a symbol of the city’s cultural heritage. Tonight, gather for a farewell dinner and cocktail. Meals: B D DAY 11

DEPART TIRANA After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport to board your departing flight. Meals: B 188

189

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

TURKEY: A JOURNEY THROUGH HISTORY

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £11,380 per person £4,610 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

With one foot in Europe and the other in Asia, Turkey has stood at the crossroads of civilization since the dawn of history. No one brings this vast legacy to life quite like A&K. Step back in time as our local experts lead the way from Istanbul to Ephesus and beyond, revealing archaeological wonders and cultural insights that date from earliest antiquity to the modern day.

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE ISTANBUL, TURKEY

ISTANBUL WONDERS OF TOPKAPI PALACE

Begin in Istanbul, a storied city steeped in history, which witnessed Christianity reach a momentous turning point and served as the capital of the 600-year Ottoman Empire. Settle into your sumptuous hotel and relax as weary travellers have done here for millennia.

Join local experts who reveal the secrets of Turkey, from ancient times to the modern day, including Istanbul’s fabled Ottoman splendors

Four Seasons Hotel Istanbul at Sultanahmet (2 nights)

On a day trip to ancient Ephesus, learn firsthand about archaeological discoveries made in the former home of Saint Paul

ISTANBUL HAGIA SOPHIA AND PRIVATE BOSPHORUS CRUISE

Visit a traditional farmers market in Ephesus, get up close with a cooking demonstration in the countryside and stroll a spice market in Istanbul Float past magnificent palaces, mansions and gardens as you cruise the Bosphorus In Cappadocia, join a local family for lunch at their rustic home set amid the stunning “fairy chimneys”

DAY 2

Revel in the ornately decorated ceilings and spectacular tile work of Topkapi Palace, the one-time imperial residence of Ottoman sultans, and then view highlights of the Istanbul Archaeological Museum. Fly to Bodrum, a sun-drenched coastal haven on Turkey’s Turquoise Coast. Check in to your hotel and relax before dinner. Meals: B D The Marmara Bodrum (2 nights)

Begin a tour of the city’s highlights when you view the Basilica Cistern, its marble columns still standing since the sixth century. Continue to the timeless Hagia Sophia to marvel at the structure’s imposing façade, matched only by the grandeur of its vaulted ceilings. Then explore the ancient Hippodrome, which once hosted chariot races, and the city walls, dating to various eras of the city’s storied history.

After lunch, embark on a private cruise of the Bosphorus with a refreshing drink in hand as you gaze out over its enchanting waters.

Tonight, gather for a welcome dinner.

Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: SHANGRI-LA BOSPHORUS, ISTANBUL Enchanting contemporary luxury hotel elegantly set on the Bosphorus.

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL ISTANBUL AT SULTANAHMET Historic luxury hotel on the Condé Nast Traveler Gold List. ▼

DAY 4

BODRUM OLDEST SHIPWRECK AND EXCLUSIVE ACCESS Stop by the ancient Theater of Halicarnassus before visiting the Bodrum Underwater Archaeology Museum in the Castle of St. Peter, which houses the oldest shipwreck ever discovered. Gain A&K-exclusive private access to the research and conservation laboratories.

Next, savor a chef-led cooking demonstration at a charming restaurant founded by a local self-taught gourmet chef, who shares some of her secrets. The rest of your day is free to spend as you please. Meals: B L

SWISSOTEL BUYUK EFES Modern luxury hotel set among lush gardens in the heart of Izmir.

THE MARMARA BODRUM Chic luxury hotel perched on a hilltop overlooking Bodrum Bay.

Clockwise from far left: Explore stone-carved landscapes and an underground city in Cappadocia; cruise the timeless Bosphorus Strait in Istanbul; discover the Roman ruins at Ephesus.

READY TO BOOK?

Istanbul

Troy & Gallipoli

Izmir

TURKEY

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

Cappadocia

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com Bodrum

190

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND EXTENSION

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

191

ARGOS IN CAPPADOCIA Distinctive accommodations set within a former monastery. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

DAY 5

DAY 7

DAY 9

EUROMOS TEMPLES OF ZEUS, APOLLO AND ATHENA

CAPPADOCIA FAIRY CHIMNEYS AND FRESCOES

ISTANBUL SEAT OF A MIGHTY EMPIRE

Fly via Istanbul to Cappadocia, a region renowned for whimsical landscapes formed by volcanic eruptions and shaped by wind and rain from time out of mind. Explore the nearby volcanic stone “fairy chimneys.” Later, enjoy access to the rock-carved churches of Goreme, and visit the Dark Church, before dining at your hotel. Meals: B D

Today, fly back to Istanbul. This afternoon, visit Dolmabahçe Palace, once a seat of Ottoman power, and see the collection of Ottoman royal barges, a hidden gem of the city. Meals: B

Journey to Euromos, a site where weathered stone monuments still echo with tales of mighty Greek deities. Explore the ruined yet magnificent Temple of Zeus. Continue to Didyma to discover the Temple of Apollo, dating to at least 300 BC. Stop for lunch at a local restaurant before continuing to Izmir, where you have dinner. Meals: B L D

Argos in Cappadocia (2 nights)

Swissôtel Buyuk Efes (2 nights) DAY 8 DAY 6

EPHESUS ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCOVERY Embark on a day trip to Ephesus, a city graced with well-preserved architectural marvels, where Saint Paul once lived. Explore the renowned archaeological park and museum here as well as the weekly farmers market’s bustling product stalls, before eating lunch in a nearby village. Return to Izmir for an evening on your own. Meals: B L

CAPPADOCIA THE ANCIENT ART OF WEAVING This morning, opt for a hot air balloon excursion over Cappadocia. Afterward, visit the Goreme Weavers Association on an engaging artisan visit. Then, sit down with a local family for lunch at their home. In the afternoon, explore a fascinating, centuriesold underground city that includes chapels, kitchens, air vents and dwellings carved out of volcanic rock. Meals: B L

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES Apr 13-23 Apr 27-May 7 May 4-14 May 24-Jun 3

Oct 5-15 Oct 12-22 Oct 18-28

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 13 years. Walking over uneven terrain is required when visiting some sites.

Shangri-La Bosphorus, Istanbul (2 nights) DAY 10

ISTANBUL OTTOMAN ARCHITECTURE AND THE GRAND BAZAAR Take a public ferry along the Bosphorus to explore Suleymaniye Mosque and the Grand Bazaar, and stroll the fragrant spice market.

The day ends with a farewell dinner.

Meals: B L D

GO FURTHER TROY & GALLIPOLI PRE-TOUR EXTENSION Cross the Dardanelles to explore the ancient city of Troy and visit the Gallipoli battlefield and war memorials.

3 days from £3,295 per person

DAY 11

DEPART ISTANBUL After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

Clockwise from far left: See the vaulted ceilings of Hagia Sophia firsthand; inside the Basilica Cistern; meet the artisans at the Goreme Weavers Association; peruse the authentic crafts of Istanbul’s Grand Bazaar.

192

May 31-Jun 10 Sep 7-17 Sep 14-24 Sep 21-Oct 1

193

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

NEW

ARMENIA AND GEORGIA: CULTURES OF THE CAUCASUS Venture to the heart of the fascinating Caucasus for an immersive taste of Old World charm, exploring two former Soviet republics that share jaw-dropping scenery and thousands of years of rich cultural heritage. Sample rare wines in Georgia, behold magnificent churches in neighboring Armenia and savor this diverse region’s delicious cuisine, dished up with a delightfully unspoiled medieval vibe.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

12 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £6,920 per person £2,840 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Hear medieval Armenian spiritual chants, restored to life by a choral performance at Geghard Monastery Visit the Akhvlediani House Museum, the studio of a pioneering Georgian artist, to admire her works over drinks and attend a private piano recital Appreciate the music of the people at the Temple of Garni, where you attend a performance of folk melodies on the Armenian duduk Travel to Lake Sevan, the largest freshwater lake in Armenia and the Caucasus Discover the secrets of traditional Georgian cuisine in a hands-on culinary workshop

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE YEREVAN, ARMENIA

VAGHARSHAPAT PRIVATE RECEPTION AT SERGEI PARAJANOV’S HOUSE-MUSEUM

Armenia stands at one of history’s crossroads, midway between the Black and Caspian seas.

The first nation to officially adopt Christianity, it bridges past and present as well as east and west with a mix of stunning churches and monasteries, renowned wines and brandies, hearty cuisine, friendly people and some of Eastern Europe’s most glorious mountain scenery.

The Alexander, Yerevan (5 nights) DAY 2

YEREVAN MUSEUMS AND A MEMORIAM Get to know Yerevan, the capital of Armenia and one of the world’s oldest continuously inhabited cities. View the distinctly Armenian architecture of the tuff-stone buildings in Republic Square. Visit the Matenadaran Museum of Ancient Manuscripts and the Yerevan Cascade architectural complex, viewing the artworks in its Cafesjian Center for the Arts. Meals: B L D

Over dinner, let yourself be captivated by a private polyphonic ensemble performance

View beautiful Khor Virap, a monastery dramatically backdropped by the biblical Mount Ararat. Continue to Vagharshapat to visit the Etchmiadzin Cathedral and the Treasury Museum, home to a collection of venerated Christian relics relating to Jesus’ crucifixion and Noah’s Ark. After lunch at the Machanents Cultural Centre, visit Zvartnots Cathedral, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Continue to the house-museum of renowned filmmaker Sergei Parajanov for a private tour and reception featuring a harp performance. Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: PARAGRAPH FREEDOM SQUARE, A LUXURY COLLECTION HOTEL, TBILISI Industrial-chic luxury hotel located steps from Tbilisi’s historic Old Town.

THE ALEXANDER, YEREVAN Contemporary luxury hotel offering Armenian hospitality in the city’s history-laden heart. ▼

DAY 4

YEREVAN HANDS-ON BAKING CEREMONY Attend a special choral performance of medieval Armenian spiritual chants in the acoustic cave chamber of ancient Geghard Monastery. Then visit the pagan Garni Temple.

Built about AD 77, it is the region’s only GrecoRoman colonnaded structure. Take part in an Armenian tradition with a hands-on lavash (flatbread) baking ceremony. The dough is kneaded, rolled and baked in a wood-fired oven, then served for lunch with barbecued ROOMS KAZBEGI Timber-clad contemporary luxury retreat with a Nordic vibe surrounded by the snow-capped Caucasus Mountains. ▼

Clockwise from far left: Reach Gergeti Holy Trinity Church by 4x4; take in Yerevan’s architecture and rich history; visit the geologically impressive Azat Gorge.

Kazbegi

GEORGIA Gori

Mtskheta Kakheti Tbilisi

ARMENIA

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

Sevan Yerevan

READY TO BOOK?

Geghard

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Ararat ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

194

195

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

meats and vegetables. In Azat Gorge, behold the Symphony of Stones — natural basalt columns formed millions of years ago.

Meals: B L DAY 5

LAKE SEVAN A PLACE FOR REMEMBRANCE Visit the Armenian Genocide Memorial and Museum, situated in the hills of Tsitsernakaberd, to learn about one of the most tragic pages of Armenia’s history, and the nation’s revival. Then travel to the shores of Lake Sevan, the largest freshwater lake in Armenia and the Caucasus region, for a lakeside lunch featuring Amermian trout.

Meals: B L DAY 6

TBILISI, GEORGIA ECLECTIC ARCHITECTURE A land of rugged beauty and welcoming locals — who call it Sakartvelo — Georgia is considered the cradle of winemaking. It is a still-being-discovered destination offering travellers diverse cuisine, amazing scenery and a rich, varied history. Stop at the Haghpat Monastery in Armenia to admire its Byzantine ecclesiastical architecture before crossing into Georgia. After lunch, continue to Tbilisi,

the capital of Georgia and a vibrant melting pot of nightclubs and cafés. Marvel at the city’s Eastern Orthodox churches, ornate Art Nouveau buildings and Soviet Modernist structures. Looming over it all is Kartlis Deda, the 66-foot-tall “Mother of Georgia” statue.

Meals: B L Paragraph Freedom Square, a Luxury Collection Hotel, Tbilisi (3 nights) DAY 7

TBILISI PRIVATE RECITAL AT AN ARTIST’S HOUSE Walk the cobbled streets of Tbilisi’s atmospheric old town, visiting a 12th-century Metekhi Church and a 19th-century Jewish synagogue. Take in the old Georgian houses with their distinctive curved balconies and the Sioni Cathedral. See the oldest surviving church in Tbilisi before getting a bird’s-eye view of the city from the Narikala Fortress.

Marvel at the extraordinary gold filigree work at the Simon Janashia Museum of Georgia.

Stop at the Akhvlediani House Museum, studio of renowned Georgian female artist Elene Akhvlediani. Peruse her works over drinks and a private piano recital. You may also opt (at an additional cost) for a dip in the warm Tbilisi Sulfur Baths. Meals: B L D

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 8

KAKHETI REGION BIRTHPLACE OF WINEMAKING

Apr 19-30 May 10-21

Explore Georgia’s Kakheti region, in the Great Caucasus range, considered the birthplace of viticulture and winemaking. Stop at the ninth-century Bodbe Monastery before arriving at the fortified town of Sighnaghi. Take part in a fun cooking class and wine tasting at a local family-run winery. Stop at one more winery for a tasting before returning to Tbilisi for the evening. Meals: B L

TBILISI THE CULTURAL BASTION OF MTSKHETA Take in the UNESCO-heritage listed Mtskheta, Georgia’s cultural and religious center; visit the Jvari Church, one of the few early medieval Georgian churches still standing; and view Svetitskhoveli Cathedral, a Middle Ages masterpiece. Settle into your hotel in the sleepy valley town of Kazbegi. Meals: B L D Rooms Kazbegi (3 nights) DAY 10

KAZBEGI VISIT A MOUNTAIN CHURCH BY 4X4 Ramble by 4x4 up a steep hill to the 14thcentury Gergeti Holy Trinity Church to take in vistas of the surrounding mountains. Roll along the scenic Georgian Military Highway toward the stunning Dariali Gorge, gazing out over rugged cliffs and a rushing river. Your afternoon is free for relaxing at your hotel or exploring the surrounding area. Meals: B D DAY 11

Take in the Ananuri Architectural complex, viewing churches and towers from the 16th and 17th centuries. Indulge in a lunch of delicious Georgian dishes paired with locally made wines.

Proceed to Gori, the birthplace of Stalin, where you visit the controversial museum that traces his life. Back in Tbilisi, eat some of Georgia’s finest cuisine at a traditional restaurant, accompanied by a private polyphonic ensemble performance. Meals: B L D

Clockwise from far left: Listen to a special choral performance at Geghard Monastery; explore the wine-rich Kakheti region, tasting its food and vintages; take in views overlooking Tbilisi; visit stoic Zvartnots Cathedral.

Paragraph Freedom Square, a Luxury Collection Hotel (1 night) DAY 12

DEPART TBILISI After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

196

Oct 18-29

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Long walks are required when visiting some sites.

DAY 9

GORI/TBILISI PRIVATE POLYPHONIC PERFORMANCE

Jun 14-25 Sep 1-12

197

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

NORWAY AND DENMARK: ADVENTURES IN THE FJORDS Two countries of breathtaking natural beauty whose histories are deeply intertwined, Norway and Denmark offer warm welcomes and cool-weather adventure.

Venture to the heart of Norway’s rugged Fjordland, roaming along stunning, glacier-carved coastlines and visiting small villages alive with history. Discover two bustling Scandinavian capitals, exploring the cultural and culinary treasures of both Oslo and Copenhagen, savoring great food and learning the tradition of hygge in a Danish home.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £13,840 per person £4,995 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Savor an A&K-exclusive Viking-style lunch when you visit an authentically recreated Viking settlement after a cruise of majestic Naeroy Fjord Inspired by views of a stunning fjord, dine in a traditional lavvo (Norwegian tent) set deep in the woods Explore Oslo’s modern Munch Museum and come face-to-face with his Expressionist masterpiece The Scream Get to know picturesque Bergen, trading port of the once-powerful medieval Hanseatic League, on museum and market visits Meet a Dane in their home for conversation over afternoon tea on an A&K-exclusive experience

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE OSLO, NORWAY

OSLO INTO THE FJORDS

Oslo, the capital of Norway and its economic hub, is home to museums where Viking culture lives on and architecture that still influences design around the world. Settle into your hotel and, later, eat a welcome dinner at your hotel’s restaurant. Meals: D Amerikalinjen (2 nights) DAY 2

OSLO TREASURES OF CHRISTIANIA Experience life along the scenic Oslo fjord, starting with a guided visit to Vigeland Park, a Scandinavian cultural treasure comprising over 200 granite, bronze and wrought-iron sculptures. View the cutting-edge Oslo Opera House, learn about its unique architecture and perhaps opt for a walk on its mountain-inspired sloping roof. Then explore the Munch Museum to peruse its vast collection of artworks, texts, letters, photos and personal possessions bequeathed to the city by Norwegian artist Edvard Munch, best known for his iconic modern Expressionist work The Scream.

Later, discover the city on your own, perhaps stopping for lunch at the Sanguine Brasserie, with its views of the stunning fjord. Meals: B

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including:

Fly to Alesund, a fishing town on Norway’s rugged west coast. Upon arrival, begin your explorations of stunning Fjordland in charming Alnes on the island of Godoya, which you reach via underwater sea tunnels.

Marvel at the village’s classic boathouses and lighthouse, and note how dwellings were built close together for protection against the sometimes-fierce coastal climate. Stop into the lighthouse’s charming onsite café to savor a Norwegian vafle (waffle) or svele (pancake) with fresh-brewed coffee. Meals: B D

HOTEL ALEXANDRA Tranquil spa hotel set near UNESCO-listed Geirangerfjord.

STORFJORD HOTEL Secluded luxury boutique hotel, with beautiful fjord and mountain views. ▼

Storfjord Hotel (2 nights) DAY 4

STORFJORD NORDIC NATURE AND ART NOUVEAU Kayak a tranquil fjord accompanied by an expert instructor, stopping in bays and inlets, and watching for seabirds and other aquatic life. Alternatively, hike the mountainous terrain of the fjord with a guide who reveals the flora and fauna of the Nordic forest. Return to Alesund for lunch at a local restaurant.

Then set out on a guided, panoramic tour to view its distinctive architectural style,

AMERIKALINJEN Contemporary luxury hotel with Nordic chic decor in a historic building just steps from Oslo Central Station and the iconic Opera House.

SKOSTREDET HOTEL Peaceful, contemporary luxury hotel in Bergen featuring rooms with Nordic-inspired decor.

Clockwise from far left: Cruise the stunning Geirangerfjord; see the sculptures at Oslo’s Vigeland Park; hike in the rugged fjords.

Alesund

READY TO BOOK?

Storfjord Hellesylt Loen Gudvangen

Geiranger

Flam

Bergen NORWAY

Oslo

SWEDEN

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

198

DENMARK

Copenhagen

199

HOTEL D’ANGLETERRE Luxury grand hotel; a landmark on Copenhagen’s main square. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

born of devastation. After a fire destroyed much of the city in 1904, dwellings here were rebuilt in an Art Nouveau style with a local folkloric twist, sporting turrets, spires and medieval ornamentation, including dragons.

This evening, enter a traditional Norwegian lavvo (tent) to savor dinner made from local ingredients and served al fresco around a roaring fire. Meals: B L D DAY 5

GEIRANGERFJORD PANORAMIC FJORD CRUISE Journey along Storfjord, taking in the extraordinary scenery and traversing the winding Eagle Road, which carries you up for views over rugged coastal terrain. View Seven Sisters Falls and gaze down upon the many ships in the fjord far below. Next, board a traditional ferry for a panoramic cruise along the wondrous Geirangerfjord, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Disembark in Hellesylt and continue toward the picturesque village of Loen, where you eat lunch accompanied by stunning views at a skylift restaurant. Then settle into your waterside hotel with some free time before sampling one of Norway’s most sumptuous buffets. Meals: B L D Hotel Alexandra (1 night)

[R E G I O N N A M E]

DAY 6

DAY 7

NAEROYFJORD MEET THE VIKINGS

BERGEN HANSEATIC CITY

Rise early for a drive along a route that includes a ferry crossing of the Sognefjord and a jaunt through the Laerdal tunnel, the world’s longest road tunnel. Arrive in the tiny village of Flam, located on the shores of the Aurlandsfjord, which you experience by RIB (rigid inflatable boat), and then cruise into the spectacular Naeroyfjord to Laegdafossen — a breathtaking waterfall in the heart of this UNESCO-listed natural wonder — the perfect vantage point for views into the spectacular fjord. Along the way, enjoy tales of the region’s history shared by your personal guide. Disembark in Gudvangen and enter the historic Viking village of Njardarheimr to view reconstructed Viking-style houses built using the tools and techniques of the Viking Age. Stop at the home of the resident Viking chieftain, your host for a private meal prepared with traditional Viking methods, on an A&K-exclusive experience.

First, look on as the Viking style of combat is recreated for your enjoyment, and then savor dishes flavored with the kinds of herbs and spices the Vikings brought back to the region from their seafaring forays. Afterward, continue to Bergen, a UNESCO World Heritage City, and check in at your hotel. Meals: B L

Travel outside Bergen to visit Fantoft, a stave church dating to the 13th century. Proceed to the Hanseatic Museum and Schotstuene in Bergen, two museums where you see how the merchants from the Hanseatic League traded stock, fish and grains from the 14th through 18th centuries. Continue to the Bergen Fish Market to enjoy a sampling of traditional local products. This evening, gather for dinner at a local restaurant. Meals: B D

Skostredet Hotel (2 nights)

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES May 15-24 May 22-31 Jun 5-14

Aug 7-16 Aug 14-23 Sep 11-20

Sep 25-Oct 4

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

DAY 8

COPENHAGEN, DENMARK SEASIDE CAPITAL Fly to Copenhagen, the enchanting capital of Denmark, to discover its elegant contrast of medieval and modern architecture and examples of world-famous Danish design. Eat a typical Danish lunch at iconic Nyhavn Harbour, followed by a boating experience through the canals of the city. Settled as a small stonewalled fishing village in the 11th century, learn how Copenhagen grew into a sea-trading port city and later a center for elegant architecture throughout the Renaissance. Meals: B L Hotel d’Angleterre (2 nights) DAY 9

COPENHAGEN EXCLUSIVE DANISH FAMILY VISIT Venture outside Copenhagen to discover Frederiksborg Castle, former home of Denmark’s royal family. Discover five centuries of Danish history through its rich collection of paintings, furniture and applied art. Continue to the internationally known Louisiana Museum of Modern Art. View its 4,000-plus pieces, mainly paintings and sculptures, many juxtaposed with windows offering views onto the lovely Danish landscape. This afternoon, savor a relaxing “hygge Sunday” on a private visit with a local Dane’s family. Share afternoon tea and conversation with them on this A&K-exclusive experience. Later enjoy a farewell dinner at iconic Tivoli Gardens. Meals: B D

Clockwise from far left: Discover Fredriksborg Castle in Copenhagen; Nyhavn Harbour in Copenhagen; outside the innovatively designed Oslo Opera House; Seven Sisters Falls in Norway.

DAY 10

DEPART COPENHAGEN After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

200

201

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

FINLAND AND SWEDEN: ADVENTURES IN LAPLAND Snowy, densely forested Lapland spans the frosty climes of fairy tale-beautiful northern Finland and Sweden. Experience it in style on an exhilarating winter adventure filled with fun outdoor activities like snowmobiling, snowshoeing and ice fishing. Roam from cosmopolitan Helsinki to Stockholm, meet indigenous Sami people on an exclusive reindeer-farm visit, go dog-sledding above the Arctic Circle and search for the wondrous northern lights.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS From £13,840 per person £5,610 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Explore two great northern European capitals, starting in charming Helsinki and finishing in magnificent Stockholm Visit a Finnish family in their private forest home to learn about their life as moose hunters Life among the nomads of the Arctic comes to vivid life as you join a young Sami couple who reveal the traditions, spirituality and history of their people in the small Swedish village of Jokkmokk A hotel built over an Arctic river, glass-domed Aurora Cabins and suites set in the Finnish forest are just some of the exclusive and unusual stays featured on this journey Savor dinner served in a glistening snow castle, newly created each winter like something out of a storybook

DAY 1

ARRIVE HELSINKI, FINLAND Founded in 1550 and Finland’s capital since 1917, Helsinki is the country’s political, intellectual and cultural center, having helped nurture many achievements among its fiercely independent artists, artisans and architects.

Once you settle in, gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: D Hotel Kamp (2 nights)

wilderness that spans northern Europe. Start with a thrilling snowmobile safari that reveals stunning views of the Lappish countryside.

Stop for a light barbecue snack served up fresh from the fire before completing your rousing ride to your hotel in Levi. Settle into a specially designed aurora cabin, its glass dome allowing you to search the skies for the northern lights as you drift asleep from a reclined vantage point. Tonight, join a privately guided snowshoe trek, scanning the sparkling night sky for the ever-unpredictable aurora borealis. Meals: B D Northern Lights Village Levi (2 nights)

DAY 2

HELSINKI ROCK CHURCH AND FOOD MARKET VISIT Get to know Helsinki, starting at the renowned Temppeliaukio Church; built directly into solid rock, it is fittingly known as Rock Church. Stroll the Old Market Hall to sample daily life before stopping at a restaurant for lunch. Meals: B L DAY 3

KITTILA VENTURE ABOVE THE ARCTIC CIRCLE Fly to northern Kittila, a village set far above the Arctic Circle in the heart of Lapland — a vast, sparsely populated and pristine

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: HOTEL KAMP Traditional luxury grand hotel set in the stylish heart of Helsinki.

ARCTIC BATH (HARADS) Unique, contemporary luxury retreat built over an Arctic river in Sweden. ▼

DAY 4

LEVI MUSH LIKE A MASTER SLEDDER Begin with a visit to a husky farm and receive an introduction to sled-driving before setting out on a husky safari into the Lappish wilderness, pulled by an eager dog team.

Return to the farm to sip hot berry juice by an open fire. Proceed to a local reindeer farm to meet the family living there. Ride a reindeerdrawn sled through the forest, gliding over the sparkling snow like the frosty breeze, and then finish your day of outdoor adventure with with a brief introduction to the beloved Nordic pastime of cross-country skiing. Meals: B L D

GRAND HOTEL Luxury waterfront hotel overlooking the Royal Palace and Gamla Stan in Stockholm.

NORTHERN LIGHTS VILLAGE LEVI Unique, glass-domed cabins with overhead views of the night sky.

Clockwise from far left: Explore Lapland like the locals on a rollicking dogsled experience; get to know young members of the Sami culture in Jokkmokk; stay two nights in Helsinki and explore its charming streets.

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

Levi Jokkmokk Harads

SWEDEN

Rovaniemi Lulea

FINLAND

READY TO BOOK? Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

Stockholm

202

Helsinki

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

203

ARCTIC TREEHOUSE HOTEL Tranquil hotel designed in harmony with its natural surroundings outside Rovaniemi. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

DAY 5

DAY 6

ROVANIEMI OUTDOOR FUN WHERE SANTA LIVES

ROVANIEMI TWO EXCLUSIVE EXPERIENCES

Journey overland to Rovaniemi, nestled on the Arctic Circle and renowned as the “home of Santa Claus.” Framed by the hauntingly beautiful Arctic wilderness, this enchanted wonderland beckons you. En route, stop at a private cabin — set in the woods beside a secluded lake — to partake in one or more of the kind of activities Finns love. Try your hand at ice fishing, learning tricks from the locals about catching fish through a hole in the frozen lake. Snowshoe through the surrounding woods, immersed in the quiet beauty of the untouched wilderness. For something soothingly different, experience ice floating, donning a survival suit for a surreally relaxing float in the lake’s icy Arctic waters. Whatever you choose, you’ll build an appetite for what comes next. Reenergize with a lunch of salmon cooked over a crackling fire. Then settle into your hotel with time to relax or perhaps join your Resident Tour Director for a fun, all-ages visit to “Santa’s” house. Meals: B L D

Experience traditional life in Lapland up close when you visit Palovaara Farm, situated on 500 acres of private forest. Meet the family who lives there and learn how they provide for themselves by hunting moose. Then savor a homemade lunch prepared by your hosts, featuring fish caught from their own lake and meat from the moose they’ve hunted. Follow this A&K-exclusive experience with another as you proceed to Villa Vinkkeli, the studio of renowned photographer Kaisa Sirén, to view her works and hear her share her passion for the Arctic, on this rare insider-access opportunity. Dine tonight at the magical Snowland’s igloo restaurant, an ice structure freshly rebuilt every year. Afterward, hunt for the aurora borealis with a professional photographer who helps prepare you to capture the best-possible shot of the everelusive phenomenon. Meals: B L D

Arctic TreeHouse Hotel (2 nights)

DAY 7

HARADS, SWEDEN STORYBOOK GAMMELSTAD Cross a far-north frontier into Swedish Lapland to explore Gammelstad, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Walk its labyrinth of

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

narrow streets among hundreds of charming 400-year-old cottages to the impressive Gammelstad Church. Continue to Arctic Bath, your lodge with rooms suspended over a frozen wilderness river. It’s a memorable start to your explorations of Sweden, a country graced with boundless outdoor wonders that complement some of the most cosmopolitan cities in Europe. Meals: B L D

Jan 14-24 Jan 28-Feb 7 Feb 21-Mar 3

Mar 24-Apr 3

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 4 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Active elements include walking over uneven terrain, snow and ice.

Arctic Bath (2 nights) DAY 8

JOKKMOKK DISCOVERING THE SAMI CULTURE Journey to Jokkmokk, a village central to Sweden’s Sami people and culture that houses an office of the Sami Parliament. Meet a young Sami couple who introduce you to the modern realities of life for this traditionally nomadic people, whose main activity is reindeer herding. Gather around the fire with them to listen to joik, the ancient Sami practice of storytelling through music. Learn about the Sami language and cuisine and then meet the couple’s reindeer, with the opportunity to hand-feed them. Return to Arctic Bath with time to relax or try the saunas. Meals: B L D DAY 9

STOCKHOLM ELEGANT SCANDINAVIAN CAPITAL Fly from nearby Lulea to Stockholm, the capital and commercial hub of Sweden. Stockholm has been called the “Venice of the North,” owing to the maze of channels and inlets that dissect this city. Situated on the Baltic Sea, it is one of the most important ports in Scandinavia. Upon arrival, set off on a guided stroll through Gamla Stan — a historic section of the city — strolling the cobblestone streets past shops, museums and galleries as well as the Royal Palace. Meals: B

Clockwise from far left: Discover the vital role reindeer still play in the Sami culture; search for the northern lights in snowy Lapland; try cross-country skiing in Lapland; stroll the streets of lively Stockholm, Europe’s “Venice of the North.”

Grand Hôtel (2 nights) DAY 10

STOCKHOLM HOME OF THE NOBEL PRIZE Discover Stockholm at its most authentic alongside a local expert. Visit the Vasa Museum and City Hall, where the annual Nobel Prize ceremony takes place. Then bask in some free time, taking in this chic city’s many charms. Later, gather for a special farewell dinner. Meals: B D DAY 11

DEPART STOCKHOLM After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

204

Feb 27-Mar 9 Mar 7-17 Mar 12-22

205

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

THE TIMELESS TOWNS OF THE BALTICS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £7,380 per person £1,995 single supplement

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAYS 1-2

May 15-25 May 29-Jun 8 Jun 12-22

ARRIVE VILNIUS, LITHUANIA DAYS 3-4

Discover the historic charm of Vilnius’ Old Town and visit the striking Trakai Island Castle

Sep 18-28 Oct 2-12

DAY 5

KULDIGA AND JURMALA STORYBOOK STREETS

Experience an intimate farm-to-table lunch at Zipari Farm, with live kokle music and traditional Latvian dishes

DAY 6

Enjoy exclusive access to the Iljinai Family House, a hidden gem of interwar modernist architecture

DAY 7

Tour Estonia’s National Museum with a curator, followed by a private discussion over lunch

Jul 3-13 Jul 31-Aug 10 Aug 28-Sep 7

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

KAUNAS & LIEPAJA, LATVIA MODERNISM AND MARITIME TALES

HIGHLIGHTS

Unravel the stories of Lithuania, Latvia and Estonia, where medieval trade built some of Europe’s wealthiest cities, Soviet rule left its mark and vibrant national pride now shapes the future. Stroll through centuriesold castles, explore grand cathedrals and experience the artistry of modern creative districts. From tasting traditional countryside cuisine to stepping inside exclusive cultural landmarks, this journey blends past and present in the heart of the Baltics.

WHERE YOU’LL GO

RIGA PRIVATE CRUISE, SUNSET VIEWS WHERE YOU’LL STAY

CESIS AND TARTU, ESTONIA ECHOES OF THE PAST

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAYS 8-9

GRAND HOTEL VILNIUS Iconic Grand Hotel Vilnius features classic luxury in a convenient Old Town setting.

TARTU AND TALLINN ARTISTIC CITIES DAY 10

TALLINN HALLMARKS OF RENEWAL DAY 11

DEPART TALLINN

Clockwise from far left: Explore the Old Town in Riga; view the church in Liepaja; overlooking picturesque Kuldiga.

HOTEL TELEGRAAF Housed in a beautifully restored 19th-century telegraph building in Tallinn, the hotel offers elegant rooms and suites with refined décor and contemporary amenities. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

GRAND HOTEL KEMPINSKI RIGA The Grand Hotel Kempinski Riga enjoys a prime location across from Latvia’s National Opera.

Tallinn ESTONIA

HOTEL LYDIA Tucked along a shop-lined street in Tartu, Hotel Lydia offers a prime location and an authentic sense of place.

Tartu

Liepaja

Riga

LATVIA

PROMENADE HOTEL Set in a renovated warehouse in the port city of Liepaja, artsy, canal-side Promenade Hotel resides on Latvia’s west coast.

LITHUANIA

Vilnius ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

206

207

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

ICELAND: REYKJAVIK AND THE GOLDEN CIRCLE From the long days of summer to winter’s bewitching, frozen fairytale, Iceland is an enchanting year-round destination. Explore its rugged valleys, thermal springs, and volcanic and glacial wonders, and in winter months, keep watch for the dancing northern lights.

Finish this lively journey amid the island’s natural wonders with a special bread-baking experience and time in Reykjavik, the world’s most northerly capital.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

7 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £9,995 per person £3,840 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

May 27-Jun 2 Jun 23-29 Jun 30-Jul 6 Jul 20-26 Aug 4-10

ARRIVE REYKJAVIK, ICELAND DAY 2

HUSAFELL THERMAL POOLS

HIGHLIGHTS Feel the heat of Vulcan at Reykjavik’s unique Lava Show Experience the thrill of descending into Europe’s second-largest glacier Soak in the therapeutic waters of Hvammsvik’s thermal sea baths

Aug 10-16 Sep 1-7 Sep 16-22 Oct 21-27 Nov 18-24

Dec 9-15 Jan 13-19, ‘28 Feb 17-23, ‘28 Mar 23-29, ‘28

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Walking over uneven terrain is required when visiting some sites.

DAY 3

HUSAFELL FIRE AND ICE DAY 4

THINGVELLIR GEYSERS AND WATERFALLS DAY 5

Explore the magnificent lava tube of Vidgelmir, Iceland’s largest volcanic cave

SOUTHERN ICELAND STUNNING COASTAL DRIVE

Discover the art of baking bread using geothermal heat during a memorable tasting

DAY 6

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: ICELAND PARLIAMENT HOTEL The Iceland Parliament Hotel offers a central location for those wishing to explore the capital, Reykjavik.

REYKJAVIK NORDIC CAPITAL DAY 7

DEPART REYKJAVIK

Clockwise from far left: The road winding through Thingvellir National Park; the incomparably designed Hallgrimskirkja Church; absorb the spectacular landscapes of Gullfoss.

HOTEL HUSAFELL Fronting western Iceland’s central highlands, Hotel Husafell puts the region’s glaciers and volcanic landscapes within easy reach. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

ICELAND

TORFHUS RETREAT Set in the heart of the Golden Circle, Torfhus Retreat blends authentic Icelandic style and relaxed eco-luxury inspired by the architecture of a nearby Viking farm.

Husafell

Torfhus

Reykjavik

ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

208

209

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

IRELAND: LEGENDS OF THE EMERALD ISLE

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £9,995 per person £4,075 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

With its medieval castles, Celtic ruins, verdant fields and sparkling seas, Ireland beckons in a beguiling lilt worthy of a poem by William Butler Yeats. Revel in the legendary hospitality and warmth of the Irish people on a comprehensive journey across the Emerald Isle, taking in world-famous scenic backdrops, basking in traditional songs and stories and overnighting in historic accommodations, all while celebrating a culture cherished on both sides of the Atlantic.

Bask in a two-night stay at Carton House, one of Ireland’s oldest and grandest estates, and the ancestral seat of the Earls of Kildare A country pub in County Kilkenny provides the ideal setting for an introduction to beloved Irish culture, including a hands-on hurling lesson Immerse yourself in authentic rural life on a farm visit, conversing with a local family over a farmhouse lunch Venture around the Ring of Kerry, taking in its stunning landscapes and discovering this lively region’s traditional crafts Taste oysters and gaze out from atop the soaring Cliffs of Moher as you follow the scenic coast of County Clare

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE DUBLIN, IRELAND

KILKENNY COUNTRYSIDE TRADITIONS

Fronting the River Liffey on Ireland’s eastern coast, the cosmopolitan capital of Dublin complements its wealth of history with an unabashed wit and verve that define its irresistible personality. Stately public buildings, grand scholarly enclaves, cobbled boulevards and spacious squares teem with a diversity that proudly heralds Dublin’s status as a bustling global sophisticate. Tonight, gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: D The Fitzwilliam Hotel Dublin (2 nights) DAY 2

DUBLIN IRELAND’S GREATEST AUTHORS Immerse yourself in Dublin’s literary heritage, viewing Oscar Wilde’s Statue and visiting the Museum of Literature, where you learn the stories of great Irish writers, including James Joyce. Continue to the Marsh’s Library, which has remained unchanged for three centuries, its original oak shelves housing more than 25,000 books. Then walk by the childhood home of Oscar Wilde, the modern-day location of American College Dublin. Tour nearby St. Patrick’s Cathedral with an expert guide before enjoying some free time. Meals: B

Travel south to the heart of County Kilkenny, a living, breathing time capsule of rolling green pastures, winding rivers, medieval towns, Norman castles and meandering back roads flanked by mossy stone walls. Visit a familyowned country pub, meet the owner and his family, and receive a hands-on introduction to the national Irish sport of hurling. Listen to a seannachi (traditional storyteller) spin tales and play music, eat a hearty lunch and learn how to pull a pint of Guinness for a full-on classic Irish pub experience. Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: GLENLO ABBEY HOTEL & ESTATE Boutique luxury hotel set on a sprawling estate fronting the River Corrib, just outside Galway.

CASTLEMARTYR RESORT Five-star hotel set in an 18th-century manor house on immaculate grounds. ▼

Castlemartyr Resort (2 nights) DAY 4

CASTLEMARTYR WATER OF LIFE Visit the Cobh Heritage Centre, followed by a tour and tasting at Jameson’s Old Midleton Distillery. Your afternoon is free before you gather for a gourmet dinner at Ballymaloe House, one of Ireland’s culinary treasures, that features a delectable chef-led experience.

Meals: B D

SHEEN FALLS LODGE Luxurious hotel outside Kenmare, overlooking a river and waterfalls.

THE FITZWILLIAM HOTEL DUBLIN Recently refurbished contemporary luxury hotel with boutique design flair located steps from Dublin’s most iconic attractions.

Clockwise from far left: Take in views along the stunning Cliffs of Moher; explore Dublin, the city of writers and poets, including four Nobel Laureates; the Ring of Kerry is a scenic drive not to be missed.

IRELAND County Kildare

Galway

Dublin

Cliffs of Moher Adare

READY TO BOOK? Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

Kilkenny

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com Kenmare

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Castlemartyr ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

210

211

CARTON HOUSE Contemporary luxury hotel, originally a Palladian mansion, situated on 1,100 acres of sweeping Kildare parkland. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

DAY 5

DAY 7

DAY 9

WEST CORK SCENIC SHORELINES, LIVELY STORIES

ADARE LUNCH WITH A FARM FAMILY

COUNTY KILDARE HISTORIC MONASTERY VISIT

Drive Ireland’s wild southern shore through rugged West Cork to meet a sixth-generation Irish storyteller. Join this colorful raconteur for a ferry ride to Whiddy Island and listen as he leads you on a personally narrated tour of the island and its history, and then stop at a pub for lunch and a pint. Ferry back to the mainland and proceed to your hotel in Kenmare.

Meals: B L D

Make a personal connection to Ireland when you visit a traditional family farm. Hear about rural life here from family members, and then join them for a homecooked farm lunch, on this A&K-exclusive experience. Afterward, in the heart of County Limerick, stop in Adare, often voted Ireland’s most beautiful village for its charming thatched-roof cottages and quintessentially Irish atmosphere. Then proceed to your historic countryside hotel outside Galway. Meals: B L D

Visit the Clonmacnoise Monastic Site to walk the ruins of a spectacular monastery on the banks of the River Shannon, its tall Celtic crosses and stone towers an austere testament to medieval religious life. Follow the Shannon to Athlone, a picturesque town of brightly-painted houses and ancient pubs, where you stop for lunch. Continue to majestic Carton House in County Kildare. Meals: B L

Sheen Falls Lodge (2 nights) DAY 6

KENMARE AROUND THE RING OF KERRY Cross through postcard-perfect Killarney National Park and ride in a traditional jaunting car for a closer look at the park’s natural beauty. Pause to peruse local handicrafts in the Gap of Dunloe, a lovely valley formed by glaciers. Then set out on the famed Ring of Kerry for a breathtaking coastal drive, where every turn in the road reveals new and evermore-stunning vistas. Set atop cliffs that overlook the Atlantic, the ring circuits the Iveragh Peninsula from Killarney to Dingle Bay and beyond. Meals: B

Glenlo Abbey Hotel & Estate (2 nights) DAY 8

GALWAY THE IRISH SHEEP DOG IN ACTION Head out this morning for an unforgettable drive along the Cliffs of Moher, gazing out across the verdant cliff tops, down sheer rock walls and out to the glittering Atlantic.

Stop at a local farm for an expert herding demonstration by resident sheep dogs. Later, sample oysters freshly caught from Galway Bay for a taste — literally and figuratively — of daily life along western Ireland’s rocky shores.

Meals: B L

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES May 7-17 May 14-24 May 21-31 Jun 18-28 Jun 25-Jul 5 Jul 9-19

Aug 6-16 Aug 13-23 Aug 20-30 Aug 27-Sep 6 Sep 21-Oct 1 Sep 24-Oct 4

Oct 1-11 Oct 5-15 Oct 8-18 Oct 15-25

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

Carton House (2 nights) DAY 10

COUNTY KILDARE IRISH NATIONAL STUD & GARDENS Visit the Irish National Stud, a fixture of horse racing in Ireland, for a tour and time to wander through its Japanese Gardens. Return to Carton House, gathering this evening for a magnificent farewell dinner. Meals: B D DAY 11

DEPART DUBLIN After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

Clockwise from far left: Entrance to St. Stephen’s Green in Dublin; discover more Irish history in the village of Cobh; drive the glacier-carved Gap of Dunloe; watch a sheepdog herd a flock on a visit to an Irish farm.

212

213

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

SCOTLAND: EDINBURGH AND THE HIGHLANDS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £8,460 per person £3,075 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

May 17-25 Jun 7-15 Jun 21-29 Jul 19-Jul 27

ARRIVE GLASGOW, SCOTLAND DAY 2

GLASGOW MAGIC OF THE PIPES

HIGHLIGHTS

The windswept heather of the Scottish Highlands gives way to salty sea air, ancient stone castles and medieval architecture, the silent witnesses to centuries of Celtic legends. This enchanting journey through Scotland’s landscapes and cultural heritage reveals rugged beauty and historic charm amidst stunning natural landscapes and iconic sites, complemented by a before-hours visit, uncommon access and deep insight into the country’s history from experts in the field.

Try your hand at Scotland’s most distinctive instrument with a hands-on lesson at the National Piping Center

DAY 3

Go where other travellers can’t on an exclusive experience at Inveraray Castle, a Gothic Revival masterpiece

DAY 4

Sample Scotland’s “water of life” at the distillery in Lindores Abbey, whisky’s “spiritual birthplace”

DAY 5

Imagine life aboard a former floating palace when you board the majestic Royal Yacht Britannia for a private, before-hours visit

DAY 6

Learn the secrets of golf’s “Grand Old Lady” when you walk the Old Course at St. Andrews, guided by a caddy with plenty of tales to tell

Jul 26-Aug 3 Sep 6-14 Sep 13-21 Sep 20-28

Sep 27-Oct 5* Oct 4-12*

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. *Days 5-6 at Fairmont St. Andrews.

INVERNESS ALONG THE GREAT GLEN INVERNESS THE HIGHLANDS & BARREL MAKING WHERE YOU’LL STAY

INVERNESS & ST. ANDREWS WILDLIFE & WHISKY

The best hotels in each location, including: THE BALMORAL Classic luxury hotel with bespoke rooms in the heart of Edinburgh.

ST. ANDREWS GUIDED WALK OF THE OLD COURSE DAYS 7-8

EDINBURGH TEA & PRIVATE ROYAL YACHT VISIT DAY 9

DEPART EDINBURGH

Clockwise from far left: Edinburgh Castle’s mighty ramparts; hear the drone of authentic Scottish bagpipes firsthand; the ruins of Urquhart Castle beside legendary Loch Ness.

OLD COURSE HOTEL Luxurious resort set at the 17th hole of the Old Course at St. Andrews. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

HOTEL DU VIN GLASGOW Ironic hotel in the city’s fashionable West End, with a staff devoted to fine service.

ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

Inverness

NESS WALK Contemporary luxury hotel on the banks of the River Ness in Inverness.

SCOTLAND

St. Andrews

Edinburgh Glasgow

214

215

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

SCOTLAND: THE HIGHLANDS AND EDINBURGH’S MILITARY TATTOO The rugged Highlands — steeped in ancient lore and rivalries — stand as a testament to Scotland’s indomitable spirit, while the misty lochs and rolling hills offer a serene escape. On this captivating journey through Scotland, witness the pageantry of the world’s oldest military tattoo, with premium seating; access sights normally closed to the public; and enjoy private and before-hours visits to storied sites free from crowds.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £9,225 per person £3,840 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Aug 2-10

ARRIVE GLASGOW, SCOTLAND

Aug 9-17

Aug 16-24

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

DAY 2

GLASGOW ESTEEMED ART COLLECTION

HIGHLIGHTS At The Royal Edinburgh Military Tattoo, enjoy a private, pre-show dinner, savor a whisky tasting and view the iconic spectacle up close with prime seating

DAY 3

Explore Culloden Battlefield on a private, before-hours tour and visit nearby Clava Cairns, a 4,000-year-old stone formation with an evocative mystique

INVERNESS HISTORIC BATTLE SITES

Gain exclusive access to areas usually off limits to the public at majestic Inveraray Castle Step aboard the iconic Royal Yacht Britannia in Edinburgh during an exclusive before-hours visit

INVERARAY ON THE SHORES OF LOCH LOMOND DAY 4

DAYS 5-6

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

ST. ANDREWS WHISKY TASTING AND MORE

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAY 7

NESS WALK Contemporary luxury hotel on the banks of the River Ness in Inverness.

EDINBURGH TRADITIONAL AFTERNOON TEA DAY 8

EDINBURGH INSPIRING MILITARY PAGEANTRY DAY 9

DEPART EDINBURGH

Clockwise from far left: Scottish highlands; witness the precision maneuvers performed by Highlanders; take in The Royal Edinburgh Military Tattoo from VIP seating.

THE BALMORAL Classic luxury hotel with bespoke rooms in the heart of Edinburgh. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

HOTEL DU VIN GLASGOW Iconic hotel in the city’s fashionable West End, devoted to your service.

ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

Inverness

OLD COURSE HOTEL Luxurious resort set at the 17th hole of the Old Course at St. Andrews.

SCOTLAND

St. Andrews

Edinburgh Glasgow

216

217

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

GLORIOUS GARDENS OF ENGLAND AND CHELSEA FLOWER SHOW The center of the horticultural universe might be England’s Chelsea Flower Show, a five-day extravaganza of brilliant blooms and expertly designed gardens. This journey is your ticket to the annual gathering of green thumbs, offering special Members’ Day access, along with visits to castles and estates known for their immaculately designed grounds.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £12,690 per person £5,380 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

May 12-20

ARRIVE LONDON, ENGLAND

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years.

DAY 2

WEST SUSSEX HERITAGE GARDENS

HIGHLIGHTS Enjoy all-day access to an exclusive pavilion at the Chelsea Flower Show, complete with a gourmet breakfast, champagne lunch and traditional high tea

DAY 3

Wander through the picturesque Arts and Crafts-style gardens of Sissinghurst Castle, designed by the legendary Vita Sackville-West

HAMPSHIRE WEST GREEN HOUSE

SISSINGHURST & GREAT DIXTER ARTS AND CRAFTS GEMS DAY 4

DAYS 5-6 Explore the enchanting Hidcote Manor, one of England’s most celebrated gardens

THE COTSWOLDS IDYLLIC ENGLAND

Experience the thrill of thoroughbred racing at Jackdaws Castle, witnessing a master trainer put these elite athletes through their paces on an exclusive Cotswolds tour

DAY 7

Blenheim Palace, birthplace of Sir Winston Churchill, opens its doors for an exclusive private tour and presentation

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: OCKENDEN MANOR Boutique hotel surrounded by gardens in the West Sussex countryside.

BLENHEIM PALACE CHURCHILL’S BIRTHPLACE DAY 8

THE CHELSEA FLOWER SHOW A WORLD OF INSPIRATION DAY 9

DEPART LONDON

Clockwise from far left: Visit gardens throughout the countryside; walk the grounds of Blenheim Palace; take in the delightful architecture of the Cotswolds.

DORMY HOUSE Luxury boutique hotel built into a 17th-century farmhouse in the heart of England’s scenic Cotswolds region. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

BROWN’S HOTEL Historic classic luxury hotel set in London’s most exclusive borough.

Broadway

UNITED KINGDOM London

ARRIVE/DEPART LAND

218

Sussex

219

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

A TULIP CRUISE THROUGH THE NETHERLANDS AND BELGIUM

[R E G I O N N A M E]

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS From £6,380 per person £1,610 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Mar 28-Apr 5 Apr 11-19

ARRIVE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS AMSTERDAM ATMOSPHERIC CANALS

The idyllic charms and natural beauty of Belgium and the Netherlands make cruising through them by riverboat a beloved European travel experience. Visit these two history-laden countries in flower-filled springtime, exploring amid vibrant blossoms and iconic windmills, and meeting fascinating people who share the culture, cuisine and crafts unique to their homelands.

Cruise through the finest cities and towns in the Low Countries, experiencing nine days of exclusive sightseeing led by your Resident Tour Director

DAYS 3-4

Indulge in a full afternoon at stunning Keukenhof Gardens on a visit that includes lunch amid countless flowering bulbs

BRUGES AND GHENT, BELGIUM HISTORIC CITY CENTERS

May 3-11

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 12 years. Water levels may impact sailing and require changes to the itinerary. Please note that A&K guests and other passengers will be travelling onboard the ship simultaneously. For vessel details and deck plans visit abercrombiekent.com.

DAY 2

HIGHLIGHTS

Apr 23-May 1

ARNHEM AND ZEELAND BATTLE SITES AND VILLAGES DAY 5

DAY 6 Let your tastebuds be your guide to local cuisine as you lunch on moules-frites and savor a tasting of hand-crafted Edam cheese A living rainbow of blossoms stretches out all around you on a private visit to a family-owned tulip farm Make your own delicious pralines during a hands-on visit to a Belgian chocolate workshop

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

ANTWERP BELGIAN CHOCOLATE WORKSHOP

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAY 7

DELFT AND KEUKENHOF, NETHERLANDS FLORAL GLORIES DAY 8

AMSTERDAM VISITING A TULIP GROWER DAY 9

DEPART AMSTERDAM

Clockwise from far left: Roam through the Netherlands at tulip time; overlooking Antwerp and its cathedral; get in touch with daily life along Amsterdam’s idyllic canals.

ABOARD SHIP Spacious cabins and suites — all with French or walk-out balconies — and an open, modern design make for a superb, stylish cruising experience. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

SOFITEL LEGEND THE GRAND AMSTERDAM Classic luxury hotel occupying a historic former convent and royal guest house, situated between two quiet canals.

Amsterdam Keukenhof

Arnhem

Delft Rotterdam NETHERLANDS

Middleburg

Bruges

Antwerp Ghent BELGIUM

220

ARRIVE/DEPART LAND CRUISE

221

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

CRUISE THE DANUBE: BUDAPEST, VIENNA AND PRAGUE The second-longest river on the continent, the Danube River weaves its way through central Europe like an unbroken thread of tranquil beauty. Cruise the Danube for seven nights in style, sampling the history and culture of five countries as you visit a centuries-old castle, attend a classical music concert in Vienna and finish amid the cobblestoned charms of Prague.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS From £8,460 per person £2,305 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

May 21-31 Jun 18-28

ARRIVE BUDAPEST, HUNGARY BUDAPEST BEAUTY ACROSS THE RIVER

Cruise the Danube for seven nights during 11 days of exclusive sightseeing, including a two-night stay in historic Prague

DAY 4

A savory hands-on cooking experience in Budapest highlights eight meals ashore

DAYS 5-7

Historic Salzburg and its beautiful lakes region merit a full day of exploration with expert guides Take in an intimate concert in Vienna’s historic Mozarthaus, from the vantage point of premier seating

Sep 14-24 Oct 12-22*

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 12 years. Water levels may impact sailing and require changes to the itinerary. Please note that A&K guests and other passengers will be travelling onboard the ship simultaneously. For vessel details and deck plans visit abercrombiekent.com. *Departures operate in reverse order.

DAYS 2-3

HIGHLIGHTS

Jul 2-12 Sep 6-16*

BRATISLAVA, SLOVAKIA CHARMS OF THE OLD QUARTER VIENNA, DURNSTEIN AND MELK, SALZBURG, AUSTRIA TREASURES ALONG THE DANUBE DAY 8

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

REGENSBURG, GERMANY STROLLING HISTORIC OLD TOWN

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAY 9

CESKY KRUMLOV, CZECH REPUBLIC RADIANT CITY DAYS 10-11

DEPART PRAGUE

Clockwise from far left: Cesky Krumlov, a jewel of the Czech Republic; admire the detailed, tiled roof of Matthias Church in Budapest; visit historic Schönbrunn Palace in Vienna.

ABOARD SHIP Spacious cabins and suites — all with French or walk-out balconies — and an open, modern design make for a superb, stylish cruising experience. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

MATILD PALACE Located in a neo-Baroque palace that is declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site, Matild Palace stands proudly in the heart of Budapest.

Prague CZECH REPUBLIC

FAIRMONT GOLDEN PRAGUE Czech artistry and modern elegance combine in Fairmont Golden Prague, a great home base from which to experience Old Town’s charms.

Regensburg

Passau GERMANY

SLOVAKIA

Linz

Bratislava Melk Vienna

Salzburg AUSTRIA

ARRIVE/DEPART LAND CRUISE

222

Budapest HUNGARY

223

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

CRUISING THE RHINE: AMSTERDAM TO SWITZERLAND From the lowlands of the Netherlands, past the forested hills of Germany and onward to Switzerland’s snow-capped Alps, follow the Rhine River on this immersive cruise. Along the way, view immortal works by the Dutch Masters; walk the cobblestone streets of Strasbourg, France; and visit Heidelberg castle and the soaring Cologne Cathedral; all while sampling local beer, wine and chocolate for an authentic taste of Europe.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS From £9,225 per person £3,075 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAYS 1-2

May 10-20 Jun 25-Jul 5

ARRIVE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS LEIDEN PILGRIM MUSEUM

Cruise the Rhine through four countries, experiencing 11 days of exclusive sightseeing in your private small-group vehicle, escorted by your Resident Tour Director

DAY 4

Explore the heritage of New England’s founding fathers with special access to Leiden’s American Pilgrim Museum

COCHEM AND RUDESHEIM HILLTOPS AND GORGES

Sep 13-23 Oct 16-26

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 12 years. Water levels may impact sailing and require changes to the itinerary. Please note that A&K guests and other passengers will be travelling onboard the ship simultaneously. For vessel details and deck plans, visit abercrombiekent.com.

DAY 3

HIGHLIGHTS

Jul 19-29 Aug 30-Sep 9

COLOGNE, GERMANY THE CITY’S GOTHIC MAJESTY DAYS 5-6

DAY 7 Ascend Mount Pilatus to take in 360-degree views of the Swiss Alps

HEIDELBERG CHARMING UNIVERSITY TOWN

Sample local food and wine during five specially arranged meals ashore, including wine tastings in Rüdesheim and Strasbourg

DAY 8

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: PILLOWS GRAND BOUTIQUE HOTEL MAURITS AT THE PARK Elegant boutique luxury hotel in Amsterdam.

STRASBOURG, FRANCE CULTURAL CROSSROADS DAYS 9-10

ZURICH, SWITZERLAND LAKESIDE VIEWS AND CHOCOLATIER DAY 11

DEPART ZURICH

Clockwise from far left: Overlooking stately Zurich; Cologne Cathedral; Mount Pilatus.

ABOARD SHIP Spacious cabins and suites — all with French or walk-out balconies — and an open, modern design make for a superb, stylish cruising experience. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

ALEX LAKE ZURICH Contemporary luxury waterfront hotel with studios and penthouses.

Amsterdam NETHERLANDS Cologne GERMANY

Speyer Strasbourg FRANCE Basel ARRIVE/DEPART LAND CRUISE

224

Zurich

Lucerne SWITZERLAND

225

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

A CULINARY CRUISE THROUGH FRANCE

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS From £9,995 per person £2,690 single supplement

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAYS 1-2

May 30-Jun 9

ARRIVE LAUSANNE, SWITZERLAND ANNECY, FRANCE ALPINE SPLENDOR

Explore Chillon Castle on Lake Geneva and sample fine Swiss wines within its historic walls Sample your way through Lyon’s market halls and taste a curated selection of Burgundy wines Explore medieval Brancion and stroll the gardens of the Château de Cormatin In the French Alps enclave of Annecy, sit down to a traditional Savoyard lunch at a mountain farm A classic Land Rover transports you through the vineyards of Beaujolais to meet the locals and gather for a winemaker’s lunch Ride a vintage Citroën 2CV through the vineyards of Châteauneuf-du-Pape, stopping for photos and tastings along the way

Jul 11-21

Sep 12-22

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 12 years. Water levels may impact sailing and require changes to the itinerary. Please note that A&K guests and other passengers will be travelling onboard the ship simultaneously. For vessel details and deck plans visit abercrombiekent.com.

DAY 3

HIGHLIGHTS

It’s no secret that the wines and cuisines of France have been regarded among the world’s finest since time immemorial. Nowhere is this legacy of excellence more entrenched than along the banks of the Rhône.

After whetting your appetite with a pre-cruise stay in Lausanne, cruise the Rhône and Saône with stops in the culinary enclaves and wine regions of Lyon, Burgundy and Provence, sampling all the finest along the way.

WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAYS 4-5

LYON AND MACON MARKETS AND VINEYARDS DAY 6

CHALON-SUR-SAONE RIVERSIDE LIFE DAY 7

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

LYON HISTORIC OLD QUARTER

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAY 8

AVIGNON LOCAL CULINARY ADVENTURE DAYS 9-10

ARLES AND VIVIERS COOKING AND ART DAY 11

DEPART LYON

Clockwise from far left: Go by Land Rover to a Beaujoleais vineyard for a winemaker’s lunch; sample some of the finest French pastries throughout your journey; visit the monumental Château de Cormatin in Burgundy.

ABOARD SHIP Spacious cabins and suites — all with French or walk-out balconies — and an open, modern design make for a superb, stylish cruising experience. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

Chalon-sur-Saone Tournus Mâcon

BEAU-RIVAGE PALACE Beau-Rivage Palace, located in Lausanne, boasts an impressive 75,000-bottle wine cellar sourced from the Lavaux vineyards.

Lausanne

Geneva

INTERCONTINENTAL LYON - HOTEL DIEU Overlooking the Rhône from the heart of the city, the InterContinental Lyon - Hotel Dieu occupies a palatial Belle Epoque landmark dating back to the 18th century.

Annecy

Lyon

FRANCE

Viviers

Avignon Arles

226

ARRIVE/DEPART LAND CRUISE

227

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

Celebrate the Season on a European River Cruise

The sparkling cities along the Rhine and Danube take on an added glow for the holidays, whether you’re strolling a festive Christmas market in Munich, hearing the sounds of the season at a holiday concert in Vienna or ringing in the New Year with fireworks in Budapest.

228

Cruise the Danube to Europe’s Christmas Markets

A Christmas Cruise on the Danube

9 DAYS FROM £7,305 LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS DEPARTS NOV 27, DEC 3 & DEC 9

9 DAYS FROM £7,690 LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS DEPARTS DEC 21

Holiday celebrations and shopping were never so delightful as on this festive Danube River cruise. Stay in handpicked boutique hotels in the hearts of Vienna and Munich, stroll through inviting local Christkindlmarkts and visit historic Melk Abbey as well as Vienna’s Imperial Treasury.

Cap off your year with a holiday cruise along the Danube River, a celebration perfect for a couple, friends or the whole family. Wake in festive Vienna on Christmas morning and experience charming local traditions. Visit holiday markets as well, and revel in an organ concert at the superb Abbey of St. Florian.

Cruise the Rhine to Europe’s Christmas Markets

A New Year’s Eve Cruise on the Danube

8 DAYS FROM £6,920 LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS DEPARTS DEC 2 & DEC 11

9 DAYS FROM £7,690 LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS DEPARTS DEC 28

Little changed throughout the centuries, the holiday traditions of France and Germany harken back to the true spirit of the season.

Celebrate these timeless European traditions on a festive Rhine cruise as you browse atmospheric Christmas markets, explore the historic streets of Strasbourg and Cologne, and sample fine regional wines along the way.

Usher in a new year of possibilities on this engaging cruise into the culturally rich heart of Europe, gliding from Germany through Austria to Slovakia and back again, pausing to celebrate the New Year in Budapest — your vessel offering a ringside seat to a spectacular fireworks show over the Danube.

TO BOOK YOUR 2027 JOURNEY, CALL 800 323 7308, VISIT ABERCROMBIEKENT.COM OR SPEAK TO YOUR TRAVEL ADVISOR. Prices are per person, double occupancy and include internal air where applicable.

229

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

Lake Titicaca

Galápagos Islands

THE AMERICAS

230

Thrilling, eye opening, alive with experiences – for many, South America is the very embodiment of travel itself. It is a place where sky-brushing peaks meet mammoth glaciers and ancient deserts, biodiverse rainforests are dense and unseen, and disparate culinary traditions have fused to create some of the world’s finest cuisine. Like a brightly woven shawl, the complex cultural threads are waiting to be unpicked: Incan city ruins lie high in the Andes, the traditions of indigenous peoples hold sway, and AfroEuropean influences color a calendar of festivals. While in North America, the rugged Alaskan wilderness of Gold Rush lore still endures, beckoning today’s adventurers with its pristine allure.

231

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

NEW

ALASKA: WILDERNESS, DENALI AND THE LAST FRONTIER A sprawling wilderness filled with rugged natural wonders, Alaska has a soul that resides in the land, Indigenous culture, dynamic ports and boom towns, as well as in the locals, who embrace life with both hands.

Experience many facets of this still-wild frontier, from Denali National Park to Prince William Sound, viewing a glacier by helicopter, cruising icy fjords and panning for gold, on this unforgettable outdoor adventure.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £9,610 per person £2,305 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Explore Denali National Park by road, through jaw-dropping scenery, and from the air with a helicopter flight culminating in a glacier landing Drive the Denali Highway, one of Alaska’s most dramatic and least-traveled routes

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE FAIRBANKS, ALASKA

DENALI NATIONAL PARK GUIDED HIKE IN A WILDERNESS GEM

Once a rugged outpost on America’s final frontier and the hub for Alaska’s legendary Gold Rush, Fairbanks today is a welcoming city with fascinating Indigenous history and wilderness access available to modern-day adventurers.

Settle in your hotel and relax before enjoying a special welcome reception and dinner at the home of a local dog musher. Learn about life and art of mushing dogs in Alaska and cuddle some cute pups soon to be trained for sledteam duties. Meals: D Pike’s Waterfront Lodge (2 nights)

FAIRBANKS GOLD PANNING AND INDIGENOUS HISTORY

Cruise through the fjords of Prince William Sound to Whittier and drive through the Anton Anderson Memorial Tunnel, one of Alaska’s most unique passages

View Alaska’s iconic oil pipeline before visiting with reindeers to learn about their lives and habits on a walk through a black spruce forest.

Get a taste for Fairbanks’ Gold Rush days as you pan for gold during an exclusive visit to a local family-owned panning operation. After lunch, tour the city to discover the area’s rich background, visiting the Morris Thompson Center to learn about Alaska’s Indigenous cultures. Meals: B L

Take in some of Alaska’s most iconic landscapes and ecosystems, including boreal forest, tundra, towering mountain ranges and wild marine environments on a rare and singularly comprehensive itinerary

PIKE’S WATERFRONT LODGE Boutique lodge set on the banks of the Chena River, near downtown Fairbanks.

GRANDE DENALI LODGE Boutique lodge atop Sugarloaf Mountain with sweeping views of the Alaska Range and the Nenana River Canyon. ▼

Grande Denali Lodge or Denali Bluffs (2 nights)

DAY 2

Walk portions of the Port Valdez Trail System alongside the pipeline, and visit the Valdez Museum and Historical Archive for a sense of local history

Join a local dog musher at home in Fairbanks for a private welcome dinner and first-person insight into the art of mushing dogs

Step aboard a deluxe dome rail for a scenic ride to Denali National Park — with its more than 9,400 square miles of breathtakingly beautiful wilderness — enjoying breakfast en route. Once inside the park, visit the Denali Discovery Center for a presentation by a local Alaskan. Explore the area with a guided hike to learn about the wildlife and flora of this ruggedly gorgeous setting. Settle into your hotel, where you bring your well-earned appetite to dinner. Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including:

DAY 4

DENALI NATIONAL PARK HELICOPTER FLIGHT AND GLACIER LANDING Venture through Denali National Park by land and air today on an experience that includes a search for bears, moose, caribou and other native species. Then lift off by helicopter (weather permitting) for a flight over a glacier that reveals the rolling tundra, as you keep an eye out for wildlife, and finishes with a landing

TOTEM HOTEL AND SUITES Comfortable modern hotel located in Valdez offering easy harbor access.

ALYESKA RESORT Renowned resort surrounded by mountain peaks, forests and glaciers. ▼

Clockwise from far left: Watch for humpback whales while cruising Prince William Sound; land and walk upon a glacier in Denali National Park; take in the scenic harbor in Valdez.

ARRIVE/DEPART LAND CRUISE

Fairbanks

ALASKA

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

Denali National Park

Anchorage Valdez Girdwood

232

READY TO BOOK?

Whittier

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

233

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

on the Yanert Glacier to walk its surface as North America’s first inhabitants once did.

Meals: B

DAY 6

DAY 8

VALDEZ PADDLE A GLACIAL LAKE BY KAYAK

DAY 5

PRINCE WILLIAM SOUND AND GIRDWOOD CRUISE AMID ICE-BLUE GLACIERS

Having viewed the pipeline in Fairbanks, now take a look at the terminus of this 800-milelong line for transporting oil from Prudhoe Bay. Then get up-close views of blue-ice glaciers as you head out on a substantial kayak exploration of Valdez Glacier Lake, and your kayak guide recounts moments in the history of the region. Back on shore, tour a local brewery to learn about the brewing process and taste some of their best brews. Follow up with dinner at a brewery featuring fare from local restaurants accompanied, of course, by more beer. Meals: B D

VALDEZ ROADSIDE DELIGHTS OF DENALI HIGHWAY Set out on the road less traveled — the Denali Highway to Valdez — rolling across glacier eskers, sand and gravel formed by ancient glacial riverbeds. Look out at an array of breathtaking scenery with binoculars at the ready for wildlife sightings. Along the way, visit the Wrangell-St. Elias Visitor Center to explore exhibits that introduce you to the Ahtna culture and people. Continue to Valdez and settle into your lodge. Not only is it the southern terminus of the Trans-Alaska Pipeline System and the gateway to Prince William Sound, it’s also a living laboratory for understanding climate change, glacial dynamics and ecosystem recovery, shaped in part by the legacy of the 1989 Exxon Valdez oil spill. Meals: B L D Totem Hotel and Suites (3 nights)

DAY 7

VALDEZ LIFE IN THE COPPER RIVER BASIN Valdez is a perfect place to explore the rugged Alaskan landscapes. Begin your day with a walk along the pipeline up to a lake. Return for a city tour of Valdez that includes a visit to the Valdez Museum and Historical Archive to learn about the Copper River Basin, Prince William Sound and the history of the area. Meals: B D

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES May 24-Jun 1 Jun 5-13 Jun 7-15

Embark by boat for a cruise through Prince William Sound, viewing marine wildlife and glaciers en route to the community of Whittier, where you travel through the one-way Anton Anderson Memorial Tunnel, a monumental piece of road engineering.

Then visit the Alaska Wildlife Conservation Center, a sanctuary for injured and abandoned wildlife, to learn how some of Alaska’s most iconic species, including moose, caribou and bears, are nursed back to health and prepared for reintroduction to the wild. Continue to Girdwood, where you settle into your fabulous resort and later gather for a farewell dinner at Seven Glaciers Restaurant, set atop Mount Alyeska at a scenery-laden 2,300 feet.

Meals: B L D

Jun 21-29 Jul 5-13 Jul 19-27

Jul 31-Aug 8 Aug 2-10 Aug 16-24

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain. This itinerary includes extended drives on unpaved roads.

Alyeska Resort (1 night) DAY 9

DEPART ANCHORAGE After breakfast, take your transfer to the airport in Anchorage for your departing flight. Meals: B

Clockwise from far left: Kayaking a glacial lake in Valdez; watch for moose in Denali National Park; grizzlies roam the park as well; majestic landscapes backdrop Anchorage.

234

235

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

WONDERS OF THE GALAPAGOS AND MACHU PICCHU This exciting adventure combines two sought-after destinations in one incredible journey. Begin with a cruise of the Galápagos’ Northern Islands, our guides revealing giant tortoises, marine iguanas, blue-footed boobies and more with a host of exciting snorkeling, kayaking and shore excursions. Then, explore the enduring heritage of the Sacred Valley, join a site expert to discover the wonders of Machu Picchu and explore Cusco, the ancient capital of the Inca Empire.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £13,075 per person £6,535 single supplement

DAY 1

ARRIVE GUAYAQUIL, ECUADOR Guayaquil is Ecuador’s largest city. Caressed by intoxicating Pacific breezes, it is your gateway to the Galápagos.

Hotel del Parque (1 night)

enclave off Santa Cruz. Here, observe the island’s iconic blue-footed boobies and enjoy the option to snorkel the reef or view marine life aboard a glass-bottom boat. At Sombrero Chino, yet another secluded islet of the Galápagos archipelago, hike wilderness trails, swim in a sandy cove, and snorkel among reef sharks and Galápagos penguins. Meals: B L D

HIGHLIGHTS Cruise through the Galápagos’ Northern Islands on a four-night voyage aboard a purpose-built expedition vessel, enjoying twice-daily guided excursions and a choice of activities such as kayaking, snorkeling, light trekking, and beachcombing While in the Sacred Valley, enjoy lunch in a family-owned working farm and learn more about the culture and innovations of ancient Andean civilizations, and uncover the Inca’s agricultural ingenuity at Moray Journey by train to Machu Picchu, exploring it alongside your expert guide, and finishing with a luxurious return to Cusco aboard the Hiram Bingham train, with dinner served en route Discover Cusco, the former capital of the Inca Empire and one of Peru’s most beautiful cities, and visit a textile workshop and the imposing Inca fortress of Sacsayhuamán

DAY 2

DAY 4

GUAYAQUIL BALTRA, THE GALAPAGOS

CRUISING THE GALAPAGOS BARTOLOME AND SANTIAGO

Fly to Baltra for an adventure beyond Darwin’s wildest dreams. Cruise the Galápagos on a four-night cruise through the chain’s northern islands. Snorkel through shoals, spot fantastical birds or ponder the mysteries of evolution as you gaze into the century-old eyes of a giant tortoise. Meet local students learning about their native islands on an initiative supported by A&K Philanthropy. Meals: B L D

Roam Bartolomé Island, trekking up to a volcano’s summit to take in Pacific Ocean views. After a panga ride to visit the penguins of Pinnacle Rock, snorkel the reef, relax on the beach or observe the local marine life. Later, swim or snorkel along the white coral sand beach of Sullivan Bay. Meals: B L D

La Pinta (4 nights)

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: HOTEL DEL PARQUE Quietly elegant boutique luxury hotel located in the heart of Guayaquil.

LA PINTA Comfortable and stylish expedition ship featuring fine onboard cuisine. ▼

DAY 5

CRUISING THE GALAPAGOS GENOVESA ISLAND

DAY 3

CRUISING THE GALAPAGOS EDEN AND SOMBRERO CHINO After breakfast, get fitted for your wetsuit and snorkeling gear. Then, board a panga for an excursion to Eden Islet, a secluded, biodiverse

Visit three projects supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

View Genovesa Island’s cliffs before climbing the steep, rocky pass of Prince Philip’s Steps to reach a clifftop frequented by species such as the Nazca boobies, frigate birds, storm petrels and short-eared owls. Explore Darwin Bay, snorkeling along the cliffs among inquisitive sea lions or paddling out in sea TAMBO DEL INKA, A LUXURY COLLECTION RESORT & SPA, VALLE SAGRADO Luxury resort in the Sacred Valley of the Incas set beside a lagoon and riverside gardens.

WYNDHAM GRAND COSTA DEL SOL LIMA AIRPORT Comfortable hotel within steps of the airport.

Clockwise from far left: Observe iconic species such as marine iguanas in the Galápagos; Pinnacle Rock is a memorable landmark in the Bartolome Islands; go snorkeling to meet the “locals” up close.

Baltra

ECUADOR Guayaquil

READY TO BOOK?

PERU Lima

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND CRUISE

GALÁPAGOS ISLANDS Sullivan Bay/ Bartolome

Cusco Genovesa Island Baltra

Eden Sombrero Chino

236

Machu Picchu Sacred Valley

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

237

MONASTERIO, A BELMOND HOTEL, CUSCO Historic luxury hotel set in the heart of the city. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

kayaks, watching for marine iguanas diving and surfacing around you. Meals: B L D DAY 6

LIMA, PERU PERUVIAN ADVENTURE AWAITS Fly to Lima, the capital of Peru. A worldrenowned culinary epicenter, Lima welcomes wayfarers with a delightful mix of indigenous and colonial history, natural beauty and a laidback Pacific Coast vibe. Meals: B L Wyndham Grand Costa del Sol Lima Airport (1 night) DAY 7

CUSCO LIFE IN THE SACRED VALLEY Built in the shape of a puma by the Incas, Cusco stretches like a slumbering feline along the Huatanay valley. It’s your stepping stone to the Sacred Valley, where you visit the beautiful Hacienda Sarapampa for a savory lunch with the owner, who shares his family’s history in farming. Also visit the Inkariy Museum to gain insights into the culture, religion and technology of Andean Civilizations. Meals: B L D Tambo del Inka, a Luxury Collection Resort & Spa, Valle Sagrado (2 nights)

DAY 8

SACRED VALLEY A JOURNEY BACK IN TIME The Sacred Valley of the Incas carves through the green peaks of the Peruvian Andes near Cusco. Deemed a spiritual epicenter by the Inca people, the valley is home to the ancient citadel of Machu Picchu and Quechua-speaking communities whose deeply traditional way of life endures. Explore Moray, a fascinating archaeological site comprising a series of concentric agricultural terraces, some almost 500 feet deep. Discover two projects supported by A&K Philanthropy: first visit a remote village where local residents provide a hands-on introduction to the customs and crafts that make up their way of life, and then continue to Niños del Arco Iris (Children of the Rainbow). Meals: B L D DAY 9

MACHU PICCHU THE INCAS’ STUNNING CITADEL Start the day by exploring Ollantaytambo, a fortress of massive stone terraces that hug the mountain slopes. Board a train deep into the Andes toward Machu Picchu, gazing out at the spectacular Peruvian countryside.

Once there, walk through mighty Machu Picchu with a local expert, marveling at the

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Incas’ timeless architectural achievement. Built in the 15th century at the height of the Inca Empire, it still retains a palpable air of mystery and remoteness, which you discover as you explore its stunning ruins. Return to Cusco aboard elegant Hiram Bingham, A Belmond Train. Meals: B L D

Feb 7-17 Mar 21-31 Apr 4-14 Apr 18-28 May 16-26

Monasterio, A Belmond Hotel, Cusco (2 nights)

May 30-Jun 9 Jun 27-Jul 7 Jul 11-21 Aug 8-18 Sep 19-29

Oct 3-13 Oct 17-27 Nov 14-24 Nov 28-Dec 8

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain. Maximum elevation is 11,200 ft.

DAY 10

CUSCO PLAZA DE ARMAS AND COLOSSAL SACSAYHUAMÁN The former capital of the Inca empire, Cusco is often considered the most beautiful city in Peru. Discover the city on an excursion that includes the Gothic Renaissance-style Cathedral Basilica on the Plaza de Armas and the Santo Domingo Temple, a Dominican church built on the foundations of the Koricancha, the Incas’ principal religious building. Later, visit the Sulca workshop en route to Sacsayhuamán, an Inca fortress compiled from colossal stones. Explore the bohemian San Blas neighborhood and visit Sapantiana, a preserved example of Incan hydraulic architecture. Tonight’s farewell dinner at an elegant Cusco restaurant is a fitting celebration of Peruvian cuisine. Meals: B L D

GO FURTHER PURE AMAZON POST-TOUR EXTENSION Extend your journey with a three-night cruise aboard Pure Amazon, an A&K Sanctuary, exploring the rainforest with expert naturalist guides on guided walks, spotting remarkable wildlife along the riverbanks, and enjoying opportunities to swim or fish in the heart of the Amazon.

4 days from £6,295 per person

DAY 11

DEPART LIMA Fly to Lima, where you have the use of a dayroom until you take the short walk to the airport to connect with your departing flight.

Meals: B Wyndham Grand Costa del Sol Lima Airport (dayroom)

Clockwise from far left: Explore the Galápagos Islands by water and land; experience morning in Machu Picchu; watch for the charming blue-footed booby.

238

239

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

PERU: MACHU PICCHU AND THE SACRED VALLEY

[R E G I O N N A M E]

8 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £6,610 per person £2,535 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Begin with an exploration of Peru’s vibrant capital, Lima

Over the years, this Peru adventure has marked many of our guests’ first journeys with A&K. And once they get to know our guides, our experiences and our seamless way of doing things, it’s also one of the reasons so many of them keep coming back.

Discover the enduring heritage of the Incas as you explore the Sacred Valley, sample Peruvian culinary delights and marvel at the wonders of Machu Picchu with an expert.

A culinary experience welcomes you to a local hacienda in the Sacred Valley A renowned Incan history scholar briefs you before you first set foot in mysterious Machu Picchu Add an optional trek of the Inca Trail from KM 104 to Machu Picchu (for an additional fee) A captivating private performance showcases Peru’s rich musical traditions Visit two projects supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE LIMA, PERU

SACRED VALLEY LUNCH AT A HACIENDA IN CUSCO

The capital of Peru and a world-renowned culinary epicenter, Lima welcomes wayfarers with a delightful mix of indigenous and colonial history, natural beauty and a Pacific-Coast vibe that’s laidback by day and electric by night.

Miraflores Park, A Belmond Hotel, Lima (2 nights) DAY 2

LIMA DISCOVER PERU’S ONE-OF-A-KIND FLAVORS Huaca Pucllana is an ancient clay and adobe ceremonial pyramid sprawled in the midst of Lima’s urban Miraflores District. Take in panoramic views of its ongoing excavation before joining a local chef on a visit to a popular food market. Stop for a coffee tasting before strolling the city’s colorful Barranco, an artists’ haven, and visit the Osma Museum.

Your gastronomic journey resumes when you assist the chef in preparing local dishes you then have for dinner.

Meals: B L D

The former capital of the Inca Empire, Cusco is often considered the most beautiful city in Peru. Inca temples, churches, museums and colonial palaces are made more picturesque by locals dressed in traditional clothing, creating postcard-worthy photo ops. Visit the beautiful Hacienda Sarapampa to savor lunch with the owner. At the Inkariy Museum, gain insights into the culture, religion and technology of the most important pre-Hispanic Peruvian cultures (including the Nazca and Inca) before making your way to your hotel.

Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: THE SUMAQ MACHU PICCHU HOTEL Deluxe hotel set on a riverbank in the valley below the stunning Incan citadel.

MIRAFLORES PARK, A BELMOND HOTEL, LIMA Luxurious hotel with Pacific Ocean views. ▼

Inkaterra Hacienda Urubamba (2 nights) DAY 4

SACRED VALLEY TIME-HONORED INCAN TRADITIONS The Sacred Valley of the Incas carves through the green peaks of the Peruvian Andes near Cusco, where snow-capped peaks form a dramatic backdrop. Deemed a spiritual epicenter by the Inca people due its alignment with the solar system and its exceptionally fertile land, the valley shares a kinship with nearby Machu Picchu. Discover two projects

INKATERRA HACIENDA URUBAMA Hacienda-style hotel featuring luxury casitas with Andes mountain views.

WYNDHAM GRAND COSTA DEL SOL LIMA AIRPORT Comfortable hotel within steps of the airport.

MONASTERIO, A BELMOND HOTEL, CUSCO Historic luxury hotel set in the heart of the city. ▼ Clockwise from far left: Get an up-close feel for the immensity of Sacsayhuamán; visit the coastal capital of Lima; explore amid the mountains of the Sacred Valley.

READY TO BOOK?

PERU Lima

Sacred Valley Machu Picchu Cusco

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

240

241

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

supported by A&K Philanthropy: first visit a remote village where local residents provide a hands-on introduction to the customs and crafts that make up their way of life before joining a local shaman in a traditional offering to Mother Earth (Pachamama), and then continue to Niños del Arco Iris (Children of the Rainbow). Later, listen as a renowned scholar and expert on the Incas sets the stage for your Machu Picchu visit. Meals: B L D DAY 5

MACHU PICCHU JOURNEY TO THE LOST CITY Explore Ollantaytambo, a fortress of massive stone terraces that hug the mountain slopes before boarding a train to Machu Picchu, the Incas’ mighty mountain citadel. Travel by rail all the way, getting in your first visit to the archaeological site this afternoon, or opt to disembark en route at KM 104 to hike the Inca Trail (for an additional cost) to the Sun Gate, overlooking the sprawling citadel, later in the day. Meals: B L D The Sumaq Machu Picchu Hotel (1 night)

DAY 6

MACHU PICCHU MORNING MAGIC AMONG THE RUINS Overlooking the Urubamba River, Machu Picchu was built in the 15th century at the height of the Inca Empire and remained unknown to the wider world until 1911. Devote this morning to a walk of Machu Picchu led by a local expert, absorbing the breathtaking immensity and wonder of the ruins. Meals: B L Monasterio, A Belmond Hotel, Cusco (2 nights) DAY 7

CUSCO WHERE INCAN AND COLONIAL TRADITIONS COMBINE Built in the shape of a puma by the Incas, Cusco stretches like a slumbering feline along the Huatanay valley. Far from sleepy, spirited San Blas adds verve to the city’s UNESCOprotected historical quarter. From the heart of the city, where Spanish cathedrals anchor the Plaza de Armas, to the outskirts of the town where Sacsayhuamán — an Incan fortress built of colossal stones — still stands, diverse examples of centuries-old architecture abound.

Visit an animal sanctuary to interact with the llamas and alpacas living there, and learn about

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

the valuable fibers created from their coats.

Listen to a private presentation of haunting Andean music by a regional expert. A farewell dinner at an elegant Cusco restaurant features innovative recipes that honor Peru’s culinary traditions. Meals: B L D

Feb 5-12 Feb 19-26 Mar 5-12 Mar 12-19* Apr 2-9* Apr 9-16 Apr 23-30 Apr 27-May 4 May 7-14 May 14-21*

DAY 8

DEPART LIMA THE MANY CHARMS OF SAN BLAS Walk the San Blas Neighborhood, a unique, bohemian enclave where you find the workshops of artisans. Visit Sapantiana, a historic hydraulic structure with four levels of arched architecture. Fly to Lima, where you enjoy the use of a dayroom before a short walk to the airport to depart. Meals: B

Sep 10-17* Sep 17-24 Sep 24-Oct 1 Sep 28-Oct 5 Oct 8-15 Oct 15-22 Oct 22-29 Oct 29-Nov 5 Nov 12-19 Dec 10-17

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain. Hike the Inca Trail starting at KM 104 as an optional activity on departures from April through December.

This full-day Inca Trail hike is challenging, over steep, uneven terrain, at high altitude, requiring good physical fitness. Maximum elevation is 11,200 ft. *Days 3-4 at Tambo del Inka, A Luxury Collection Resort & Spa, Valle Sagrado.

Wyndham Grand Costa del Sol Lima Airport (dayroom)

Clockwise from far left: The stunning marvel that is Machu Picchu; take in the colonial grandeur of Cusco; join in a traditional Pachamama ceremony with local shaman; get a feel for daily life in Cusco.

242

May 21-28 May 25-Jun 1 Jun 1-8 Jun 11-18* Jun 18-25* Jun 25-Jul 2 Jul 9-16 Jul 16-23* Aug 6-13 Aug 20-27

243

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

PERU: MACHU PICCHU AND AMAZON CRUISE

[R E G I O N N A M E]

13 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £12,920 per person £7,305 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Spanning the soaring stone walls of Machu Picchu and the remote reaches of the Peruvian rainforest, this exhilarating Peruvian adventure combines two bucket-list destinations in one incredible journey. First, explore the Sacred Valley with llamas at your side and discover the wonders of Machu Picchu. Then, cruise the Amazon Basin aboard Pure Amazon, an A&K Sanctuary, the region’s finest riverboat.

Get a taste of Lima with a cycling foodie tour through the city, one of the world’s most vibrant culinary capitals Set out on a light trek in the Sacred Valley accompanied by locals as well as llamas Go by scenic rail to Machu Picchu, either riding all the way or disembarking your train at KM 104 to trek the Inca Trail to the “Lost City” (for an additional fee) Cruise aboard our boutique riverboat Pure Amazon, an A&K Sanctuary, to explore the biodiverse Pacaya Samiria National Reserve Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

DAY 1

ARRIVE LIMA, PERU The capital of Peru and world-renowned culinary epicenter, Lima is a delightful mix of indigenous and colonial history, natural beauty and a Pacific-Coast vibe that’s laid back by day and electric by night.

Miraflores Park, A Belmond Hotel, Lima (2 nights)

stopping at a town en route to experience the everyday life of locals. Meals: B L D Tambo del Inka, a Luxury Collection Resort & Spa, Valle Sagrado (2 nights) DAY 4

SACRED VALLEY VILLAGE VISIT AND LLAMA WALK

Walk Lima’s colorful streets on a graffiti art tour, stopping for coffee and a scrumptious chocolate tasting. Then dive into a cocktail class and a Peruvian music demonstration featuring guitar and cajón, a box-like percussive instrument. Meals: B L D

The Sacred Valley of the Incas carves through the green peaks of the Peruvian Andes near Cusco. Deemed a spiritual epicenter by the Inca people, the valley has a kinship with the nearby ancient citadel of Machu Picchu as well as remote Quechua-speaking communities whose traditional way of life endures. Begin with a refreshing light trek — escorted by llamas — on a trail that overlooks a lake, and then proceed to a village, where a project is supported by A&K Philanthropy, to meet with members of the community. Meals: B L D

DAY 3

DAY 5

DAY 2

LIMA COFFEE AND CHOCOLATE TASTINGS

CUSCO INTO THE SACRED VALLEY

MACHU PICCHU STUNNING CITADEL OF THE INCAS

The former capital of the Inca Empire, Cusco is often considered the most beautiful city in Peru, with its Inca temples, churches, museums and picturesque colonial palaces.

Head out to your resort in the Sacred Valley,

Explore Ollantaytambo, a fortress of massive stone terraces that hug the mountain slopes before boarding a train to Machu Picchu, the Incas’ mighty mountain citadel. The journey can unfold as you prefer: by rail all the way,

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: MIRAFLORES PARK, A BELMOND HOTEL, LIMA Luxurious hotel with Pacific Ocean views.

PURE AMAZON, AN A&K SANCTUARY State-of-the-art boutique riverboat with spacious cabins and panoramic windows. ▼

TAMBO DEL INKA, A LUXURY COLLECTION RESORT & SPA, VALLE SAGRADO Luxury resort in the Sacred Valley of the Incas set beside a lagoon and riverside gardens.

THE SUMAQ MACHU PICCHU HOTEL Deluxe hotel set on a riverbank in the valley below the stunning Incan citadel.

WYNDHAM GRAND COSTA DEL SOL LIMA AIRPORT Comfortable hotel within steps of the airport.

Clockwise from far left: Encounter life along the river by skiff; spot species like this sloth in the Amazon Basin; view imposing Ollantaytambo.

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

Iquitos

READY TO BOOK?

Nauta

PERU

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com Lima Machu Picchu

Sacred Valley

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Cusco

244

245

MONASTERIO, A BELMOND HOTEL, CUSCO Historic luxury hotel set in the heart of the city. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

getting in your first visit to the ruins this afternoon or, alternatively, by disembarking en route at KM 104 to hike the Inca Trail (for an additional cost) to the Sun Gate overlooking the ruins. Meals: B L D The Sumaq Machu Picchu Hotel (1 night) DAY 6

MACHU PICCHU SUNRISE AMONG THE RUINS Rise with the sun to walk through Machu Picchu in the early morning mist, an experience some consider a spiritual highlight.

Built in the 15th century at the height of the Inca Empire, the site was revealed to the rest of the world by American Hiram Bingham in 1911, although its location was long known to locals. Return to Ollantaytambo by train, and proceed to Cusco. Meals: B L Monasterio, A Belmond Hotel, Cusco (2 nights) DAY 7

and the Santo Domingo Temple. Listen as a local expert explains how clashes between the Incas and the Spanish helped form today’s Peruvian culture. Visit the Sulca workshop to learn about ancestral weaving techniques before exploring Sacsayhuamán, an imposing Inca fortress compiled from colossal stones.

Dine at a Cusco restaurant, where recipes honor Peru’s culinary traditions. Meals: B L D DAY 8

CUSCO THE MANY CHARMS OF SAN BLAS Walk the San Blas neighborhood, a unique, bohemian enclave where you find the workshops of artisans. Visit Sapantiana, a historic hydraulic structure with four levels of arched architecture. Then fly to Lima and settle into your hotel. The remainder of your day is free to relax or explore on your own. Meals: B Wyndham Grand Costa del Sol Lima Airport (1 night)

CUSCO PLAZA DE ARMAS AND EPIC SACSAYHUAMAN

DAY 9

Admire city highlights such as the remnants of Korikancha, once a major Incan religious center; the Cathedral on the Plaza de Armas;

The Amazon Basin is one of the greatest remaining wildernesses on earth, and the best way to explore it is aboard our boutique

NAUTA CRUISING IN UTMOST STYLE

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

riverboat, Pure Amazon. Starting at remote Nauta on the banks of the Marañón River, embark on a four-night river adventure in state-of-the-art comfort, with a staff-to-guest ratio of better than 1:1, ensuring exceptional, personalized service. Relax in the Explorer’s Lounge as you are briefed about the next day’s activities and, time and energy levels permitting, dine in the restaurant on innovative dishes prepared by talented onboard chefs.

Overnight, the boat cruises to Lake Clavero.

Meals: B D

Apr 16-28 May 7-19 May 28-Jun 9 Jul 2-14

Jul 9-21 Jul 30-Aug 11 Aug 13-25 Aug 27-Sep 8

Sep 3-15 Nov 5-17 Dec 3-15

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain. Hike the Inca Trail starting at KM 104 as an optional activity on departures from April through December.

This full-day Inca Trail hike is challenging, over steep, uneven terrain, at high altitude, requiring good physical fitness. Water levels may impact sailing and require changes to the itinerary.

Maximum elevation is 11,200 ft.

Pure Amazon, an A&K Sanctuary (4 nights) DAY 10

PURE AMAZON SEEKING THE LIFE OF THE FOREST

GO FURTHER

Start your day early, if you wish, with sunrise birdwatching by skiff on Lake Clavero — a tranquil lake of dizzying biodiversity. Visit a lakeside village where traditional Amazonian life and culture still prevail. Talk to members of the community about subsistence farming and watch as ribereños (river people) navigate the lake in dugout canoes. Go for a paddle yourself in a modern-day double kayak or cool down with a refreshing swim. Dinner tonight is a true gourmet feast. Meals: B L D

PRIVATE TRAVEL Prefer to travel privately? This itinerary is available as ready-to-book Peru: Machu Picchu and Amazon Cruise, A Private Journey.

DAY 11

PURE AMAZON WILD SPECIES ALONG THE RIVER Whether watching for scarlet macaws, pink river dolphins or 10-foot-diameter giant waterlilies, it’s another day in paradise. Explore by skiff or fish for piranhas (releasing any you catch) on the Yarapa River. Embark on a night safari, spotting caimans, bats and night herons. Tonight, cruise north, in part along the Amazon River itself. Meals: B L D DAY 12

Clockwise from far left: Local people of the Sacred Valley; explore the Amazon Basin with expert guides by skiff; keep an eye out for life along its banks, such as capybaras.

PURE AMAZON A FINAL DAY ON THE WATER Explore by skiff along the Yanayacu Yacapana River, where fascinating flora help support local wildlife. On the Tahuayo River, watch for birds and primates in the biodiverse TamshiyacuTahuayo Regional Conservation Area before an expert-led jungle walk. Meals: B L D DAY 13

DEPART LIMA Disembark Pure Amazon in Nauta and head to Iquitos, where you’ll visit a local market before flying to Lima. From Iquitos, fly to Lima, where you enjoy the use of a dayroom before a short walk to the airport to depart. Meals: B Wyndham Grand Costa del Sol Lima Airport (dayroom)

246

247

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

ULTIMATE PERU BY RIVER AND RAIL

[R E G I O N N A M E]

14 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £16,150 per person £8,535 single supplement

ARRIVE LIMA, PERU The capital of Peru and world-renowned culinary epicenter, Lima is a mix of indigenous and colonial history, natural beauty and a Pacific-Coast vibe that’s laidback by day and electric by night.

Miraflores Park, A Belmond Hotel, Lima (2 nights)

HIGHLIGHTS

Exploring the Amazon Basin by riverboat and the Andean Plateau by train, this exhilarating Peruvian adventure combines two sought-after destinations in one incredible journey. Cruise the Amazon Basin aboard Pure Amazon, the region’s finest vessel. Then, explore the Sacred Valley, Machu Picchu and Cusco before boarding the Andean Explorer for a highaltitude rail journey to Lake Titicaca.

DAY 1

Begin with an exploration of Lima, Peru’s vibrant culinary capital Cruise for three nights aboard Pure Amazon, an A&K Sanctuary, spotting wildlife on shore with your expert onboard guides for a guided forest walk, swim or fish along the way Our local experts reveal Machu Picchu and Sacsayhuamán, as well as the colonial legacy of Cusco Cross one of the world’s highest rail routes aboard Andean Explorer, South America’s first luxury sleeper train

DAY 2

LIMA PURSUING PERU’S FLAVORS Huallamarca Pucllana is an ancient clay-andadobe pyramid sprawled in the midst of Lima.

View its ongoing excavation before joining a local chef on a visit to a popular food market.

Afterward, stop for a coffee tasting before strolling the city’s colorful Barranco district and visiting the Osma Museum. Later, help the chef prepare your dinner. Meals: B L D DAY 3

Cruise Lake Titicaca to meet the islanders of the Uros and visit Taquille Island

IQUITOS & NAUTA CRUISING THE AMAZON BASIN

Watch the sunrise by the Lake Lagunillas before delving into the Sumbay Caves to see paintings dating back some 8,000 years

The Amazon Basin is one of the greatest remaining wildernesses on earth, and the best way to explore it is aboard A&K Sanctuary’s boutique riverboat, Pure Amazon. Starting at

Visit two projects supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

remote Nauta, on the banks of the Marañón River, embark on a three-night river adventure in state-of-the-art comfort. Meals: B D Pure Amazon, an A&K Sanctuary (3 nights) DAY 4

PERU AMAZON EXPERT-LED WILDLIFE VIEWING In the first light of dawn, on an expert-led birding excursion by skiff, navigate Nauta Caño, a creek known for its wildlife, dense vegetation and mirror-like blackwater, watching for species such as black-collared hawks and flamboyantly colored tanagers. Ply a tributary in the 8,000-square-mile Pacaya Samiria National Reserve, searching for squirrel monkeys, tamarins, iguanas and more, or fish for piranhas on a catch-and-release basis. A night safari reveals hidden nocturnal life before a fun stargazing session. Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: MIRAFLORES PARK, A BELMOND HOTEL, LIMA Luxurious hotel with Pacific Ocean views.

PURE AMAZON, AN A&K SANCTUARY State-of-the-art boutique riverboat with spacious cabins and panoramic windows. ▼

DAY 5

PERU AMAZON VILLAGE VISIT AND RIVERSIDE WALK Visit Nueva Arica, a welcoming riverside village where you meet locals and learn how they adapt to life in the low- and high-water seasons. Discover their innovative use of forest resources to derive a sustainable income, an TAMBO DEL INKA, A LUXURY COLLECTION RESORT & SPA, VALLE SAGRADO Luxury resort in the Sacred Valley of the Incas set beside a lagoon and riverside gardens.

WYNDHAM GRAND COSTA DEL SOL LIMA AIRPORT Comfortable hotel within steps of the airport.

Clockwise from far left: Absorb gorgeous mountain scenery during a two-night stay aboard elegant Andean Explorer; see the fascinating reed boats used on Lake Titicaca; spy a variety of birds, such as a great egret, along the Amazon.

Iquitos

READY TO BOOK?

Nauta

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

PERU Lima

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

248

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

Machu Picchu Cusco

Puno

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Arequipa

249

MONASTERIO, A BELMOND HOTEL, CUSCO Historic luxury hotel set in the heart of the city.

ANDEAN EXPLORER, A BELMOND TRAIN, PERU Contemporary luxury sleeper train on one of the world’s highest rail routes. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

initiative supported by A&K Philanthropy.

Kayak or swim before taking a guided walk to the Samiria River, known as “the jungle mirror,” because of its smooth, reflective water. In addition to sloths, monkeys and birds, watch for tiny flora and fauna such as frogs, ants and spiders. Back aboard Pure Amazon, gather for a celebratory farewell dinner. Meals: B L D DAY 6

LIMA IQUITOS MARKET VISIT Disembark and make your way to Iquitos. Visit a local market before flying to Lima. Meals: B D Wyndham Grand Costa del Sol Lima Airport (1 night) DAY 7

SACRED VALLEY A GLIMPSE INTO LOCAL LIFE

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 10

DAY 8

SACRED VALLEY LIGHT TREKKING WITH LLAMAS

CUSCO PERU’S HISTORY IN ARCHITECTURE

The Sacred Valley of the Incas carves through the Peruvian Andes near Cusco. Deemed a spiritual epicenter by the Inca people, the valley is home to remote Quechua-speaking communities whose traditional way of life endures. Begin with a light trek — escorted by llamas — on a trail that overlooks a lake, and then proceed to the Village of the Flowers to meet with members of the local community and learn about projects there sponsored by A&K Philanthropy. Meals: B L D

Discover Cusco on a city tour that includes the Cathedral on the Plaza de Armas and the Santo Domingo Temple. Marvel at Sacsayhuamán, a testament to Incan architectural skill, with a stop at a local workshop en route. Explore the Bohemian San Blas Neighborhood and visit Sapantiana, a preserved example of Incan hydraulic architecture. Eat dinner at an elegant Cusco restaurant, where the chef’s recipes carry on Peru’s culinary traditions. Meals: B L D

Apr 12-25 Jun 14-27 Jul 5-18

Sep 6-19 Sep 20-Oct 3 Oct 4-17

Oct 18-31 Nov 29-Dec 12

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain. Water levels may impact sailing and require changes to the itinerary. Maximum altitude is 14,800 ft.

DAY 11 DAY 9

MACHU PICCHU THE INCAS’ MYSTERIOUS LOST CITY

The former capital of the Inca empire, Cusco is often considered the most beautiful city in Peru. Venture from here into the Sacred Valley to visit the village of Lamay and learn about the daily life of its inhabitants. Meals: B L D

Explore the massive stone fortress of Ollantaytambo before boarding the Inca Rail First-Class Train for a journey to Machu Picchu.

Overlooking the Urubamba River, Machu Picchu was built in the 15th century at the height of the Inca Empire. Explore it in depth with your expert guide. Return to Cusco via the luxurious Hiram Bingham train. Meals: B L D

Tambo del Inka, a Luxury Collection Resort & Spa, Valle Sagrado (2 nights)

Monasterio, A Belmond Hotel, Cusco (2 nights)

ANDEAN EXPLORER WALKING IN INCAN FOOTSTEPS Step aboard Andean Explorer, the first luxury sleeping train in South America, to begin a relaxing trek across the Andean plains past Peru’s lofty landscapes. Disembark to discover Raqch’i, an Incan archaeological site. Back on board, view the La Raya mountain range en route to Lake Titicaca. Meals: B L D Andean Explorer, A Belmond Train, Peru (2 nights) DAY 12

ANDEAN EXPLORER SECRETS OF THE FLOATING ISLANDS Absorb the eclectic beauty and rich biodiversity of Lake Titicaca. Ride by traditional boat to the islands of the Uros to view extraordinary manmade floating isles created from woven reeds. Eat lunch on Taquille Island, where many locals are Quechuan, followed by a visit to the sparkling sands of Collata Beach. Meals: B L D DAY 13

Clockwise from far left: Explore islands on Lake Titicaca by traditional reed boat; take in magnificent Machu Picchu with a local expert; visit the Plaza de Armas and other examples of colonial architecture in Cusco; your naturalist guide reveals the secrets of the Amazon Basin.

ANDEAN EXPLORER ANCIENT CAVE ARTWORK Step inside the Sumbay caves, home to fascinating paintings estimated to be over 8,000 years old. Journey to Arequipa by train before flying to Lima. Meals: B L D Wyndham Grand Costa del Sol Lima Airport (1 night) DAY 14

DEPART LIMA Enjoy breakfast before your short walk to the airport to board your departing flight. Meals: B

250

251

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

PERU: TREK TO CHOQUEQUIRAO AND MACHU PICCHU Delve deep into Peru on a physically engaging adventure that features a challenging five-day roundtrip trek to remote and isolated Choquequirao. Known as the “Sister City of Machu Picchu,” it shares a heritage with the famous Incan citadel. Also hike the last segment of the Inca Trail to Machu Picchu and discover the Sacred Valley, while biking and hiking through its rugged landscapes.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

12 DAYS | LIMITED TO 14 GUESTS From £9,445 per person £2,610 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

May 21-Jun 1 Aug 13-24

ARRIVE LIMA, PERU SACRED VALLEY SPIRIT OF A PEOPLE

Trek for five days to and from Choquequirao, one of South America’s most important archaeological treasures, located deep in the remote Vilcabamba mountain range

DAYS 4-5

Explore the Sacred Valley on a bike ride through farmlands and countryside for an unfiltered glimpse into real-life Andean farming practices

CUSCO AND CHIQUISCA EXPLORE THE CITY, THEN BEGIN YOUR FIVE-DAY TREK

On the May 21 departure in Cusco, witness “La Entrada,” one of the most vibrant and culturally rich days in all the Corpus Christi celebration

MACHU PICCHU AND CUSCO EXPLORE THE MAJESTIC INCA SITE DAYS 6-7

DAYS 8-9

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

MARAMPATA AND CHOQUEQUIRAO VAST, SECLUDED INCAN ENCLAVE

The best hotels in each location, including: SUMAQ MACHU PICCHU HOTEL Deluxe hotel set on a riverbank in the valley below the stunning Incan citadel.

DAYS 10-11

CHIQUISCA AND CUSCO MOUNTAIN TRAILS AND A RIVER CROSSING

Hike the last segment of the Inca Trail, from KM104 to the Sun Gate overlooking Machu Picchu

DAY 12

Choose from a variety of expertly guided excursions at the Explora Valle Sagrado

Oct 15-26

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 14 years. This itinerary includes extended drives on unpaved roads. Walking over uneven terrain is required when visiting some sites. This journey is physically demanding, with steep ascents and high altitudes. Maximum elevation is 11,200 ft.

DAYS 2-3

HIGHLIGHTS

Sep 17-28

DEPART LIMA

Clockwise from far left: The majestic Inca site of Choquequirao; the lesser-known yet grandly impressive Moray terraces; visit with locals, like these Quechua women.

EXPLORA VALLE SAGRADO Contemporary boutique hotel set on a secluded ancestral corn plantation in the Sacred Valley. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

WYNDHAM GRAND COSTA DEL SOL LIMA AIRPORT Comfortable hotel within steps of the airport.

Lima

MONASTERIO, A BELMOND HOTEL, CUSCO Historic luxury hotel located in a former monastery, offering guests a tranquil retreat.

PERU

Sacred Valley Machu Picchu Choquequirao Cusco

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

252

253

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

CHILE AND BOLIVIA: ATACAMA TO UYUNI SALT FLATS Embark on an extraordinary journey through the heart of South America, where Chile’s arid Atacama Desert meets Bolivia’s ethereal Uyuni Salt Flats and the serene beauty of Lake Titicaca. From the world’s driest desert, sculpted into otherworldly landscapes, to the planet’s largest salt flat and the highest navigable lake, this adventure stirs the soul.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £9,995 per person £2,690 5 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS Explore the Atacama Desert’s otherworldly landscapes through excursions, hikes and a hot air balloon ride Discover the Uyuni Salt Flats, appreciating its otherworldly beauty and captivating silence Witness breathtaking stargazing in the Atacama Desert and atop the Uyuni Salt Flats Cruise Lake Titicaca by hydrofoil, exploring the mystical Moon and Sun Islands Immerse yourself in Bolivia’s indigenous culture with a visit to La Paz’s vibrant Witches Market

DAY 1

ARRIVE SANTIAGO, CHILE Located in a valley embraced by the Andes, Santiago is a captivating city, a panorama of ochre rooftops, verdant parks and the distant, shimmering cordillera — all bathed in the brilliant sunlight of the Chilean high desert. Begin your exploration at La Moneda, the presidential palace, and the nearby Court of Justice and National Congress. Discover ancient civilizations at the Museum of PreColumbian Art, then experience the city’s heart at Plaza de Armas, where the Cathedral and City Hall reside. Finally, escape to the tranquil Lastarria neighborhood, with its bohemian spirit, Fine Arts Museum, and Forestal Park along the river. Meals: D The Ritz Carlton, Santiago (1 night) DAY 2

SAN PEDRO DE ATACAMA LUNAR LANDSCAPE Fly to Calama in northern Chile and journey to San Pedro de Atacama, an oasis village where time seems to pause. Set near the Cordillera de la Sal, Nayara Alto Atacama emerges, a haven overlooking the pre-Columbian ruins of Quitor. Here, silence reigns, broken only by the colors painted across the rugged mountains.

This afternoon, venture into Vallecito, a lunar landscape in the Ckamur zone. End the day stargazing at your hotel’s open-air observatory.

Meals: B L D Nayara Alto Atacama (3 nights) DAY 3

SAN PEDRO DE ATACAMA VIBRANT PLUMAGE Wake up to the otherworldly beauty of the immense salt flats. Journey into its heart, discovering Laguna Chaxa, a haven for flamingos in the National Reserve, their vibrant plumage set against the desert’s stark beauty.

The quaint village of Toconao offers a glimpse into local life, from its unique architecture to its agricultural heritage. As the afternoon paints the landscape, venture into the Rainbow Valley in the Domeyko Mountains. Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: THE RITZ-CARLTON, SANTIAGO Luxurious, relaxing lodgings in Santiago’s best neighborhood.

NAYARA ALTO ATACAMA Boutique hotel with 47 rooms featuring private terraces, situated at the base of the breathtaking Salt Mountains. ▼

DAY 4

SAN PEDRO DE ATACAMA STARK, WHITE DREAMSCAPE Take to the skies by hot air balloon as the first rays of light kiss the desert. Drifting above the awakening world, the Andes loom, their peaks catching the fiery hues of sunrise, while the vast Cordilleras stretch endlessly toward the horizon. Below, the salt flat is a blinding CASA GRANDE HOTEL Deluxe hotel in he heart of La Paz’s South Zone, surrounded by stunning mountains.

LUNA SALADA HOTEL DE SAL Boutique hotel constructed almost entirely from blocks of locally sourced salt and set at the edge of Uyuni’s salt flats. ▼

Clockwise from far left: Board a hydrofoil to explore islands on Lake Titicaca; see the grandeur of the Plaza de Armas in Santiago; visit epic Laguna Verde.

READY TO BOOK?

BOLIVIA Lake Titicaca

La Paz

Uyuni Calama San Pedro de Atacama

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

Santiago CHILE

254

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

255

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

white canvas. A champagne breakfast awaits upon landing. The afternoon unfolds at leisure, whether you relax at the hotel or embark on an adventure. Later, San Pedro de Atacama beckons, its bohemian spirit alive in the warm glow of the setting sun. Meals: B L D DAY 5

UYUNI, BOLIVIA VOLCANIC BEAUTY From the Chile-Bolivia border at Hito Cajón, the Eduardo Avaroa Andean Fauna National Reserve reveals Bolivia’s surreal beauty. Laguna Verde shimmers beneath Licancabur Volcano, its dazzling waters a stark contrast to the arid landscape. The Green Lagoon and Dali Desert offer intriguing scenery while the Red Lagoon blazes with flocks of flamingos. Journeying toward Uyuni, the vast Rock Valley and Dali Desert are dotted with vicuñas, llamas and vizcachas. Meals: B L D Luna Salada Hotel de Sal (2 nights) DAY 6

UYUNI SALT FLAT ADVENTURES While at your hotel, built of salt, travel by jeep to visit some of the most iconic sites of the Uyuni Salt Flats. Venture from the Incahuasi

Island, home to thousands of giant cacti and remnants of an ancient coral reef that was once part of a prehistoric lake, to the village of Coquesa at the foot of the Tunupa Volcano.

Learn about the mummies of Coquesa, and then continue to the subaquatic caves of “Chiquini,” famous for their rock art. Finish with the chance to enjoy the mirroring phenomena on the Salar before a sunset cocktail and a dinner on the salt flats.

Meals: B L D DAY 7

LA PAZ VIBRANT CITYSCAPES Fly to La Paz, a city brimming with history and culture. Begin in resilient El Alto, where vividly colored Cholets (mansions) showcase local artistry and ignite the senses. Ascend by cable car for breathtaking panoramic views of the city and the imposing Andes. Immerse yourself in La Paz’s heart, exploring the bustling Indian Market and the mysterious Witches Market.

Discover the remarkable Moon Valley, sculpted by time, with Illimani Mountain towering in the background. Cap the final days of your journey with a feast that celebrates Bolivia’s culinary diversity. Meals: B L D

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 8

LAKE TITICACA LIFE ON THE WATER

Apr 17-25 May 1-9

Privately journey overland to Huatajata on the shores of Lake Titicaca, where serene beauty surrounds you. Visit the mystical world of the Kallawaya ancestral healers and experience a traditional coca leaf reading ritual rooted in ancient Andean wisdom before boarding a hydrofoil to Moon Island, home to the sacred Inak Uyu Temple. Sun Island then calls, where the Inca Grand Stairs lead to the fabled Sacred Fountain. After lunch, cruise back to Huatajata and set out on a scenic drive to La Paz, taking in stunning views of the snow-capped Andes.

Meals: B L

Oct 16-24 Nov 6-14

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Walking over uneven terrain is required when visiting some sites. This journey is physically demanding, with steep ascents and high altitudes. This itinerary includes extended drives on unpaved roads. Maximum elevation is 12,500 ft.

GO FURTHER DAY 9

DEPART LA PAZ

EASTER ISLAND PRE-TOUR PRIVATE EXTENSION Explore Rapa Nui culture and view the iconic moai statues up close with experts in this remote destination.

6 days from £5,495 per person

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

Casa Grande Hotel (2 nights)

Clockwise from far left: Explore the sprawling Bolivian city of La Paz, observing daily life; roam the otherworldly Uyuni Salt Flats; go stargazing in the dazzling night sky of the Atacama Desert; watch for flamingos in Laguna Chaxa.

256

Jun 5-13 Sep 11-19

257

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

SOUTH AMERICAN ADVENTURE: CHILE, ARGENTINA AND BRAZIL Travel to three inspiring South American countries on this exploration of diverse cultures, cuisines and natural wonders such as Iguazu Falls. Our local guides open the doors to food and wine experiences in Chile’s Casablanca Valley and cosmopolitan Buenos Aires, and give you an insider’s look at Rio de Janeiro’s raucous Carnival celebration.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

12 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £12,150 per person £3,840 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Jan 12-23 Mar 9-20

ARRIVE SANTIAGO, CHILE MAIPO VALLEY SOMMELIER-LED WINE TASTING

At Buenos Aires’ renowned Rojo Tango, thrill to a professional tango show in one of the city’s hottest nightspots

DAY 3

View both sides of Iguazu Falls from Brazilian and Argentinian vantages

DAYS 4-6

Our local guides lead the way in Valparaiso’s UNESCO-recognized historic quarter Situated steps away, your hotel affords stunning views of Iguazu Falls Gain exclusive backstage access at one of Rio’s first Carnival group schools to learn how the iconic costumes and floats are created Travel by boat to the town of Tigre, sitting at the edge of Argentina’s Paraná Delta

Nov 30-Dec 11

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain.

DAY 2

HIGHLIGHTS

Oct 5-16 Nov 2-13

VALPARAISO AND CASABLANCA GUIDED WALK OF VALPARAÍSO BUENOS AIRES, ARGENTINA TANGO SHOW AND SAILING DAYS 7-8

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

IGUAZU FALLS, BRAZIL UP CLOSE TO A NATURAL WONDER

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAY 9

FAIRMONT RIO DE JANEIRO, COPACABANA Contemporary luxury hotel in an iconic neighborhood, set a short walk from Ipanema Beach and offering views of Sugarloaf Mountain and the Atlantic.

RIO DE JANEIRO SUGARLOAF DAYS 10-11

RIO DE JANEIRO TOTAL IMMERSION IN RIO DAY 12

DEPART RIO DE JANEIRO

Clockwise from far left: Feel the power of mighty Iguazu Falls; visit the old town in Valparaiso; take in a sensational tango show in Buenos Aires.

HOTEL DAS CATARATAS, A BELMOND HOTEL, IGUASSU FALLS Luxury hotel with falls views. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL BUENOS AIRES Celebrated luxury hotel set in the exclusive Recoleta neighborhood.

BRAZIL Rio de Janeiro CHILE

THE RITZ CARLTON, SANTIAGO Luxurious, relaxing lodgings in Santiago’s best neighborhood.

Iguazu Falls

ARGENTINA

Santiago Buenos Aires

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR

258

259

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

BRAZIL WILDLIFE ADVENTURE: THE AMAZON AND PANTANAL When you’re venturing into a wilderness as vast as this, it pays to have the best guides. With our team leading the way, explore Brazil’s iconic rivers, wetlands and waterfalls and immerse yourself in a world of stunning natural wonders, including majestic jaguars and other exotic species.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £13,455 per person £5,765 single supplement

WHERE YOU’LL GO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Apr 10-20 May 8-18 May 22-Jun 1

ARRIVE MANAUS, BRAZIL DAY 2

In the vast Pantanal wetlands, our expert naturalists reveal tapirs, giant anteaters, caimans, jaguars and other elusive species

DAYS 3-4

Canoe along a major black-water tributary of the Amazon in search of pink river dolphins

DAY 5

Feel the mist and the thunder of Iguazú Falls from both the Brazilian and Argentinian sides A&K’s partnership with Onçafari’s Jaguar Conservation Team affords a thrilling day and night of tracking this elusive predator in the field Nighttime safaris in the Amazon uncover the spine-tingling drama of predator and prey Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

Sep 11-21

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Walking over uneven terrain is required when visiting some sites. This itinerary includes extended drives on unpaved roads.

BRAZILIAN AMAZON DELVING DEEP INTO THE JUNGLE

HIGHLIGHTS

Jun 12-22 Jun 26-Jul 6 Jul 31-Aug 10

BRAZILIAN AMAZON NOCTURNAL AND RIVER SAFARIS CAMPO GRANDE GATEWAY TO THE PANTANAL DAYS 6-7

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

THE PANTANAL WETLANDS AND WILDLIFE

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAY 8

HOTEL VILLA AMAZONIA Boutique hotel occupying a mansion dating back to Manaus’s rubber boom.

THE PANTANAL TRACK JAGUARS WITH THE EXPERTS DAYS 9-10

IGUAZU FALLS EYEWITNESS TO NATURE’S MAJESTY DAY 11

DEPART IGUAZU FALLS

Clockwise from far left: Seek out jaguars in the Pantanal; watch for sleek caimans and other species along the riverbanks; explore the wealth of life in the ever-changing Amazon.

ANAVILHANAS JUNGLE LODGE Secluded along a vast, pristine stretch of the Rio Negro, this boutique lodge brings refined comfort to the wilds of the Anavilhanas Archipelago. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

Anavilhanas

HOTEL DEVILLE PRIME CAMPO GRANDE Centrally located contemporary hotel.

Manaus/Amazon

CAIMAN ECOLOGICAL REFUGE Boutique eco-lodge in the heart of Brazil’s Pantanal wetlands.

BRAZIL

HOTEL DAS CATARATAS, A BELMOND HOTEL, IGUASSU FALLS Luxury hotel overlooking Iguazú Falls.

The Pantanal

Campo Grande

Iguazú Falls

260

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

261

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

BRAZIL: ULTIMATE RIO CARNIVAL EXPERIENCE

[R E G I O N N A M E]

6 DAYS | LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS From £19,995 per person £12,305 single supplement

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Feb 4-9

ARRIVE RIO DE JANEIRO, BRAZIL

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 18 years.

DAY 2

RIO DE JANEIRO CHRIST THE REDEEMER AT SUNRISE

HIGHLIGHTS

How do you improve on the world’s biggest party?

Start with a spirited city to rival any on earth, pour in all the pageantry of Carnival, add a healthy dose of exclusive experiences and you have a red-carpet spectacular only A&K could serve up. Claim your VIP pass to Carnival’s colorful street parties and lavish galas, and to a VIP box for the main event itself — as well as special access to Christ the Redeemer, a private cruise of Rio’s waterfront and five nights at the legendary Copacabana Palace.

WHERE YOU’LL GO

Experience a once-in-a-lifetime immersion in rhythm, color and dance as you witness the unbridled spectacle of Rio’s Carnival Parade, the biggest on earth, from the comfort of your VIP box

DAY 3

RIO DE JANEIRO CARNIVAL BALL AT THE ICONIC COPACABANA PALACE DAY 4

Beat the crowds with a before-hours tour of Christ the Redeemer in the first light of dawn

RIO DE JANEIRO CARNIVAL PARADE

Celebrate the Carnival Ball, Rio style, in a custom-made mask specially created just for you by a local artist

DAY 5

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

RIO DE JANEIRO WATERFRONT FAREWELL ON A PRIVATE YACHT

The best hotels in each location, including:

Go behind the scenes at one of Rio’s renowned samba school warehouses the day before the big parade Try out your moves during a private samba class, party like the locals at Rio’s street carnival and attend the exclusive Carnival Ball at the Copacabana Palace Explore Guanabara Bay on a private cruise of Rio’s waterfront with a private DJ and open bar

DAY 6

DEPART RIO DE JANEIRO Clockwise from far left: Take in the magic of Carnival from a VIP seat; stay beside iconic Copacabana Beach; gather for special access at Christ the Redeemer in Rio de Janeiro.

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

ARRIVE/DEPART

BRAZIL

Rio de Janeiro

262

263

COPACABANA PALACE, A BELMOND HOTEL, RIO DE JANEIRO Having first opened its Art Deco doors in 1923, this storied grand luxury hotel remains a glamorous Rio landmark. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

PATAGONIA: THE LAST WILDERNESS

[R E G I O N N A M E]

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £12,305 per person £4,225 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Following our hallmark formula of adventure by day and luxury by night, our guides reveal a vast frontier of mountains, glaciers, fjords, forests, grasslands and lakes while opening the doors to the region’s finest hotels, eco-lodges and resorts. From viewing Perito Moreno Glacier up close and horseback riding in Puerto Natales to cruising the Beagle Channel and spotting condors in Torres del Paine National Park, this adventure is as active or relaxing as you like.

Begin your adventure with a one-night stay in Argentina’s vibrant capital, Buenos Aires In Ushuaia, sail through the Beagle Channel in search of Magellanic penguins Sail Lake Argentino for close-up views of the towering Perito Moreno Glacier before hiking around it, and venture into the fjords to the remote Balmaceda and Serrano glaciers The jagged peaks, pristine forests and turquoise lakes of Torres del Paine National Park beckon you to adventure Cap things off with a day of exploration and an elegant night’s stay in Santiago

DAY 1

DAY 3

ARRIVE BUENOS AIRES, ARGENTINA

USHUAIA WALKING AMONG MAGELLANIC PENGUINS

Few cities can match the unbridled energy of Buenos Aires. Sun-bleached boulevards, fascinating neighborhoods, cutting-edge restaurants and sultry dancehalls set the stage for a festive expression of Argentine identity.

Get to know Buenos Aires in the company of your Resident Tour Director. Recoleta Cemetery, the Plaza de Mayo, the San Telmo neighborhood and La Boca each add a layer to the city’s mystique. A walk along Caminito Street, with its brightly colored houses and diverse museums, offers easygoing cultural immersion. Tonight’s welcome dinner is served family style. Meals: D

The world’s southern-most city, Ushauia is the perfect jumping off point for exploring the Beagle Channel and magnificent Tierra del Fuego. Discover the rich family legacy of Estancia Harberton, a sixth-generation farm and Argentine National Historical Monument. Cruise to Martillo Island for a walk through a teeming rookery of Magellanic penguins, mingling with doting parents and empty nesters alike. Later, relax and embrace the solitude of the primal landscape of Gable Island, where wind, waves and birds make the only sounds. Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: THE RITZ-CARLTON, SANTIAGO Luxurious, relaxing lodgings in Santiago’s best neighborhood.

THE SINGULAR PATAGONIA Contemporary luxury hotel overlooking the Patagonian fjords. ▼

Four Seasons Hotel Buenos Aires (1 night) DAY 4 DAY 2

USHUAIA ENGAGING COLONIAL CAPITAL Fly to Ushuaia, arriving with enough free time to enjoy your resort’s amenities such as hiking trails and thermal pools. Meals: B D Arakur Ushuaia (2 nights)

EL CALAFATE GATEWAY TO GLACIERS Take in some of Ushaia’s highlights before flying to El Calafate, a town of well-kept gardens and pretty homes that presents a rustic slice of Patagonian rural life. Serving as the gateway to glacial adventure, El Calafate is nestled on pristine Argentino Lake. Tonight, toast the sunset with a cocktail and dine at a local estancia. Meals: B L D Kau Yatún Hotel & Estancia (2 nights) KAU YATUN HOTEL & ESTANCIA Boutique lodge set in an authentic Patagonian estancia.

ARAKUR USHUAIA Surrounded by ancient woodlands, built to blend in with the landscape.

Clockwise from far left: Roam awe-inspiring Patagonian landscapes of lakes, mountains and glaciers; San Telmo is just one of the neighborhoods you visit in Buenos Aires; hike through ruggedly beautiful Torres del Paine National Park.

San Pedro de Atacama

READY TO BOOK?

ARGENTINA Santiago

Buenos Aires

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

CHILE

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

El Calafate Torres del Paine National Park Puerto Natales Punta Arenas

264

Ushuaia

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND EXTENSION

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

265

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL BUENOS AIRES Celebrated hotel set in the historic Recoleta district. ▼

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

DAY 5

EL CALAFATE LOS GLACIARES NATIONAL PARK Behold in the rugged natural beauty that surrounds you on a full-day navigation on Argentino Lake. Get up close to limestone rock formations and take an interpretive walk in the biodiverse Andean Patagonian forest. Continue to Perito Moreno Glacier for a hike along walkways that provide diverse perspectives on the ancient mass of ice. Meals: B L D DAY 6

PUERTO NATALES, CHILE TREKKING, HIKING AND BIKING Crossing from Argentina into Chile, arrive in Puerto Natales, in Torres del Paine National Park.

Horseback riding, trekking and mountain biking are all on tap at your elegant hotel, so you can discover the wild outdoors your way. Meals: B L D The Singular Patagonia (3 nights) DAY 7

PUERTO NATALES GLACIERS AND FJORDS

barking colonies of sea lions, frolicking in the water or lazing on the rocks, along with other wild species that call the fjords their home.

Disembark in Bernardo O’Higgins National Park for a short hike to the Serrano Glacier viewpoint, observing its ice-blue faces and learning about its formation from a local expert. Sail on to view the Balmaceda Glacier, stepping ashore to visit a local estancia for a traditional lunch and the opportunity to go hiking or horseback riding.

Tonight, gaze up at the dazzling Patagonian sky awash with starlight. Meals: B L D

[R E G I O N N A M E]

SANTIAGO CHILE’S COSMOPOLITAN CAPITAL

Jan 6-15* Jan 19-28 Jan 22-31 Jan 29-Feb 7 Feb 11-20 Feb 19-28

Fly to Santiago, Chile’s capital, a history-laden city set against the backdrop of the Andes that sits some 2,000 feet above sea level. Your hotel is located in El Golf, Santiago’s most prestigious and refined neighborhood.

Meals: B D

DAY 10

PUERTO NATALES TORRES DEL PAINE NATIONAL PARK

DEPART SANTIAGO Colonial-era architecture takes center stage on visits to the Palacio de La Moneda (presidential palace) and the Plaza de Armas, with its impressive Metropolitan Cathedral and Central Post Office. Ride by cable car up San Cristóbal Hill to behold the graceful statue of the Virgin Mary and take in the expansive views of Santiago for a suitably spectacular finish to your Patagonian adventure. Your touring completed, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

Oct 29-Nov 7 Nov 5-14 Nov 12-21 Nov 26-Dec 5 Dec 3-12 Dec 10-19

GO FURTHER EARLY ARRIVAL IN BUENOS AIRES Arrive ahead of your grand Patagonian adventure for a two-night sojourn in vibrant Buenos Aires, Argentina, birthplace of the tango and home to a combination of European-influenced history, culture and cuisine unique in all of South America.

3 days from £2,495 per person TAILORMADE ATACAMA DESERT POST-TOUR EXTENSION Experience some of Patagonia’s most remarkable natural environments, from the stark, remote beauty of the Atacama Desert to the steaming fumaroles of the Tatio Geysers.

Explore historic San Pedro and early human settlements, meeting village residents along the way, and stay at an incredible lodge for three nights in magnificent San Pedro de Atacama, home to salt flats and geothermal wonders.

5 days from £5,295 per person

Embark by boat to view the massive Balmaceda and Serrano glaciers. Along the way, view

Clockwise from far left: Witness the blue-iced majesty of Perito Moreno Glacier; stroll among the Magellanic penguins of the Beagle Channel; watch for Andean condors in Torres del Paine; take in the skyline of the Chilean capital of Santiago.

266

Feb 26-Mar 7* Mar 12-21 Mar 24-Apr 2 Mar 27-Apr 5 Oct 15-24 Oct 22-31

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks, walking over uneven terrain and extended drives on unpaved roads. *Days 2-3 at Los Cauquenes Resort & Spa.

The Ritz-Carlton, Santiago (1 night)

DAY 8

Jagged, snow-capped peaks with glaciers sprawled between them soar over deep, rocky fjords filled with icy waters rich in marine life.

Along with evergreen forests and the occasional ranch, these are the natural wonders that beckon you to roam through Torres del Paine — a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve renowned for its granite spires and deserted pampas. Scan the serrated peaks and you may glimpse a soaring Andean condor riding an updraft. Build an appetite as you watch a chef prepare a barbecue and savor the result for dinner. Meals: B L D

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 9

267

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

EASTER ISLAND AND THE TAPATI FESTIVAL

[R E G I O N N A M E]

8 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS From £11,535 per person £3,535 single supplement

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Jan 30-Feb 6

ARRIVE SANTIAGO, CHILE EASTER ISLAND AN ISLAND MOST REMOTE

Kick things off in Santiago, Chile, with an exploration of the bohemian Barrio Lastarria neighborhood, an exclusive culinary experience in a local chef’s home and a night at The Ritz Carlton Fly to the world’s most remote inhabited island, Easter Island, an extraordinary outpost set over 2,300 miles from the nearest mainland Unravel the secrets of the moai with the island’s finest guides, who share cultural insight into these silent sentinels that have watched over Rapa Nui for more than eight centuries Experience the Tapati Rapa Nui Festival, a spectacular celebration of Polynesian heritage — alive with vibrant songs, dance and ancestral storytelling Savor authentic island hospitality during an intimate dinner in a Rapa Nui home, where warm conversation and traditional flavors offer a true connection to local life

Feb 8-15

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Walking over uneven terrain is required when visiting some sites. Some sites are only accessible through drives on unpaved roads.

DAY 2

HIGHLIGHTS

Few travellers experience the eerie gaze of Easter Island’s moai statues in person. Fewer still delve into the vibrant culture and traditions that have evolved under the watchful eyes of the moai over the last eight centuries. Join A&K’s renowned team on a journey to one of the world’s most isolated destinations, going beyond the moai to celebrate the vibrant Tapati Rapa Nui Festival and forge meaningful cultural connections in this remote paradise untouched by time.

WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 3

EASTER ISLAND RAISE A SUNSET TOAST TO THE MOAI DAY 4

EASTER ISLAND TAPATI TRADITIONS DAY 5

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

EASTER ISLAND AT THE SPECTACULAR FESTIVAL

The best hotels in each location, including:

DAY 6

NAYARA HANGAROA Ocean-view boutique hotel set within Easter Island’s only town. ▼

EASTER ISLAND THE 15 MOAI OF AHU TONGARIKI DAY 7

SANTIAGO A PARTING GLIMPSE DAY 8

DEPART SANTIAGO

Clockwise from far left: View the iconic Moai statues and learn about their origins; take in the island’s volcanic landscapes such as Rano Kau crater; feel the authentic excitement of a Rapa Nui festival.

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

THE RITZ-CARLTON, SANTIAGO Contemporary luxury hotel set between the Pacific and the Andes.

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR

CHILE Easter Island

Santiago

268

269

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

HIDDEN WONDERS OF COLOMBIA

[R E G I O N N A M E]

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 14 GUESTS From £7,535 per person £2,690 single supplement

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

DAY 1

Jul 22-31 Aug 19-28

ARRIVE BOGOTA, COLOMBIA BOGOTA SOARING MOUNTAIN CAPITAL

Begin in Bogotá, where you view the world’s largest collection of pre-Hispanic gold artifacts and sample the region’s distinctive coffees

DAYS 3-4

In La Macarena, your tropical forest eco-lodge serves as your base for exploring Caño Cristales, dubbed “The River of Five Colors”

DAY 5

An exclusive culinary experience at Medellín’s acclaimed El Cielo highlights ancestrally inspired dishes with paired local wines

DAYS 6-7

Gain insight into Medellín’s incredible journey to peace at Comuna 13 as locals recount their moving stories

DAYS 8-9

Explore Guatape and El Peñol, two charming towns set amid breathtaking landscapes Cruise Cartagena’s scenic harbor for an unforgettable experience at sunset

Sep 16-25

Oct 7-16

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains long walks and walking over uneven terrain. Some sites are only accessible through drives on unpaved roads.

DAY 2

HIGHLIGHTS

Harboring 10 percent of the entire planet’s biodiversity, Colombia bursts with vibrant wildlife at every turn. Pair this with a pleasant climate, unique natural wonders, rich culture and a flourishing culinary scene, and you have a destination that’s one of South America’s bestkept secrets. Pull back the curtain as our expert guides reveal exotic bird species, rare animals, fine coffees and rums, culinary marvels from Bogotá to Cartagena, and Medellín’s inspiring journey to peace.

WHERE YOU’LL GO

LA MACARENA INTO CANO CRISTALES MEDELLIN A CITY’S RENEWAL WHERE YOU’LL STAY

MARINILLA GUATAPE AND EL PENOL

The best hotels in each location, including: CASA PESTAGUA Boutique luxury hotel, part of the Relais & Châteaux collection in Cartagena.

CARTAGENA COLOMBIA’S CROWN JEWEL DAY 10

DEPART CARTAGENA Clockwise from far left: View the vividly hued waters of the Caño Cristales; overlooking Bogotá; discover the rich history and culture of beautiful Cartagena.

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL CASA MEDINA BOGOTA Historic luxury hotel with beamed ceilings, hand-carved furnishings and cozy fireplaces, in the upscale Barrio Rosales neighborhood. ▼

For complete itinerary details, visit abercrombiekent.com.

LA MANIGUA LODGE Secluded, sustainable eco-lodge with private cabins near Caño Cristales.

Cartagena

CANNUA LODGE Boutique mountain eco-lodge with 18 rooms and cabañas in the Andes.

Medellín

ELCIELO HOTEL Spacious contemporary luxury hotel in the heart of Medellín.

Marinilla COLOMBIA Bogotá

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND

270

La Macarena

271

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

CRUISING AND WILDLIFE IN COSTA RICA

[R E G I O N N A M E]

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 16 GUESTS From £11,530 per person £5,380 single supplement

DAY 3

ARRIVE SAN JOSE, COSTA RICA

TORTUGUERO NATURE’S PLAYGROUND

Costa Rica’s bustling capital, nestled in the fertile Central Valley, greets you with a year-round spring-like climate. This evening, gather with fellow guests for a welcome dinner. Meals: D Hotel Grano de Oro (1 night)

HIGHLIGHTS

A mix of rainforests, beaches and out-of-the-ordinary wildlife both on land and in the water, Costa Rica is one of the world’s great adventure destinations. Explore for three nights by boutique yacht, glide along winding canals in search of exotic animals, and zipline through a rainforest canopy with breathtaking views of Arenal Volcano. With the perfect balance of adventure and relaxation, this journey lets you embrace pura vida in style.

DAY 1

Discover mischievous monkeys, brilliant birds and majestic marine life as you glide through the waterways of Tortuguero National Park

DAY 2

On the July 11-19 departure of this journey, witness the turtle nesting while in Tortuguero

Travel to Tortuguero National Park, a pristine paradise teeming with wildlife and accessible only by boat or plane. Glide through the park’s winding canals, spotting exotic birds and caimans. In the afternoon, visit the Sea Turtle Conservancy Center to learn about vital conservation efforts, then stroll the colorful streets of Tortuguero Village, where artisan shops and warm hospitality await. As the sun sets, step aboard Katonga, a floating restaurant surrounded by the park’s tranquil waters. Dine on local Caribbean cuisine, with the soft sway of the boat and the melodies of live calypso music creating an unforgettable experience beneath the stars. Meals: B L D

Board the Kontiki Wayra yacht for a sail to the Osa Peninsula, home to Corcovado National Park — the most biologically intense place on earth — where you head out on naturalistguided excursions into the jungle or along the pristine coast Soar above Arenal’s towering peak and watch the sun melt into the Pacific on a journey through Costa Rica’s most breathtaking landscapes

TORTUGUERO WILDLIFE WONDERS

Tortuga Lodge & Gardens (2 nights)

Take a private boat expedition to the Cerro Tortuguero trailhead, where a serene rainforest hike awaits. Along the way, spot howler monkeys, sloths and other Costa Rican creatures, with your guide sharing fascinating insights about the biodiversity around you. Visit Tortuguero Hill this afternoon, and later, relax at the lodge and soak in sweeping views of the Caribbean coastline. Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY The best hotels in each location, including: HOTEL GRANO DE ORO Boutique hotel in a converted Victorian mansion with a cozy, colonial feel.

NAYARA GARDENS Contemporary luxury resort with 50 guest rooms and villas surrounded by rainforest. ▼

DAY 4

LA FORTUNA INTO THE WILD Wake to the peaceful sounds of nature and enjoy a leisurely morning at Tortuga Lodge & Gardens, where the river’s gentle currents and vibrant bird calls provide a serene start to the day. Later, board a private charter and take in breathtaking aerial views as you fly to La Fortuna, home to the towering Arenal Volcano.

Upon arrival, settle into your resort, surrounded by lush rainforest and thermal springs, before gathering for dinner, where the flavors of Costa Rica come to life against a stunning volcanic backdrop. Meals: B D Nayara Gardens (2 nights)

TORTUGA LODGE & GARDENS Twenty-seven-room boutique hotel with gardens spanning 146 riverfront acres.

KONTIKI WAYRA Luxurious private sea expedition yacht built to access natural coastal settings sustainably. ▼

Clockwise from far left: Lush, verdant flora supports hidden fauna in Corcovado National Park; seek out the wild species and natural wonders of La Fortuna; watch for dolphins in Golfo Dulce.

ARRIVE/DEPART AIR LAND CRUISE

Tortuguero

La Fortuna Arenal

Cano Blanco San José COSTA RICA

Quepos

Golfito

272

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

800 323 7308 abercrombiekent.com

Golfo Dulce Corcovado National Park

READY TO BOOK?

All prices are per person, double occupancy, including internal air where applicable, and may vary by season.

273

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

DAY 5

DAY 7

LA FORTUNA ARENAL ADVENTURE AND MALEKU CULTURE

PACIFIC COAST DISCOVER CORCOVADO

Feel the rush as you zipline above La Fortuna Waterfall, framed by breathtaking views of Arenal Volcano. Later, connect with the traditions of the Maleku people in a hands-on painting workshop, creating your own personal keepsake. Pause for a picturesque picnic surrounded by lush greenery and end the day with a chef-curated tasting dinner at Amor Loco Restaurant, showcasing Costa Rica’s finest local flavors. Meals: B L D

Arrive in Corcovado National Park, Costa Rica’s crown jewel of biodiversity, where dense rainforests meet the stunning Pacific coastline, promising an unforgettable journey.

Hike lush trails brimming with wildlife, from playful monkeys to striking macaws, against a backdrop of ocean views. Later, return to your yacht to enjoy the water slide, oceanic pool and other activities in the pristine waters of the Pacific. Meals: B L D

[R E G I O N N A M E]

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

propelling yourself through the crystal-clear water for an up-close encounter with marine life. After a day of adventure, unwind with a farewell dinner at Marina Bahía Golfito, relishing your last taste of Costa Rica as you reflect on your unforgettable journey. Meals: B L D

Jan 24-Feb 1 Feb 21-Mar 1 Mar 14-22

Apr 11-19 Jul 11-19 Nov 14-22

Dec 5-13

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests.

Minimum age is 10 years. Walking over uneven terrain is required when visiting some sites. This itinerary includes extended drives on unpaved roads.

DAY 9

DEPART GOLFITO After breakfast, take a private charter from Golfito to San José International Airport to meet your departing flight. Meals: B

DAY 8 DAY 6

LA FORTUNA JUNGLE LIFE The lush embrace of Costa Rica surrounds you on a peaceful sloth tour, a chance to spot these fascinating creatures alongside other extraordinary jungle inhabitants. Afterward, take a charter flight to the Pacific coast, where you board Kontiki Wayra, a private yacht offering sunlit decks, refined comfort and sweeping ocean views. Meals: B L D Kontiki Wayra (3 nights)

PACIFIC COAST RECREATION IN GOLFO DULCE Devote your final day in Costa Rica to exploring Golfo Dulce, its unspoiled tropical waters teeming with marine life and surrounded by lush rainforest. Choose from a range of activities: Glide through the tranquil waters in a tandem kayak, paddling past mangrove forests and spotting playful dolphins along the way. Try paddleboarding, skimming across the sparkling surface of the bay as you take in panoramic coastal views. Snorkel in nutrient-rich waters, where vibrant coral reefs and schools of jeweltoned fish create an underwater paradise.

Experience the thrill of a Seabob, effortlessly

Clockwise from far left: Absorb majestic views of Arenal Volcano; look closely and you may spot a three-toed sloth; go kayaking on the Pacific Coast of Costa Rica; catch the antics of white-faced capuchin monkeys in Tortuguero National Park.

274

275

SPMRAI VAT L L GERJOEUTPJJOOUURRNNEEYS YS

THE ULTIMATE IN OVER-THE-TOP ADVENTURE

An A&K Private Jet Journey is more than a once-in-a-lifetime experience — it is a series of once-in-a-lifetime experiences strung together like pearls. At center stage is our A&K Boeing 757, equipped with first-class, fully lie-flat seats and crewed by a dedicated cabin team, complete with executive chef, doctor and photographer. Thanks to A&K’s unrivaled local presence, each day of your journey features VIP access, authentic cultural

encounters and outstanding food. An expert Tour Director keeps everything running smoothly, and your group of 50 divides into smaller parties to ensure one-to-one attention from your dedicated staff. And each night ends in a hotel or wilderness camp representing every destination at its best.

Wherever you touch down, the possibilities are endless.

W [R E LECGOI M ON E A NB AO MAE]R D

2027 JOURNEYS BY A&K PRIVATE JET

Africa: Across a Continent

by Private Jet FEB 4–25, 2027 | 22 DAYS LONDON | TUNISIA | KENYA RWANDA | SOUTH AFRICA BOTSWANA | BENIN | MOROCCO LONDON

Epic Islands and Landscapes: Around the World by Private Jet

Wild Wonders: Around the World by Private Jet SEP 4–29, 2027 | 26 DAYS HAWAII | FIJI | TASMANIA | BALI SEYCHELLES | SOUTH AFRICA SALVADOR, BRAZIL THE PANTANAL, BRAZIL COSTA RICA | FORT LAUDERDALE

MAY 1–26, 2027 | 26 DAYS FORT LAUDERDALE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS EASTER ISLAND | COOK ISLANDS NEW ZEALAND | BALI | SRI LANKA TANZANIA | SICILY | BOSTON

Hidden Horizons with Geoffrey Kent: A Private Jet Journey OCT 14–NOV 8, 2027 | 26 DAYS LONDON | THE AZORES | ALGERIA GHANA | SAO TOME | ZIMBABWE SEYCHELLES | KAZAKHSTAN BULGARIA | LONDON

TO RESERVE YOUR PLACE OR FIND OUT MORE, CALL 888 755 3491, VISIT ABERCROMBIEKENT.COM OR SPEAK TO YOUR TRAVEL ADVISOR.

PRIVATE JET JOURNEYS

Epic islands and Landscapes: USDOT #PC-25-093. Wild Wonders: USDOT #PC-25-094.

276

277

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

Crystal: Exceptional at Sea

[R E G I O N N A M E]

Crystal’s relationship with sister brand A&K is a true meeting of minds, with both committed to excellence on land and at sea, offering guests soul-stirring experiences in the utmost comfort.

Imagine taking to the high seas with all the comforts of a five-star hotel – food created by Michelin-rated chefs, Broadway-standard shows, TED-style lectures given by experts, an elegant suite with butler service — and a new destination beyond your window every morning. Welcome to cruising — the Crystal way.

For 35 years, Crystal has been setting the standard on the high seas. Service is so warm and intuitive that guests liken it to being welcomed into a family. Our two ships — Crystal Symphony and Crystal Serenity — are among the most spacious at sea, with an industry-leading staff-to-guest ratio of nearly one to one, and butler service in every room and suite category.

And then there’s the food. Each Crystal ship has multiple dining options, including the only Nobu restaurants at sea, the only oceanbound venue for international dining sensation Beefbar, and an exclusive partnership with the Alajmo brothers, whose restaurants include one of only eight in Italy to hold three Michelin stars.

Onboard, there’s never a dull moment, with worldclass singers, musicians, and speakers, an indulgent spa, outdoor pool, and sports facilities. For those who like a flutter, Le Casino de Monte-Carlo is a unique and sophisticated gaming room inspired by the legendary casino on the Monaco riviera. Onshore, meanwhile, Crystal’s sister brand A&K brings unparalleled expertise and insights to the destinations visited, offering next-level shore excursions that take guests on one-of-a-kind experiences. It’s another way in which Crystal is making itself exceptional on land and at sea.

Book one of our exceptional itineraries by contacting your preferred travel advisor, visiting crystalcruises.com, or calling 866-606-0720.

278

279

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

S M A L[R L EGGRIO OUNPNJAOMUE] R N E YS

CHOOSE YOUR 2027 JOURNEY RELAX AND LET US BOOK YOUR FLIGHTS We know the best flights that work with your itinerary’s start and end times, and in the event of a flight being delayed or canceled, we’re on hand 24/7 to make sure you enjoy your journey as planned. We offer special fares where available, as well as the freedom to earn mileage points as your carrier allows and to cancel your reservation up to a day before departure (fees may apply).

CONTACT US OR YOUR TRAVEL ADVISOR TO LEARN ABOUT THE BENEFITS OF BOOKING YOUR FLIGHTS THROUGH A&K.

Embrace new experiences with confidence through the A&K Guest Protection Program We’ve partnered with Allianz Global Assistance to offer you custom protection — and bring you greater peace of mind from booking to your return home.

Visit abercrombiekent.com/GPP or ask your A&K Consultant for details — including our Cancel Anytime upgrade.

AFRICA

PAGE

PRICED FROM

DAYS

DEPARTURES

Ultimate Great Migration Safari | Private Journey Available

18

£14,995

14

Jan-Mar, May-Oct, Dec

Kenya and Tanzania Safari Adventure

22

£10,765

11

Jan-Mar, May-Dec

Kenya and Tanzania: Epic Great Migration Safari

26

£13,690

10

Jan-Mar, Jun-Oct, Dec

Family Safari in Kenya and Tanzania

28

£12,305

12

Jun-Aug, Dec

Classic Kenya Safari

30

£8,460

8

Jan-Mar, Jun-Oct, Dec

Classic Tanzania Safari

32

£8,690

8

Jan-Mar, Jun-Oct, Dec

Climb Kilimanjaro: The Machame Route

34

£7,305

10

Jan-Mar, May-Nov

Uganda: Gorilla Trekking and Safari Adventure

36

£15,340

11

Jul-Oct

Ultimate Botswana Safari

40

£11,920

10

Jan-Oct, Dec

South Africa and Victoria Falls

44

£10,765

9

Jan-Dec

Southern Africa Safari and Rail Adventure

48

£17,305

13

Mar-Oct, Dec

NEW

Ultimate South Africa Adventure

52

£12,300

11

Feb, Apr, Jun-Aug, Oct

NEW

Family Adventure in Southern Africa

56

£15,385

11

Jun-Aug

A Desert Safari in Namibia

60

£13,840

10

May-Aug

Natural Wonders of Madagascar

62

£11,535

10

Jun-Nov

Egypt and the Nile | Private Journey Available

66

£9,610

10

Jan-Jun, Aug-Dec

Egypt in a Week

70

£4,610

8

Jan-May

Ultimate Egypt: Pharaohs, Pyramids and a Nile Cruise

72

£13,460

13

Feb-Apr, Sep-Nov

Petra, the Pyramids and a Nile Yacht Cruise

76

£13,460

13

Jan-May, Aug-Dec

Wonders of Morocco: From Souks to the Sahara | Private Journey Available

80

£8,460

12

Jan-Jun, Aug-Dec

Morocco: Tangier and the Blue City

84

£9,610

10

Mar-Apr, Oct-Dec

Desert Adventures in Saudi Arabia and Jordan

86

£13,840

11

Oct-Nov

Classic Japan | Private Journey Available

90

£12,305

9

Feb-Jun, Sep-Dec

South Korea and Japan: Cultural Legacies

94

£15,380

11

Apr-May, Oct-Nov

Iconic China and a Yangtze Cruise | Private Journey Available

96

£9,075

13

Mar-Oct

Mountains and Myths in China and Tibet

100

£10,000

14

Apr-Jun, Aug-Nov

Mongolia’s Golden Eagle Festival

104

£18,845

12

Sep

Mongolia: Naadam Festival and Gobi Desert Adventure

108

£12,685

10

Jul

MIDDLE EAST AND NORTH AFRICA

ASIA AND AUSTRALASIA

Terms, conditions, and exclusions apply. Insurance benefits underwritten by BCS Insurance Company (OH, Administrative Office: 2 Mid America Plaza, Suite 200, Oakbrook Terrace, IL 60181), rated “A” (Excellent) by A.M. Best Co., under BCS Form No. 52.201 series or 52.401 series, or Jefferson Insurance Company (NY, Administrative Office: 9950 Mayland Drive, Richmond, VA 23233), rated “A+” (Superior) by A.M. Best Co., under Jefferson Form No. 101-C series or 101-P series, depending on your state of residence and plan chosen. A+ (Superior) and A (Excellent) are the 2nd and 3rd highest, respectively, of A.M. Best’s 13 Financial Strength Ratings. Plans only available to U.S. residents and may not be available in all jurisdictions. Allianz Global Assistance and Allianz Travel Insurance are marks of AGA Service Company dba Allianz Global Assistance (AGA) or its affiliates. AGA compensates their suppliers or agencies for allowing AGA to market or offer products to customers of the supplier or agency Allianz Travel Insurance products are distributed by Allianz Global Assistance, the licensed producer and administrator of these plans and an affiliate of Jefferson Insurance Company. The insured shall not receive any special benefit or advantage due to the affiliation between AGA Service Company and Jefferson Insurance Company. Plans include insurance benefits and assistance services. Any Non-Insurance Assistance services purchased are provided through AGA Service Company. Except as expressly provided under your plan, you are responsible for charges you incur from third parties. Contact AGA Service Company at 800284-8300 or 9950 Mayland Drive, Richmond, VA 23233 or customerservice@allianzassistance.com.ervice Company at 800-284- 8300 or 9950 Mayland Drive, Richmond, VA 23233 or customerservice@allianzassistance.com.

1352719_03182025

280

281

S M A L L G R O U P J O U R N E YS

S M A L[R L EGGRIO OUNPNJAOMUE] R N E YS

ASIA AND AUSTRALASIA (continued)

PAGE

PRICED FROM

DAYS

DEPARTURES

EUROPE (continued)

PAGE

PRICED FROM

DAYS

DEPARTURES

Vietnam: Cultural and Culinary Adventure

110

£5,765

8

Jan-Apr, Sep-Dec

Scotland: The Highlands and Edinburgh’s Military Tattoo

216

£9,225

9

Aug

Angkor Wat and Icons of Southeast Asia | Private Journey Available

112

£9,770

13

Jan-Apr, Sep-Dec

Glorious Gardens of England and Chelsea Flower Show

218

£12,690

9

May

Cruising the Mekong and Angkor Wat

116

£8,445

13

Jan-Mar, Oct-Nov

A Tulip Cruise through the Netherlands and Belgium

220

£6,380

9

Mar-May

Borneo: Land of the Orangutan

120

£9,535

10

Feb, Apr, Jul, Sep-Oct

Cruise the Danube: Budapest, Vienna and Prague

222

£8,840

11

May-Jul, Sep-Oct

122

£20,000

12

Feb, Nov-Dec

Cruise the Rhine: Amsterdam to Switzerland

224

£9,225

11

May-Jul, Aug-Oct

Taj Mahal and the Treasures of India | Private Journey Available

126

£10,615

14

Jan-May, Oct-Dec

A Culinary Cruise Through France

226

£10,765

11

May, Jul, Sep

South India: Temples and Backwaters

130

£8,075

14

Jan-Feb, Oct, Dec

A Christmas Cruise on the Danube

228

£7,690

9

Dec

Sri Lanka: Treasures of the Spice Island

132

£6,610

10

Mar, Sep-Nov

Cruise the Danube to Europe’s Christmas Markets

228

£7,305

9

Nov-Dec

Bhutan and Nepal: Heart of the Himalaya

134

£10,000

12

Mar-May, Oct-Nov

Cruise the Rhine to Europe’s Christmas Markets

228

£6,920

8

Dec

Australia and New Zealand: An Epic Adventure

138

£20,765

17

Jan-Apr, Sep-Oct, Dec

A New Year’s Eve Cruise on the Danube

228

£7,690

9

Dec

Wonders of New Zealand

142

£11,150

11

Jan-Mar, Sep-Dec

232

£9,610

9

May-Aug

NEW

Singapore to Bali: Malaysia by Luxury Rail

EUROPE

THE AMERICAS NEW

Alaska: Wilderness, Denali and the Last Frontier

148

£11,535

12

May-Jul, Sep-Oct

Wonders of the Galápagos and Machu Picchu

236

£13,075

12

Feb-Nov

152

£14,225

12

May-Jun, Sep-Oct

Peru: Machu Picchu and the Sacred Valley

240

£6,610

8

Feb-Dec

Northern Italy: Cinque Terre, Lake Como and Venice

156

£11,995

11

Jun-Jul, Sep-Oct

Peru: Machu Picchu and Amazon Cruise

244

£12,9205

13

Apr-May, Jul-Sep, Nov-Dec

Switzerland: The Alps to the Italian Lakes

158

£12,690

11

May-Jul, Sep

Ultimate Peru by River and Rail

248

£16,150

14

Apr, Jun-Jul, Sep-Nov

162

£12,305

12

May-Oct

Peru: Trek to Choquequirao and Machu Picchu

252

£9,445

12

May, Aug-Oct

Wonders of Budapest, Vienna and Prague

166

£8,840

10

May-Oct

Chile and Bolivia: Atacama to Uyuni Salt Flats

254

£9,995

9

Apr-Jun, Sep-Nov

Spain and Portugal: 10 Extraordinary Cities

170

£12,305

14

Apr-Jul, Sep-Oct

South American Adventure: Chile, Argentina and Brazil

258

£12,150

12

Jan, Mar, Oct-Dec

Spain: Madrid, Valencia and Mallorca

174

£10,000

10

May-Jun, Sep-Oct

Brazil Wildlife Adventure: the Amazon and Pantanal

260

£13,455

11

Apr-Jul, Sep

Portugal: Lisbon, Porto and the Douro Valley

176

£7,305

9

May-Jul, Sep-Oct

Brazil: Ultimate Rio Carnival Experience

262

£19,995

6

Feb

Croatia: Treasures of the Dalmatian Coast

178

£6,920

8

May-Oct

Patagonia: The Last Wilderness

264

£12,305

10

Jan-Mar, Oct-Dec

180

£6,920

10

Jun, Aug-Sep

Easter Island and the Tapati Festival

268

£11,535

8

Jan-Feb

184

£9,615

10

May-Jun, Sep-Oct

Hidden Wonders of Colombia

270

£7,535

10

Jul-Oct

186

£5,380

11

May-Jul, Sep-Oct

Cruising and Wildlife in Costa Rica

272

£11,530

9

Jan-Apr, Jul, Nov-Dec

190

£11,380

11

Apr-May, Sep-Oct

194

£6,920

12

Apr-Jun, Sep-Oct

Norway and Denmark: Adventures in the Fjords

198

£13,840

10

May-Sep

Finland and Sweden: Adventures in Lapland

202

£13,840

11

Jan-Mar

The Timeless Towns of the Baltics

206

£7,380

11

May-Oct

Iceland: Reykjavik and the Golden Circle

208

£9,995

7

May-Nov, Jan-Mar '28

Ireland: Legends of the Emerald Isle

210

£9,995

10

May-Oct

Scotland: Edinburgh and the Highlands

214

£8,460

9

May-Jul, Sep-Oct

Southern Italy: Sicily, Puglia and the Amalfi Coast NEW

NEW

NEW

Italian Treasures: Venice to Amalfi

The Alps to the Adriatic

Poland: Witness to History

Classic Greece: Athens, Crete and Santorini NEW

Cultural Landscapes of Albania and North Macedonia

Turkey: A Journey Through History NEW

Armenia and Georgia: Cultures of the Caucasus

Prices are per person, double occupancy and include internal air where applicable.

282

283

T H E WS OM R LADL LOG F RAOBUEPR C JO RO UR MNBEI EYS& K E N T

MORE WAYS TO TRAVEL WITH A&K Beyond our Small Group Journeys, we offer a world of adventure to choose from. Go by land, sea, river or air; see the distant reaches of the planet or its most thrilling cities.

Whatever your travel dream, we can make it happen.

[R E G I O N N A M E]

BOOK YOUR EXTRAORDINARY JOURNEY NOW To experience the world in utmost style in the company of like-minded travellers, choose any 2027 Small Group Journey with Abercrombie & Kent. Call us, visit us online or speak to your travel advisor today. abercrombiekent.com 800 323 7308 Monday-Friday 8-6, Saturday 9-5 CT

TAILORMADE JOURNEYS Every Tailormade Journey we design is bespoke. Tell us where you want to go, what you’re curious about and what excites you, and our travel specialists will craft the adventure you’ve always dreamed of, packed with exhilarating, once-in-a-lifetime experiences created exclusively for you.

EXPEDITION CRUISES Wherever you choose to voyage, our expeditions always feature the best team at sea, expert-led excursions that bring your destination to life and an exhaustive list of inclusions you won’t find anywhere else. From our groundbreaking collection of A&K x Crystal Cruises to our superb Galápagos voyages on Ecoventura, A&K’s Expedition Cruises set the standard for adventure at sea.

PRIVATE JET JOURNEYS A&K Private Jet Journeys are the most exciting, exclusive group itineraries in modern adventure travel.

Hop from one showstopping hotspot to another with once-in-a-lifetime experiences all the way when you board our sleek A&K Boeing 757, an extraordinary team seeing to your every need and wish.

A&K VILLAS An A&K Villa isn’t just a home away from home – it’s better. Dreamy Sicilian palazzos and Provençal manors, expansive beach houses on the most coveted shores of Europe... Every villa in our collection is personally evaluated by our team of experts, who select only those that meet our sky-high standards.

Clockwise from top: Bask in the sumptuous privacy of an A&K Villa; fly in style on our private jet; encounter the diverse wildlife of the Galápagos Islands; create your own Tailormade Journey and see Italy’s Amalfi Coast.

Terms and Conditions: For Prepay and Save, full payment due at time of booking and must be made nine months or more prior to departure. Save 5% on select Small Group Journeys and Pre- and Post-Tour Extensions. A&K’s standard cancellation terms apply. Excludes internal and international air, extra services and insurance. Offer can be withdrawn at any time. For up-to-date terms and conditions, visit abercrombiekent.com/booking-terms-and-conditions. ©2026 Abercrombie & Kent, LLC CST #2007274-20.

284

285

P.O. Box 1237, Lombard, IL 60148-8237

Contact A&K or your travel advisor and experience unmatched adventure. abercrombiekent.com | 800 323 7308 | Monday-Friday 8-6, Saturday 9-5 CT